Standards of Archival Description in Catalonia (NODAC)

Cultura ArxiusCCC

Standards of ArchivalDescription in Catalonia(NODAC)Àngels Bernal Cercós, Anna Magrinyà Rull and Ramon Planes Albets (ed.)Núria Canyelles Vilar, Emília Capell Garriga, Rafel Ginebra Molins,David Lobato Buil, Pere Puig Ustrell and M. Luz Retuerta Jiménez

Arxivísticai gestió documentalEinesNúm. 1

ISBN 84-393-7446-6

Norm

adeD

escripc

iónArchivística

deCa

taluña

(NOD

AC)2

007

© Departament de Cultura i Mitjans de Comunicació. Subdirecció General d’Arxius

Direcció General del Patrimoni CulturalSubdirecció General d’Arxius

Standards of ArchivalDescription in CataloniaNorma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya(NODAC)

Àngels Bernal Cercós, Anna Magrinyà Rull and Ramon Planes Albets (ed.)Núria Canyelles Vilar, Emília Capell Garriga, Rafel Ginebra Molins,David Lobato Buil, Pere Puig Ustrell and M. Luz Retuerta Jiménez

Generalitat de CatalunyaDepartament de Culturai Mitjans de ComunicacióDirecció General del Patrimoni CulturalSubdirecció General dʼArxius

PREFACE

I. THE PROJECTA) THE ORIGINSB) HE OBJECTIVESC) THE PARTICIPANTS

II. STANDARDS OF ARCHIVAL DESCRIPTION IN CATALONIAA) ARCHIVAL DESCRIPTION: OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES

B) THE SCOPE OF THE APPLICATION1. THE ARCHIVES AND THE FONDS THAT APPLY TO IT

2. THE TYPES OF DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT HAS TO APPLY

C) THE LEVELS OF DESCRIPTION

D)THE AREAS AND THE ELEMENTS OF DESCRIPTION1. THE ELEMENTS GROUPED BY AREAS

2. OBLIGATORY, RECOMMENDED OR OPTIONAL ELEMENTS

3. THE STRUCTURE OF THE ELEMENTS4. REFERENCES TO AUTHORSHIP AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITIES

E) THE TWENTY-SIX ELEMENTS OF DESCRIPTION1. IDENTITY STATEMENT AREA

1.1. Reference code1.2. Level of description1.3. Title1.4. Date(s)1.5. Volume and medium

2. CONTEXT AREA

2.1. Name(s) of the producer(s)2.2. History of the producer(s)2.3. Archival history2.4. Admission information

3. CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREA

3.1. S cope and content3.2. System of organisation3.3. Information on evaluation, selection and deletion3.4. Additions

Contents

3

66810

1616

202020

23

3333343639

40404045485664

7474798591

9595105111115

4. CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREA

4.1. Access conditions4.2. Reproductions conditions4.3. Document languages and script4.4. Physical characteristics and technical requirements4.5. Output formats

5. RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREA

5.1. Existence and location of originals5.2. Existence and location of reproductions5.3. Related documentation5.4. Bibliography

6. NOTES AREA6.1. Notes

7. DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREA

7.1. Authorship and date(s)7.2. Sources7.3. Rules and conventions

F) GLOSSARY

III.REFERENCE MODELS AND DOCUMENTAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICCITATION

IV.COMPLETE EXAMPLESMunicipal fonds:Molins de Rei Town CouncilNotarial fonds: Notary’s Office of Castelló d’EmpúriesInstitutional fonds:Men’s Prison of Barcelona (Model Prison)Religious fonds: Parrish of Santa Maria de la Pobla de ClaramuntAssociations fonds: Torredembarra Fishermen’s GuildCorporate fonds: Lluís Bru mosaics workshopPersonal fonds: Josep Maria Rabasa Reimat

V. INDICESANALYTICAL INDEX

THEMATIC INDEX

119119125129135140

145145148152158

162162

170170173176

178

187

194195216223238244254264

269270279

Preface 3

Preface

The first edition of the General International Standard Archival Description ISAD(G) was approvedby the International Council on Archives (ICA) in 1993. The Catalan translation was published in1994 by the Departament de Cultura de la Generalitat de Catalunya and l’Associació d’Arxivers deCatalunya (AAC). The Committee on Descriptive Standards of the ICA/CDS adopted a new editionof ISAD(G) at a meeting in Stockholm, Sweden on the 19-22 September 1999, which was publishedin 2000 for the XIVth International Congress on Archives in Seville (Spain). The Catalan translation,appearing in 2001, was also published by the Departament de Cultura de la Generalitat de Catalun-ya and l’Associació d’Arxivers de Catalunya.

In its introduction, ISAD(G) states, “This standard provides general guidance for the preparation ofarchival descriptions” and suggests that “It is to be used in conjunction with existing national standardsor as the basis for the development of national standards”.

It also acknowledges, despite outlining general rules for archival description which can be applied inde-pendently of form or the media of archival documents, that, in addition, specific rules or descriptiveguidelines have to be applied for certain types of document.

Furthermore, while ISAD(G) standards outline twenty-six elements of description, they argue thatthe structure and content of the information for each element has to be drawn up following natio-nal rules. Thus, it states that the Standards neither define the presentation format nor the mannerin which these elements have to appear in guides, inventories, catalogues, indices or other means ofdescription.

The ISAD(G) standards, despite being only a general guide, are an important starting point for fur-thering standardization in archival description. In the spirit of this document and with the aim ofstandardization the Departament de Cultura de la Generalitat de Catalunya and l’Associació d’Arx-ivers de Catalunya commissioned a group of archivists to prepare a national standard for archival descrip-tion at the end of 2001.

The Norma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya (NODAC) (Standards of Archival Descriptionof Catalonia) is a tool created to expand the ISAD(G) standards to make them compatible with otherspecific guidelines and to adapt them to the reality of Catalan archives, and is the fruit of the collec-tive experience in descriptive practices accumulated by the Catalan archivists. NODAC will therefo-re become the instrument which Catalan archivists use for the preparation of archival descriptions.

The Catalan version of ISAD(G) was used for the development of NODAC, which was continuallytested against the official versions of the ICA and the other existing translations.

The Standard regulates the contents of archival description by following general and specific rules, bylevels of description and by types of documents and by each of the elements of description includedwithin seven areas of descriptive information as outlined in ISAD(G). NODAC, however, is not adescriptive format and, therefore, does not determine the order or form of the presentation of the ele-ments at the time of the creation of the description (entry format) or at the time of communicatingthem (retrieval format). Neither is it a codific format - as perhaps are MARC (Machine Readable

4 Standards of Archival Description in Catalonia

Cataloguing) or EAD (Encoded Archival Description) - and, therefore, does not establish codes or con-ventions for the identification and characterization of descriptive elements or their content allowingcomputerized interchange or manipulation.

The application of NODAC regulates the content of archival descriptions facilitating the interchan-ge of descriptive tools related to its use, tools which apply certain widely discussed guidelines and gathertogether a succession of all basic concepts and principals of modern archiving which help us to con-sistently understand and shape the elements of description.

The Standards allow the description of a fonds and the parts that make it up by descriptive techni-ques at divers levels. The sum of all the hierarchically related descriptions should offer up a reliablerepresentation of the organization, context and the content of the documentation.

The Standards expertly handle archival description and represent archival documents in the mannerrequired for their intellectual control and the access to the information they contain. Other aspects ofarchival treatment or document management which need to be undertaken like classification, sche-duling of conservation, user management, restoration and others should be regulated, as required, byother standards, manuals, policies or institutional practices.

To make the navigation and consultation of the rules easier, the Standards include an analytical and athematic index that summarizes the contents of the rules.

The standards also include a glossary of archival terms as defined within the specific context of NODAC.

The Standards need to be integrative. Their use must be valid in all the divers archive centres extantin Catalonia, irrespective of the human resources and technology available to them. They have to beapplicable in well-resourced as well as less favoured centres, in a manual or an automated environment.

While the Standards were being created other descriptive standards and applications created by archi-val communities from other countries using ISAD(G) as their starting point were consulted. In par-ticular the Standards for the Description of Archival Documents (Règles pour la Description des Docu-ments d’Archives), second edition (RDD2) (2004), produced by the Canadian committee of archivaldescription commissioned by the Consiel Canadien des Archives (CCA), pending their approval,were helpful. Although these standards came to our attention while NODAC standards were in anadvanced state in the production process, their consultation served to ratify the style in which the Stan-dards were created. It also helped to give direction to the rule numbering process, work that was stillwaiting to be done, and in the identification of the principles on which the rules were founded.

So the ample casuistry surrounding archival description could be taken into account and all the strandsof archival practice and the different media whichmake up the project could be brought together, forty-seven Catalan archivists from different archive centres all over Catalonia participated in the process ofcreating the Standards.

The effort expended in the last five years dedicated to the production of the Standards to advance thestandardization of archival description does not bring the project to a close. There remain questionswhich the Standards do not resolve; the development of software which allows them to be applied,the development of the ISAAR(CPF) which allows the sharing of archival authorities records about

Preface 5

corporate bodies, persons and families, the definition of exchange formats and the creation of stan-dards which regulate the structure of the minimum data which they have to contain, etc.

In order for the Standards of Archival Description in Catalonia to remain valid and useful, the com-mitment of professionals is necessary to apply it and that of the authors to evaluate it periodically andto update it. Only in this way can we move forward along the road to standardization.


I. The project

A. The originsThe necessity for progressing the standardisation of our descriptive practices by the incorporation ofISAD(G) was made manifestly evident during the VIII Jornades d’Arxivística de Catalunya (Tortosa,2001). It became clear that the joint efforts of the Departament de Cultura de la Generalitat de Catalun-ya and the Associació d’Arxivers de Catalunya (AAC) would be required to achieve this.

The Project for Standardisation of Archival Description in Catalonia (Project NODAC) began withthe clear intention of producing national standards that developed the ISAD(G) standard in accor-dance with the reality of Catalonian archives.

With this object, on the joint initiative of the Servei d’Arxius del Departament de Cultura and theAAC, it was decided to create a working group charged with the task of producing standards of descrip-tion founded on the principals and proposals of ISAD(G) in July 2001. On July 19th the first meet-ing to define the project was held at the AAC. To begin with an initial organisational structure waslaid out which included the creation of the following bodies:

• The Initiators of the Project, the Servei d’Arxius del Departament de Cultura and the Associaciód’Arxivers de Catalunya with the task of giving impulse to, ratifying and disseminating the projectand, alongside them, the Departament de Cultura which had to provide them with the necessarymeans to carry it out.

• A Standards Committee, charged with the production of Catalan standards, developed and regulat-ed from ISAD(G) standards.

• An Advisory Council, made up of two members, to advise on and ratify the standards produced bythe Committee, before their final approval by the AAC and the Servei d”Arxius.

• A Committee Secretary to co-ordinate and give momentum to the project in liaison with the Advi-sory Council.

• Working Groups, dedicated to specific aspects as charged by the committee.

At the same time, it was decided that a representative of the Committee was to attend the workinggroup of representatives of the various autonomous communities, organised by the Subdirecció Gen-eral d’Arxius del Ministeri de Cultura. At the forming of the group in Valladolid, on the 25th and26th of April 2001, and during the first meetings a member of the committee representing the Serveid’Arxius was present, but from September 2002 it was decided that no more meetings would beattended.

The Project for Standardisation of Archival Description in Catalonia and its operational structure wasapproved at the meeting on July 19th 2001. Also the members forming the different bodies createdwere decided on and, at the same time, a working group was set up made up of Àngels Bernal, RamonPlanes and XavierTarraubella (for the Standards Committee) and JosepMatas (for the Advisory Coun-cil), with the object of cementing a work programme to define the mission and objectives of the proj-ect and to put forward a timetable.

I. The project 7

This small group that met on September 18th 2001 produced the document Project for the Standard-isation of Archival Description in Catalonia (Project NODAC). Objectives,Work Dynamics andTimetablewhich was submitted and approved at the joint meeting of the Standards Committee and the Adviso-ry Council on October 2nd 2001. In this document the general objectives of the project are defined.


B. The objectives

At the outset it was established that the projects’ objective would have to be the production of stan-dards of archival description for Catalonian archives triggered by the proposal outlined in the intro-duction to the ISAD(G) standards. The point of origin was the ISAD(G) standard, but it was neces-sary to define what the degree of development and its application in Catalonia would be. It was thereforeunderstood that Catalonian standards would have to be produced in order to regulate the work ofdescription in Catalonia.

Starting firstly with the criteria necessary to focus on the most generic regulatory aspects, with theobjective of establishing a framework for the more specific aspects or elements, the general objectivesas established were as follows:

1. Define the extent of the application of the standards for different types of archives, different docu-mentary levels and for different types of document.

2. Determine the levels of description and to specify their designation.3. Determine the essential or obligatory information of each level of description and of each type ofdocument as well as the order in which this information is to be presented.

4. Define the general structure of the different types of descriptive tools to achieve a homogeneouspresentation to facilitate their reading and the exchange of data.

In accordance with these initial objectives, the standards committee undertook the following taskswhich later expanded with the new reorganisation of the project:• decide on the principles and general objectives of NODAC• specify the boundaries for the application of the Standards (archives and fonds, documents types)• define the levels of description• establish which elements of description are obligatory, recommended and optional for each level• decide on the rules to determine the contents that have to be made up of the 26 elements ofdescription conforming to NODAC, and show the sources of the information that has to be usedto shape them.

And, after the reorganisation of the project:

• produce a glossary for use in the Standards• propose the first editing of NODAC• consider the amendments proposed by the body of Catalonian archivists and make the appropriatechanges to the provisional Standards

• report NODAC back to the initiators of the project for their final approval

There are tasks that do not correspond to this stage of the project; because it was decided to postponethem until another stage to maintain the continuity of the project; because they are considered sub-jects of other standards and conventions; because they are thought to be the responsibility of the cen-tre that describes them. They are as follows:

> Establish the rules of formalisation or of the syntax of the information assigned to each and all ofthe elements used in the description, that is to say, establish ‘exactly’ how to order and structure theinformation within a certain element of description and how to represent it graphically. Exception-

I. The project 9

ally, NODAC applies rules of formalisation or of syntax that depend on the value of the order inwhich it has to shape the information that has to be assigned to each element.

> Establish methods for the retrieval of the information.This is a question which it was thought would need to be confronted at a different stage of the proj-ect and would have to approached in two ways:

- Develop computer applications that gather together all the required information asked for byNODACin order to guarantee its implementation.

- Establish exchange formats and determine what the minimum elements of information have to beand how these elements are to be structured in order to integrate descriptions from different archivesin a unified information system.

> Make rules for Authority control.The development of the Norme International sur les notices d’autorité utilisées pour les Archives relativesaux collectivités, aux persones ou aux families. Deuxième édition ISAAR(CPF) (2004) should be discussed.The development of these standards is a challenge which needs to be taken up urgently by the bodyof Catalonian archivists and the second edition presented by the International Council on Archives inthe last International Congress on Archives in Vienna needs to be translated.This problem area becameevident during the process of the production of NODAC.

> Establish how the collected information of the different levels and elements of NODAC are to bepresented in different tools of description (guides, inventories, catalogues, indices etc).As, in the introduction of ISAD(G), it states that this question has to be resolved by national standards,by the Committee of Standards of Description, it would seem that it would not be proper for NODACto regulate the retrieval format of the information because it is understood that this is strictly a case ofinternal decision making. It is the centre which has described it who has to determine which are therequired tools of description and how they are required, which levels of description to use, which ele-ments to gather together and which order to present them in, for whom, as a function of the objec-tive, they have been produced, the users to which they are addressed etc.


C. The participants

Initial Organisational structureThe organisational structure defined at the beginning of the project is that which prevailed up untilJune 2004, although other archivists succeeded some of the original members.

The people and bodies included in the original organisational structure were as follows:

THE INITIATORS OF THE PROJECT:• Department of Culture (Departament de Cultura) of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia(Generalitat de Catalunya). Archive Services (Servei d’Arxius)

• Archivists Association of Catalonia (Association d’Arxivers de Catalunya - AAC)The president of the AAC, Joan Boadas Raset, and the head of Archive Services, Francesc Olivé Ollé,were then the representatives of the two institutions.

ADVISORY COUNCIL:• Ramon Alberch Fugueras (Head Archivist of Barcelona City Council - Arxiver en cap de Ajuntamentde Barcelona)

• Josep Matas Balaguer (Director of Historical Archives of Girona - Director de l’ArxiuHistòric de Girona)

STANDARDS COMMITTEE, FROM JUNE 2001 TO MAY 2004:• Àngels Bernal Cercós (ANC)• Emília Capell Garriga (Barcelona City Council - Ajuntament de Barcelona), from May 2004• Rafel Ginebra Molins (Episcopal Library and Records of Vic - Arxiu i Biblioteca Episcopal de Vic)• Glòria Mora Cruanyes (Barcelona City Council - Ajuntament de Barcelona), April-October 2002• Laureà Pagarolas Sabaté (Archive of Historic Protocols of Barcelona - Arxiu Històric de Protocols deBarcelona), October 2001 - March 2002

• Ramon Planes Albets (Archive Services - Servei d’Arxius)• Pere Puig Ustrell (Regional Archives of Vallès Occidental - Arxiu Comarcal del Vallès Occidental),from April 2002

• M. Luz Retuerta Jiménez (Regional Archives of Baix Llobregat - Arxiu Comarcal del Baix Llobregat)• Xavier Tarraubella Mirabet (Barcelona City Council - Ajuntament de Barcelona), October 2001 -March 2002

COMMITTEE SECRETARY:• Anna Magrinyà Rull (Archive Services - Servei d’Arxius)

The organisational structure also allowed for the possibility of the creation of working groups or thecommissioning of individuals externally, but neither option was realized.

The re-organisationIn June 2004, as a result of changes brought about to the government of the Autonomous Governmentof Catalonia, the Sub director General of Archives (Subdirector general d’Arxius) at the Department ofCulture (Departament de Cultura), Senyor Ramon Alberch Fugueras proposed the reorganisation of Proj-

I. The project 11

ect NODAC, in order that the objective, the realization of the first Standards of Archival Description inCatalonia (NODAC), be achieved more quickly.

The reorganisation of the project introduced changes to the original organisational structure, proposed anew work dynamic and drew up a new timetable for the execution of the project.Firstly it was decided to increase secretarial support, forming a Secretariat which incorporated two com-mittee members and one employee for administrative support:

SECRETARIAT:• Anna Magrinyà Rull (Sub directorate General of Archives - Subdirecció general d’Arxius),Committee Secretary

• Àngels Bernal Cercós (National Archive of Catalonia - Arxiu Nacional de Catalunya),group co-ordinator

• Ramon Planes Albets (Sub directorate General of Archives - Subdirecció general d’Arxius),editing coordinator

• Conxa Canut Buñesch (Sub directorate General of Archives - Subdirecció general d’Arxius),administrative support

The secretariat had the responsibility to propose working methods, to compile, unify and systematizethe work for NODAC, to put forward the means of dissemination to the promoters and, in a laterphase, to collate amendments and to properly integrate them into the Standards.

Further, to accelerate the working pace of the Committee and to support the secretariat, the collabo-ration of committee member Rafel Ginebra was proposed, in order to produce initial working docu-ments and to participate in the task of revising and systematising the Standards.

Also, fromMay 2005, it was thought to be opportune to offer a grant to alumni of the Higher School ofArchives and Document Management (l’Escola Superior d’Arxivísitica i Gestió de Documents (ESAGED))from the Subdirectory general of Archives (Subdirecció general d’Arxius), to give general support to theworkof the secretariat in, for example, researching the internet into the existence of other descriptive standardsand applications originating from ISAD(G). This grant was awarded to Gemma Carretero Verdaguer.

Secondly, the Standards Committee was expanded by the addition of two new archivists. The commit-tee could count on nine archivists with the inclusion of:• Núria Canyelles Vilar (Town Council of Torredembarra - Ajuntament de Torredembarra)• David Lobato Buil (Town Council of Molins de Rei - Ajuntament de Molins de Rei)

Thirdly, the intention of the initial project, to bring a whole series of Working Groups intooperation in order to deepen the study of the requirements for the description of both simpleand complex documentary units, until then unrealized, was revived. Because of the wide diversi-ty of potential cases requiring presentation, it was realized that these two levels of description mer-ited special attention, and, at the same time, needed to be categorized by document type. Therewas also a requirement to carry out an analysis of the texts produced by the committee from theperspective of the specialist field of study of each group and, if thought suitable, resolve the har-monisation with other specialist standards with the inclusion of new entries in the Glossary andthe production of examples which identify the type of document worked on.The Working Groups created for this purpose were as follows:


1. Audio-Visual Documents Working Group - Grup de documents audio-visuals (GDA)Members: Isabel Campos González (Presidential Department - Departament de la Presidència),Sílvia Domènech Fernández (Barcelona City Council - Ajuntament de Barcelona), Imma NavarroMolleví (ANC), Xavier Pedrals Costa (Regional Archive of Berguedà - Arxiu Comarcal del Berguedà),M. Àngels Suquet Fontana (Sant Feliu de Guíxols Town Council - Ajuntament de Sant Feliu deGuíxols). Secretary: David Iglésias Franch (Girona City Council - Ajuntament de Girona).

2. Electronic Documents Working Group - Grup de documents electrònics (GDE)Members: Ferran Agelet Ordobàs (Barcelona City Council - Ajuntament de Barcelona), Lluís-Esteve Casellas Serra (Girona City Council -Ajuntament de Girona), BetlemMartínez Raduà (Depart-ment of Economics - Departament d’Economia), Remei Perpinyà Morera (ESAGED). Secretary:Anna Lorente (Catalonian Water Authority - Agència Catalana de l’Aigua).

3. Graphic Documents Working Group - Grup de documents gràfics (GDG)Members: Eva Astarloa Caixàs (Figueres Town Council - Ajuntament de Figueres), Núria CasanovasRamentol (PTOPDepartment -Departament de PTOP), Vicenç Conde Balderas (Esplugues de Llo-bregat Town Council - Ajuntament de Esplugues de Llobregat), Carme Montaner Garcia – initially -and Anna Maria Casassas (Catalonian Cartographic Institute - Institut Cartogràfic de Catalunya).Secretary: Montse Cervera Vidal (COAC of Lleida - COAC de Lleida) and, from September 2005,Núria Casanovas.

4. Text Documents Working Group - Grup de documents textuals (GDT)Members: M. Àngels Adroer Pellicer (Delegation of the Government of Girona - Delegació del Gov-ern aGirona),MercèGras Casanovas (Archive of the Barefoot Carmelites of Catalonia and the BalearicIslands - Arxiu dels Carmelites Descalços de Catalunya i Balears), Roser Latorre Tafanell (Sant Boi deLlobregat Town Council - Ajuntament de Sant Boi de Llobregat), Joaquim Nolla Aguilà (TarragonaCity Council - Ajuntament de Tarragona), Montserrat Pons Mascarilla (Lleida City Council - Ajun-tament de Lleida), Santi Soler Simon (Historic Archive of Girona - Arxiu Històric de Girona), JuditTapiolas Badiella (Rubi Town Council - Ajuntament de Rubí). Secretary: Marc Torras Serra (ANC).

The creation of the fifth Working Group resulted from the necessity of finding a homgenic solutionto the problem of how to produce bibliographic references within archival description.

5. Bibliographic References Working Group - Grup de referències bibliogràfiques (GRB)Members: Pilar Frago Pérez (ANC), Dolors Moyano González (Rovira i Virgili University - Uni-versitat Rovira i Virgili), Jordi Serchs Serra (Barcelona City Council - Ajuntament de Barcelona).Secretary: Reis Fontanals Jaumà (Library of Catalonia - Biblioteca de Catalunya).

At the same time it was considered expedient to dissolve the Advisory Council.

I. The project 13

The Archivists who formed the Descriptive Standards Committee and the Working Groups of Project NODAC

MEMBERS OF THE DESCRIPTIVE STANDARDS COMMITTEE

Archivist Type of Archive Place of Work

Benal Cercós, Àngels National GC National Archive of CataloniaArxiu Nacional de Catalunya

Canyelles Vilar, Núria Local Torredembarra Town CouncilAjuntament de Torredembarra

Capell Garriga, Emília Local Barcelona City CouncilAjuntament de Barcelona

Ginebra Molins, Rafel Ecclesiastical Episcopal Archives of VicArxiu Episcopal de Vic

Lobato Buil, David Local Molins de Rei Town CouncilAjuntament de Molins de Rei

Magrinyà Rull, Anna (secretary) Directorate of Archives Sub-directorate General of ArchivesSubdirecció general d’Arxius

Planes Albets, Ramon

Puig Ustrell, Pere

Retuerta Jiménez, M. Luz

Directorate of Archives

Regional AGC

Regional AGC

Sub-directorate General of ArchivesSubdirecció general d’ArxiusRegional Archives of Vallès OccidentalArxiu Comarcal del Vallès OccidentalRegional Archives of Baix LlobregatArxiu Comarcal del Baix Llobregat

9 archivists

Local ArchivesArchives of the Department of Culture (National & Regional)Ecclesiastical ArchivesDirectorate of Archives

= 3= 3= 1= 2

MEMBERS OF WORKING GROUPS

Audio-visual(GDA)- 6 archivists -

Electronic(GDE)- 5 archivists -

Campos González, Isabel Administrative GC Presidential DepartmentDepartament de la Presidència

Domènech Fernández, Sílvia Local Barcelona City CouncilAjuntament de Barcelona

Iglésias Franch, David (secretary) Local Girona City CouncilAjuntament de Girona

Navarro Molleví, Imma National GC National Archive of CataloniaArxiu Nacional de Catalunya

Pedrals Costa, Xavier Regional GC Regional Archive of BerguedàArxiu Comarcal del Berguedà

Suquet Fontana, M. Àngels Local Sant Feliu de Guíxols Town CouncilAjuntament de Sant Feliu de Guíxols

Agelet Ordobàs, Ferran Local Barcelona City CouncilAjuntament de Barcelona

Casellas Serra, Lluís-Esteve Local Girona City CouncilAjuntament de Girona

Lorente López, Anna (secretary) Administrative GC Catalonian Water AuthorityAgència Catalana de l’Aigua

Martínez Raduà, Betlem Administrative GC Department of Economics and FinanceDepartament d’Economia i Finances

Perpinyà Morera, Remei Archivists School ESAGED

Working groups Archivist Type of archive Place of work


Graphic(GDG)- 5 archivists -

Text(GDT)- 8 archivists -

BibliographicReferences(GRB)- 4 archivists -

5 Working Groups

Astarloa Caixàs, Eva Local Figueres Town CouncilAjuntament de Figueres

Casanovas Ramentol, Núria Administrative GC PTOP Department(secretary, from 09. 2005) Departament de PTOPCasassas Ymbert, Anna M. Other Institutions Catalonian Cartographic Institute

Institut Cartogràfic CatalunyaCervera Vidal, Montse (secretary) Corporations/Bodies Architectural College of Lleida

Col·legi d’Arquitectes de LleidaConde Balderas, Vicenç Local Esplugues de Llobregat Town Council

Ajuntament d’Esplugues de LlobregatAdroer Pellicer, M. Àngels Administrative GC Delegation of the Government

of GironaDelegació del Govern a Girona

Gras Casanovas, Mercè Ecclesiastical Archive of the Barefoot CarmelitesArxiu dels Carmelites Descalços

Latorre Tafanell, Roser Local Sant Boi de Llobregat Town CouncilAjuntament de Sant Boi de Llobregat

Nolla Aguilà, Joaquim Local Tarragona City CouncilAjuntament de Tarragona

Pons Mascarilla, Montserrat Local Lleida City CouncilAjuntament de Lleida

Soler Simon, Santi Regional GC Historic Archive of GironaArxiu Històric de Girona

Tapiolas Badiella, Judit Local Rubi Town CouncilAjuntament de Rubí

Torras Serra, Marc (secretary) National GC National Archive of CataloniaArxiu Nacional de Catalunya

Fontanals Jaumà, Reis (secretary) Other Institutions Library of CataloniaBiblioteca de Catalunya

Frago Pérez, Pilar National GC National Archive of CataloniaArxiu Nacional de Catalunya

Moyano González, Dolors Corporations/Bodies Rovira i Virgili UniversityUniversitat Rovira i Virgili

Serchs Serra, Jordi Local Barcelona City CouncilAjuntament de Barcelona

Grup de treball Arxiver/a Tipus d’arxiu Lloc de treball

28 archivists Local Archives = 12Archives of the Department of Culture of the AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia (National and Regional) = 5Administrative Archives of theAutonomous Government of Catalonia = 5Corporate Archives and of Official Bodies = 2Ecclesiastical Archives = 1Other Cultural institutions of theAutonomous Government of Catalonia = 2Archivists School = 1

The presentation of NODAC draft, the amendments phase and the production of the definitive version of NODACThe first important milestone was the presentation of the draft version of the Standards of ArchivalDescription in Catalonia (NODAC), which was done at the X Jornades d’Arxivística de Catalunyaheld from 18-20th May 2005. At the same time the draft version of NODAC was published on the

I. The project 15

Sub directorate general of Archives’ - Subdirecció general d’Arxius website and was also posted as anews item on the website of the AAC and on the archive forum Arxiforum.

From June 1st to September 30th 2005, a period for suggestions or amendments to the Standards ofDescription Committee was opened to all archivists in Catalonia. In order to facilitate this process,the Sub directorate general of Archives’ website posted instructions for addressing amendments to thecommittee and set up an email address to this end. Then the reading of the Standards was formallyordered in order to invite contributions to Montserrat Canela i Garayoa and Josep Matas i Balaguer.

The working groups also had the responsibility of addressing their comments to the committee andof creating complete examples, from the highest level, the fonds, to the lowest, the simple document,for different types of fonds that had to be attached as an appendix at the end of the Standards.

From October 2005 to March 2006, the committee revised the Standards’ text while studying thesuggestions, contributions and amendments it had received.

During the same period Gemma Carretero i Verdaguer, under the supervision of the standards com-mittee, produced NODACs two indices, one analytical, the other thematic, which had to facilitatethe location of the rules in the text.


II. Standards of Archival Description in Catalonia (NODAC)

A. Archival Description: Objectives and Principles

For archival description the preparation of an accurate representation of a unit of description and, asneeds be, of the parts of which it is composed by the capturing, analysis, organisation and recordingof whatever information serving to identify, manage, locate and explain archival documents also fur-nishes information on the context of its creation and the method used in its original organisation.

To begin, then, with this definition, we can conclude that the objectives of description are as follows:

The objectives

1. Facilitate access to documents.2. Represent archival documents in a comprehensible manner, giving information on their creation,their composition and their content.

3. Allow verification of the authenticity of provenance of archival documents providing informationon their conservation/custody, classification and the circumstances of their creation and use.

The principals

This directory of principles forms the basis for the rules contained in these standards and is nothingmore than a general statement that gathers together principles acquired from archival theory and theconclusions derived from the accumulated experience of our descriptive practices.

The principles on which the rules of description are based are:

1. ARCHIVAL DESCRIPTION IS FOUNDED IN WITH RESPECT FOR FONDS

Documents generated (created, received, or conserved) by a person or body have to remain in theiroriginal order, if this has been kept, and should not be merged with the documents of another personor body. This principal includes two other principals that are subordinate to it: that of provenanceand that of respect for the original order.

1.1. The principal of provenance signifies that the documents generated by a person or bodyhave to be represented separately from documents that have their provenance in any other personor body.

1.2. The principal of respect for the original order signifies that the system of organisationestablished by the creator of the document has to be preserved as far as is possible, in orderto preserve the relationship that exists between the documents and the value of the evidencewhich that order confers.

While these principles are of vital importance, it is not always possible to maintain the originalorder established by the producer, perhaps because the fonds has suffered a previous intervention

II. Standards of archival description in Catalonia 17

and this order been substituted for another, or perhaps because it is impossible to recover it. Attimes it is also difficult to maintain documents physically organized and separated according totheir original order for reasons of space, organisation or conservation. The act of intellectuallyrepresenting documents coming from the same producer as a differentiated whole does not nec-essarily mean their physically distinct conservation within the deposit of the archive.

2. THE DESCRIPTION REFLECTS THE CLASSIFICATION

This principal needs to be understood in as much as the description reflects the system used to organ-ise the documents by a producer. This principal includes three other subordinate principles:

2.1. Archival description is based on description at divers levels related hierarchicallyFonds are customarily classified in accordance with a hierarchical order indicating the intellectualorganisation of the documents and this order is usually based on the system of organisation used bythe producer. Thus the number of levels of classification in which a fonds is organised dependsessentially on the profile or characteristics of the producer, on the administrative requirements ofthe organisation which conserves it or on the types of documents to which it conforms. As far as thisstandard is concerned, six levels of description have been identified: Fonds, sub-fonds, series group,series, file-level and item-level description and all these levels are inter-related because the lower lev-els are a part of the whole. The sum of the descriptions of the distinct parts offers a reliable represen-tation of the organisation, the context and the content of the documentation thatmakes up the fonds.

By no means are all the levels of description always found within a table of classification. The degreeof complexity of the organisation used by the producer is that which finally determines the numberof levels.

2.2. The levels of description correspond to the levels of classificationOne of the levels of description identified by NODAC corresponds to each level of classificationand these standards regulate the description of each of these levels. The description represents theclassification and it is not always possible or necessary to subdivide the documentation into thesix established levels, nor, consequently, is there a requirement to describe all the levels. Howeverit is always essential to identify the level of fonds, otherwise the objectives of the description can-not be achieved.

It could be that supplementary levels need to be added, for example subdivisions of a sub-fonds(sub-sub-fonds) or of a series group (sub-series group). In both cases it is necessary to apply therules presented in NODAC concerning description at the sub divisional level

2.3. The description is done once the level of the unit of description has been identifiedThe description has to reflect the classification of the documents at divers levels and, therefore,has to identify which levels the units of description which make up the fonds belong to before thedescription can be made.

The description is not a static process but a dynamic one, in that the information is recordedand updated continuously during the management of a fonds (to give notice of new entries, toexpand the details of the elements of description etc.). The classification is not static either becausein an archive that regularly receives documentation belonging to an active body, the classifica-tion is in a constant state of evolution and the process of classification does not actually end


until the body ceases to exist. Therefore, it can be said that the description reflects the state ofthe classification at the moment in which it is described and that it can change as soon as theclassification is modified.

3. ARCHIVAL DESCRIPTION IS BASED ON DESCRIPTION AT DIFFERENT LEVELS,which include the following rules:

3.1. Archival description appears in hierarchical order proceeding from the general to the specificThe object of this rule is to represent the context and hierarchical structure of the fonds and of itsparts. In order to do this, it has been established that at the level of the fonds, information relat-ing to the fonds has to be given as a group and, in successive levels, information has to be provid-ed on the parts that describe it. Also, if descriptions need to be presented which result in a hierar-chical and relative form, then they should proceed from the more general level (fonds) to themore specific.

3.2. The information given at each level of description has to be relevant to that level, that is tosay, at each level there has to be appropriate and specific informationThe objective is to precisely represent the context and content of a unit of description. At the leveldescribed no more than the appropriate information should be given. For example, no detailed infor-mation concerning the contents of file-level descriptions needs to be given if the unit of description isa fonds; nor should the institutional history of a whole department be explained if the producer of aunit of description is a division or section. It is necessary to give information at the highest possiblelevel and, similarly, at each level, information should be included which is common to all the compo-nents of lower levels.

3.3. The links between descriptions corresponding to each level have to be clearly indicatedThe object of the rule is to describe the position of a unit of description in the hierarchy of thefonds. In order to do this each description has to be linked to the unit of description immediate-ly above it and the level of the description has to be identified.

3.4. The repetition of information in distinct hierarchically arranged archival descriptionshave to be avoidedThe object is to avoid redundant information in hierarchically arranged archival description. Infor-mation common to the different parts that make up the unit has to be given at the most appropri-ate general level. Information already given at a higher level should not be repeated in a lower one.

4. ARCHIVAL DESCRIPTION IS APPLICABLE TO DIFFERENT TYPES OF FONDS AND DOCUMENTS

THAT ARE CONSERVED IN ARCHIVES.This principle can be broken down into the following sub-principles:

4.1. The description can be applied to all archival documents irrespective of their form or mediaThe standards contain specific rules that permit the description of the characteristics of certaintypes of documents entirely leaving open the possibility of harmonising its use with other exist-ing specialist standards.


4.2. The description can be applied to all stages in the life cycle of archival documentsThe standards allow description of documents at any stage of their life cycle. The descriptiondiverges at one stage or another into the recommended and optional elements that make it up orin the depth of information assigned to it.

4.3. The principals of archival description can be applied in the same way to documents creat-ed by a corporate body, a person or a familyFonds and documents produced by a corporate body in the performance of its functions andactivities can be different from fonds and documents produced by the activity of a person or a fam-ily for divers reasons (classification systems and ordering, conservational criteria, documentarytypology, medium etc). In spite of these differences, the principles of classification and of archivaldescription have to be applied in the same way to all fonds and documents, public or private, cre-ated by a corporate body, a person or a family.

4.4. The standards allow the description of collections as well as individual documents that needto be integrated into general collections built up by the centre.Among the documents conserved in the archive there are also collections, groups of documents,which have not been produced normally in the performance of functions or activities, but whichhave been brought together subsequently, without regard to their provenance. The documents aregrouped by common characteristics, such as, for example, subject, media, form etc., or by criteriafollowed by the collector. As far as NODAC is concerned, from the point of view of its identifi-cation and description, the collection corresponds with the level of fonds and the standard dependson specific rules for its description.

Similarly, to describe individual documents which originally formed part of a fonds which has beenlost, or that the centre has not conserved, they need to be integrated into the general collectionsbuilt up by the centre which assembles all those remaining documents of divers provenancewhich form no part of the fonds held by the archive. These documents will be described as file-level or item-level documents, depending on their type.

5. ARCHIVAL DESCRIPTION ALSO INCLUDES DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCERS AND OTHER

REFERENCES TO RESPONSIBILITY

The standards establish rules for the description of producers and other references to responsibility.The form the names take and any corresponding information have to be adapted from the standardconcerning authority control that is being developed from ISAAR (CPF).


B. The scope of the application

1. The archives and the fonds that apply to itStandards of Archival Description of Catalonia have been produced to be applied to all the archivesin Catalonia, irrespective of their ownership, form or at what stage their fonds or documents find them-selves in. It applies to all the archives amended to comply with law 10/2001, of 13th July, concerningarchives and documents.

By archive is understood the body or institution, which specifically carries out the task of organisa-tion, custody, management, description, conservation and the dissemination of documents and doc-umental fonds. Also understood by archive are the fonds or collection of fonds of the centre or loca-tion in which they are conserved.

Fonds is the group of documents produced organically and/or assembled and used by a person, afamily or a corporate body in the performance of the functions and activities appropriate to them.

As well as documental fonds, the standard also applies to collections of documents. A collection is aninorganic group of documents that are assembled and organised by subjective criteria independent oftheir provenance.

This standard is a valid tool for the description of all the fonds, documents and collections of documentsfound in Catalonia, now or in the future. Its application has to be considered a qualitative leap of the firstorder, necessary in the face of the need for standardization in our practices of documentary description.

Together with its influence on all fonds and collections of documents, the standard allows for the pro-duction of the principal output formats derived from the definition of the different levels of possibledescription. This refers, in particular, to guides, inventories and catalogues.

NODAC is a tool that can be applied to all phases in the life cycle of archival documents. To managethe documentation at each phase, there are a succession of processes (evaluation, admission, conser-vation, arrangement) which have to be incorporated into the description in order to safely manageand conserve the documents and to make them accessible to all those who have the right to consultthem. It is perfectly possible to apply NODACs rules to summarise the contents of these elements ofinformation. Only the descriptions of documents in permanent conservation differ in the number ofelements they incorporate or in the depth of the information assigned to them.

2. The types of documents to which it has to applyThe Standards of Archival Description of Catalonia is applicable to all types of archival document, irre-spective of the nature of its producer, the stage of its life cycle the document finds itself in, the lan-guage used to produce it and the centre or location in which it is conserved.

By archival document is understood the recorded information, irrespective of media or of its physicalor intellectual characteristics, produced or received and conserved by a corporate body or a person inthe process of their activities.


Equally, the scope of the standards include all the internal and external variables which characterizedocuments, for example, the media and the format within which their contents are fixed or the typeof documentary unit, file-level or item-level, which they constitute.

However, the standards recognise that documents are classified in various ways that, together with theinternal and external characteristics, need to be taken into consideration when the description ismade.

In accordance with the standards the documents are classified:

a) By the juridical nature of the producer:• Public: those produced or received by public persons or bodies or related to public law.• Private: those produced or received by private individuals or bodies.

b) By the phase the document is in:• Active: those that are in process or habitual use.• Semi-active: those that have concluded their common processes or are not in habitual use.• 8 Inactive or historic: those that, once their immediate administrative validity has ended, possessvalues of a primarily cultural character.

c) By the language used to produce the document:• Text: documents in which the information is represented using one or more than one systemof alphabetic symbols (via manuscript, typewritten, printed or projected), readable with orwithout the assistance of a machine.

• Cartographic: documents in which the information is represented using a technical and math-ematical base (geometric or photometric), which attempts to objectively represent all or partof the earth’s surface, of the globe, a celestial object or comparable body, real or unreal. Theycontain, therefore, the attempted objective representation of geographical or astronomicalsurfaces (maps, geographic plans, plans of plots of land, marine charts, portolanos, orthopho-tos, astronomical charts, etc).• Iconic: documents in which the information is presented by images representing subjectiveperceptions, as much as they reflect a perception, a perspective or a point of view.They includedrawings, posters, prints, graphics, photographs, etc.

• Technical drawings: documents in which the information is represented using a technical andmathematical base (geometric or photometric), which attempts to objectively represent struc-tures (buildings or architectural elements, substructures, etc.), machinery (appliances, gadg-ets, components, etc), organisms (micro-organisms, animals, anatomical elements, etc.) orobjects (minerals, crystals, etc.).• Audio-visual: documents in which the information recorded can be perceived or reproducedas images with sound that communicate the appearance of movement. This also includesmoving images without sound.• Sound: documents in which the information recorded is reproduced using sound.

A separate category is electronic documents, which can be defined as follows:• Electronic: documents in which the information is manipulated, transmitted or processed bymeans of computers and has content, context and sufficient structure to demonstrate theactivity which generated it.


Electronic documents present a succession of very divers characteristics and typologies (websites,dynamic documents, databases, spreadsheets, email, voicemail, etc) that are really difficult to estab-lish a clear classification for or to provide a setting for within already established classifications.Firstly, the means of conveying the content need not be confined to one medium, or principal medi-um (text, graphic, audio-visual, etc), because electronic documents can simultaneously be made upof more than one, in such a way that the documents can be said to become multimedia. They canalso be dynamic or composite in composition because they allow the insertion of an electronic doc-ument from another source created by a different application. Electronic documents are mutable, eas-ily manipulable, infinitely duplicable and instantly transportable.They can have no well-defined medi-um and can be found distributed in more than one storage medium. The same document can bekept on the same unit of memory or on different units, on the same computer or on different com-puters, on the same network or on different networks. It can also be divided up between sectionsworking in different areas, between different departments for example, which can make it difficultto clearly identify the producer.

As a result of the ease with which these documents can be manipulated, duplicated and distributed, itis vitally important to guarantee their reliability, authenticity, integrity and accessibility for which theprocess of description relating to the original context of their creation has to be most explicit. Archivaldescription of electronic documents has to be the sum of the description of the contents, that is tosay, the information which it contains which could include text, numbers, spread-sheets, graphics,video and html links; the description of the context by the use of the metadata which reflect the descrip-tion of the administrative context (the analysis of the functions and competences of the producing bod-ies as well as variations produced by the passage of time), and technical information (hardware, soft-ware, version, file structure, description of data and historical links with other entries); and, finally,the description of the recording of the information.

For individual or collective description the standards are applicable to single as well as groups ofdocuments. In this sense the standards can be considered multilevel because they embrace levelsfrom the most generic, the fonds, to the most specific, the documentary unit. To identify the levelof organisation that each unit of description corresponds to, the standards have established basiclevels of description expounded in the following pages.


C. The levels of description

One of the basic characteristic methodologies of General International Standard Archival Descrip-tion ISAD(G) is that it is founded on the technique of documental fonds description termed ‘mul-tilevel description’. These levels of description are not arbitrary but have a direct relation to theinternal organisation of the fonds, which is the result of its formative process and of its classificationand archival handling. From the fonds, which is the documentary ambit or the highest level, to file-level, which is the smallest, there exists an organisational graduated hierarchy within which the prac-tice of multilevel description has to be developed. Appropriate rules correspond to each level of descrip-tion, from the application of which an output format has to result which furnishes us with qualitativelyspecific information.

From this exposited methodology, the establishment and clear delimitation of the hierarchical levelsbecomes the focal point of the standards and takes precedence over many other questions subordinateto it. To do this ISAD(G) standards illustrates a first basic proposal of levels which are as follows:fonds (fons), sub-fonds (subfons), series (sèrie), sub-series (subsèrie), file-level description (unitat docu-mental composta) and item-level description (unitat documental simple). Except for sub-series, ISAD(G)also puts forward a basic definition of these terms.

The definition of intermediate levels is that which provokes most discussion, while the concepts andlevels of fonds and file and item level description are, at least to begin with, much clearer. Between thebroadest and smallest levels, the series presents an evident clarity of concept and documentation. It is,above all, between the fonds and the series and the series and file and item level descriptions wherethe boundaries, concepts and criteria are more divers and ambiguous. The existence of divers archivaltraditions and equally divers terminologies, often with excessively vague conceptual and semanticborders, aggravate the complexity of the determination of the levels.

We find that, for example, the Catalan translation (Barcelona, 2001) of the second edition of thestandards (Stockholm, 1999), has disregarded the term sub-series for the term ‘serie’. Above the level‘serie’, is the term ‘series’, which we are led to believe is a group or assemblage of series.

As for the establishment of the various levels, the present standards have a double objective. Firstly,establish a fixed standard structure of levels and secondly, and most importantly, to define them withthe maximum of clarity, involving a much broader conceptual explanation than that found in thestandards, when found, with the object of preventing confusion and superimposition of levels.

The levels established by NODAC are those that are listed as follows, the first six of which corre-spond to the same number of levels in a hierarchical structure associated with the internal charac-teristics of documental fonds. The level unit of installation, however, as indicated by its designa-tion, is associated with an external factor, that of the physical installation of groups of documents,for which reason it is treated separately from the hierarchy represented by the other levels, or, toput it another way, does not constitute an extra graduation or fits necessarily under any particularheading or headings.

Level 1: fondsLevel 2: sub-fondsLevel 3: series group


Level 4: seriesLevel 5: file level descriptionLevel 6: item level description

And, exceptionally, the level unit of installation.

Levels 1 and 2 (fonds and sub-fonds) correspond to the producers, levels 3 and 4 (series group andseries) correspond to levels of classification in accordance with functions, competences and activities,and levels 5 and 6 (file and item level descriptions) correspond to individual documents which can bemade up of more than one or one document. The unit of installation level corresponds to the physi-cal installation of one or more documents.

Each archive centre may produce intermediate levels or use alternative designations to those proposed in thestandards. In each case their relationship or correspondence to one of these standard or regulated levels hasto be established.

Following the establishment of these standard levels, we begin their conceptual delimitation and definition.

LEVEL 1: fondsGroup of documents, of whatever form or medium, produced organically and/or assembled and used by aperson, a family or a corporate body in the exercise of activities and functions appropriate to them.

The practice of the identification of fonds must start with the premise that the aim of this process isthe practical intention to give clear information about documentation conserved by an archive and ofits context.

The documental fonds only contain archival documents. Bibliographic items do not form a part ofthem although they can include certain units that, without the context of a fonds, have a bibliograph-ic character, for example a juridical allegation or other leaflets, or an artistic one, for example a draw-ing or other type of image.

Certain documentation may only be identified as a fonds, and be described at fonds level, if thatwhich is conserved by the centre is a sufficiently representative and significant part, both quantative-ly and qualatively, and cannot be so described if one is clearly only dealing with fragments. It shouldalso be decided if one is dealing with a fonds originating from within the appropriate territorial com-pass of the centre or one that is outside it. If one is dealing with a small part of a territorially or func-tionally marginal fonds then it becomes questionable if it can then be identified as a fonds.

The clearest and most objective criteria for the identification of a fonds is that which begins with itsproducer. If the criteria of function is used it becomes much more subjective and ambiguous.

When dealing with very organically complex groups of documents, as often happens within the com-pass of public administration or in the case of certain patrimonial fonds the criteria of the delimita-tion of the producer does not have to be maximalist. The adoption of maximalist criteria in the caseof a very large and complex administration, with very numerous and differentiated competences andwith a considerable volume of documentation – the Spanish State or the Autonomous Government


of Catalonia for example – mean that, in practice, the fonds are identified with the administration insuch a way that the documents generated by all the state or autonomous administrative bodies makeup a single fonds. In doing so, within an immense group of documents, we run the risk of concealingthe well defined personalities of the distinct bodies and institutions which make it up, those whichoften maintain a relationship with the larger structure which is practically non-existent, limited, orvery formal.

In these cases it is advisable to delimit and identify the various producers, each with their own fonds.The determination of the existence of a producer of fonds within an administrative structure ismade by the criteria of sufficient autonomy. Autonomy is sufficient if the producer has an organical-ly complete and independent structure, that is to say, it is capable of handling all the tasks within itscompass without having to refer them for authorisation to any higher or external organisation.Autonomous also signifies having ones own particular juridical personality, or when dealing with aterritorial body of a central organisation, an autonomous body, a public company or a consortium.A producer of fonds has to have a juridical disposition specific to creation, legally defined or regu-lated and stable competences, a clear position within the administrative hierarchy, a leader and aknown organisational structure. The producer is also characterized by having patrimony and theirown budget, regulation or statutes, central recording and archiving and a specific system of documentmanagement.

When the time comes to establish the criteria for the delimitation and identification of a fonds, ineach case it has to be decided whether to opt for maximalist or minimalist criteria, and the chosenoption must always be that which best gives context to the fonds and the producer.

Exceptionally, fonds of divers producers found together cannot be broken up. The indivisible jumbleof material continues because it has historic value or a clear archival tradition, or a clause of rights ofacquisition exists.

From the point of view of their identification and description, in the context of these standards thecollection corresponds to the level of fonds.

The concept of collection its identification, in as far as it refers to a particular artificial grouping of doc-uments, includes the existence of a value added by the grouping within it, that which can spring frombonds of content and theme of the elements integrated within it and/or by the organisation whichthe collector has given it.

It is not worth identifying as a collection entirely accidental or very reduced artificial groupings. Inthese cases it is file- and item-level unattached documents that are being dealt with which need to beintegrated into the general collections formed by the centre.

LEVEL 2: sub-fondsPart of a fonds, which has a body differentiated from the rest and could correspond to sub-ordinate admin-istrative units that have a certain level of autonomy or to bodies incorporated by reason of succession. Thesub-fonds has its own producer and other specific characteristics of a fonds and can have a similar organicstructure to that of the original fonds to which it belongs, including the possibility of having subordinatesub-fonds.


The concept and the level of sub-fonds has to serve to identify and describe the groups of documentsproduced by autonomous bodies which could not by all definitions be considered producers of fondsand which, at the same time, have more than the particular characteristics of series group and ofseries.

The concept of the sub-fonds is relatively new and no consolidated definition for it exists in Catalanarchiving. Despite this, it is advisable for archival practice to persist with it and to establish basic cri-teria for its identification.

In one way or another the producer of a sub-fonds has to depend on the producer of a fonds for theexistence of a juridical bond for the concordance or subordination of his respective activities or com-petences. The identification of a sub-fonds necessarily involves the existence of a producer with theirown identity, who has, in proceeding with the description of their documentation, an approach asproducer similar to that used by the producer of the fonds on which it depends.

To identify the existence of a sub-fonds two basic conditions have to be applied. Firstly, the sub-fonds always has to reside in or form part of a fonds, meaning that it is a part which cannot beremoved without harming both the fonds and the said sub-fonds. Secondly, it has to consist of adocumental grouping, more or less diversified, given an internal coherence or its own documentalidentity, which derives from the existence of a producer. In consequence, its correct archival treat-ment, preserving the principles of provenance and of the original order, has to reflect its intrinsicuniqueness.

The sub-fonds can contain, in its turn, other subordinate sub-fonds, in accordance with the hierar-chical structure of the juridical person of the producer. In the end the sub-fonds have to have suffi-cient substance and the term cannot be applied to groups of documents produced by lesser bodiesthat normally constitute series groups or series.

Two distinct types of sub-fonds exist which should be differentiated. With both types, the criteria forthe identification of sub-fonds have to be consistent with those adopted for the identification of thefonds.

The sub-fonds as a sub-ordinate administrative unit

The sub-fonds level has to take into account the limits imposed by non-maximalist criteria that thestandard adopted for the fonds level. Following this criteria, archives of large bodies are composed ofa multiplicity of fonds, established following the criteria of autonomy, corporate independence or someother characteristic which differentiates the principal organisation. With this the intention is to arriveat an organisation of fonds that makes the management and retrieval of the information practical andflexible.

The sub-fonds, in this first sense, corresponds to the bodies of the organic structure of the producerof the fonds. The central organic structure of large corporate bodies includes administrative divisionswith a considerable degree of independence but they are very directly bound with their respective high-er bodies and in direct and permanent accord with them. The hierarchical level, the degree of auton-omy and the internal complexity of these bodies determine the necessity of putting them at a levelabove that of series group.


To give some examples to make the concept more comprehensible. A sub-fonds could be created by asecretary general or a general directorate of a department of the Autonomous Government of Catalo-nia; or a central administrative body of a group of companies; or the autonomous bodies of a towncouncil that do not enjoy sufficient functional and financial autonomy.

In this, as well as other aspects, documental fonds present a very varied casuistry, which needresolving in each case. For example, sub-fonds can be found generated by bodies that enjoy auton-omy but only for a short period of time, or with certain functions or activities of a secondarynature, or functions that pass from one body to another. It is necessary to evaluate the advisabilityof highlighting these groups of documents as sub-fonds or to categorise them as series groups orseries in order to avoid breaking the sequence or coherence of them within the fonds. The fixing ofsub-fonds, as of other levels, has to reflect both the hierarchical structure and the function of itsproducing body.

The sub-fonds as a unit incorporated for reasons of succession

Also considered as sub-fonds are groups of documents included in a fonds by some kind process of suc-cession, whether functional, structural, hereditary, contractual or any other related to the juridical real-ity of the producer of the receiving fonds. To constitute a sub-fonds, the incorporated group of doc-uments has to have been maintained substantially intact in the subsequent development and activitiesof the receiving body, in such a way as the corresponding documentation is not presented as integrat-ed in the organisation of the other documents in the fonds as a consequence of the activity of its pro-ducer.

The documents of this type of sub-fonds have the same provenance, corporate independence and cer-tain characteristics similar to those of a fonds, and their incorporation in the fonds has to have beenproduced by some cause related to the existence and activity of the juridical producer of the fonds,and not for purely accidental motives. Thus, if an institution or a person appropriates a group of doc-uments not belonging within the compass and exercise of their own activities, this group constitutesa different fonds and its incorporation in another fonds is an episode in the history of its transmis-sion, and does not form part of the formation and development of the fonds. Therefore, the group ofdocuments does not constitute a sub-fonds when it has only a purely casual relationship with the trans-mitting fonds.

Therefore, the method of the constitution, incorporation, maintenance and transmission of the sub-fonds in question should be examined in order to verify that its integration in the fonds correspondsto the principal of provenance and that its difference to the rest of the groups of documents of the samefonds is specified.

Examples of this type of sub-fonds could be the documentation of subsidiary companies which theyhave generated in the offices of the holding company; or the documentation of a company which hasincorporated the fonds of another company when it has absorbed it; also the documentation of afamily inheritance which has been incorporated within another but the part before the incorporationhas been conserved with great diligence.


LEVEL 3: series groupGroup of documents formed by the grouping of two or more series. The series group is found between thefonds, or sub-fonds, and the series, and the series that form a part of it have to be clearly identified andindividualised one in relation to the others. In its turn the series group could contain other sub-ordinate seriesgroups.

The series that form part of a series group must demonstrate a link that, preferably, has to be of afunctional nature. They can also be derived from the process of the organisation and reorganisation ofthe documental fonds. After fonds and series, which are fixed, much more clearly defined requisitelevels, the application of this level of description has to be much more fortuitous and easy, and alwaysdone as a function of the particularities of each established fonds. This level will always be optional,non-essential, once description at fonds level has been accomplished.

The application of this level requires that the structure of the fonds be wholly articulated in seriesgroups, that is to say that the presence of this level cannot be partial or appear as an exception, althoughcertain series groups can exist which are composed of only a single series. However, if it fails to gath-er together isolated series this level can produce incomplete output formats.Some examples of series groups are:– series group Public finance of a municipal fonds– series group Sacramental register of a parochial fonds– Caramany de Corçà patrimonial fonds: series group: 1.7.2. Administration of patrimony, which includesthe series “1.7.2.1. Account books and extracts of deeds”, “1.7.2.2 Conditions and relations of prop-erty”, “1.7.2.3. Rent collection”, “1.7.2.4. Accounts”, “1.7.2.5. Head and subsidiary offices”, etc.[Gifre, Pere; Soler, Santi. Archives and patrimony. Inventory of patrimonial fonds Caramany de Corçà.XIII-XX centuries. La Bisbal d’Empordà, 1996].

LEVEL 4: seriesHomogenic group of documental units organised according to a system of classification or conserved as aunit in order to result in the same process of assemblage or of classification, or of the same activity, becausethey have the same form, or from any other relationship derived from its production, reciept or use.

The concept of the series outlined in ISAD(G) presents considerable scope for the foundation of itsspecification in divers conditions and with divers attributes: a fixed system of classification or a fixedcriteria for conservation, the background to a certain activity, the configuration of the same docu-mental form or any other relationship derived from its production, admission or use.

Thus the documental series can derive from both the process of the production of the documents andtheir use as well as from the archival handling applied to them. That is to say, it can both shape it dur-ing the birth of the documents and later either at the time of use or at the time of their classificationand conservation. These determinant elements of the series can co-exist or combine or can also beused in isolation.From this very broad definition, it can be agreed that different types of series exist. The differencesbetween them are defined by distinct elements that form their foundation or shape them. The wholeplentiful and varied gamut of series can be reduced to the two models or types outlined in the follow-ing definitions.


1. Group of homogeneous documental units accumulated over a long period of time, relative to asimilar type of activity or subject, which are the result of a similar administrative action and of afixed method or process. As a general rule, the documental series understood here generates a cer-tain documental form that maintains its characteristics over time. The series can run dry or giveroom to new series when the activity, the procedure or the dissemination changes.

2. Group of homogeneous documental units formed in the passage of the process of its classification,of its conservation or of its use, this unique homogeny may result from the medium or the materialconfiguration of the documents, in practical criteria derived from a specific use – administrative orcultural – or in criteria of classification founded on their internal and/or external characteristics.

The first concept of series, in as far as its specification derives from the documental production phaseand from the internal characteristics of the units, is the more pure. The second concept of series,much broader, proves essential because the tradition and the administrative and archival practice hasgenerated and generates series groups units that it is often inappropriate or very difficult to change.

One or other concept is necessary for all kinds of documental fonds, but the first is much moreappropriate to fonds produced by public administrations. In fonds generated within the privateambit, especially if dealing with personal or patrimonial fonds, or with bodies or companies with abasic or less structured organisation, the first concept of series is much harder to apply. If we limitourselves to accept only a restrictive and too severe a concept of series, description and archival han-dling of a large number of fonds in our archives will prove to be much more problematic.

It is understood that a series ends if the central activity that it refers to undergoes substantial change.

As a general rule, a series also ends when it is generated by a new producer, that is to say, from themoment it becomes integrated within a new or different fonds or sub-fonds, even though the subject,the method, the procedure or the documental form remain substantially unchanged.

file- and item-level description

The two last levels of description are those that correspond to the documental unit with their vari-ables of file-level description or item-level description and it is they that describe the document.

By file-level and item-level description is understood an archival document which can be isolated with-out losing integrity, that is to say, without losing any substantial element for the understanding of itself,and which is characterised by having features which differentiate it from other similar elements, thustransforming it into a singular, unique documentary unit. From their creation to their end item-leveland file-level documents reflect a specific theme, themes which continue to be reflected while morethan one document is accumulated, that is to say, during the creation of a file-level description. Oth-ers begin and end with a single, unique document and it is they that make up item-level descriptions.

File-level and item-level descriptions differ from higher levels because they do not make reference togeneric groups of documents, but, on the contrary, individually distinguish each of the elements whichmake up the group or groups of established documents, that is to say, describe the documents withina particular series, or in a fonds, sub-fonds or collection one by one.


LEVEL 5: file-level descriptionOrganised unit of documents assembled by their producer for their day-to-day use, or assembled during theprocess of archival organisation because they refer to the same subject, activity or process. A file-level descrip-tion is normally the basic unit of a series.

File-level description reflects a progression of a certain subject or process, from beginning to end, bythe accumulation of more than one document, each of which constitutes an item-level description.Examples are an administrative record, a thematic dossier, a notary’s protocol (containing various deeds),a book of approved minutes, a photographic reportage, a project of works (with various plans), acompilation of recorded conversations, a collection of filmed news items etc.

For the description of file-level documents all the documents that form it have to be described as aunit, that is to say, without detailing the individual documents whichmake it up.The item-level descrip-tions that form a part of it should not be described if the file-level description to which they belonghas not been described beforehand. For example, in the case of an administrative record, the recordneeds to be described as a file-level description if the description of each of the activities, the letters,reports and other item-level descriptions that make up the record are desired.

LEVEL 6: item-level descriptionThe smallest and intellectually indivisible archival unit (for example, a letter, a memo, a report, a photo-graph or a sound recording).

The item-level description is the smallest object in archival description and is made up of one docu-ment like a letter, a memo, a report, a drawing, a photograph, a poster, a map, a plan, a notebook, adiary, a book of accounts, a filmed public event, a recorded conversation, etc.

An item-level document can appear as a single sheet of paper or various sheets, a notebook, a book,etc., but irrespective of the form it takes or its size, in each case it cannot be subdivided because in sodoing the information which it has to communicate becomes fragmented.

There can be two types of item-level description:1. Those which are not found to be integrated in any other group of documents which do not direct-ly follow the series because they properly reflect that which has to be communicated or determined, orwhat action is to be undertaken (Catalan translation of ISO 15489 standard, p.15), or because theyhave been produced in a unique way, as the result of a particular process of production or of theorganisation of a fonds. Item-level description of this type can be, without a doubt, the basic unitof a series. This could be the case with any of the minutes of inspection visits in the civil register orthe monthly shifts in population sent from the courts to the municipal statistical services. Bothexamples constitute item-level description that can be integrated within the statistical series of thecivil register.

2.Those others that are integrated into a file-level description through being another stage in an admin-istrative process. These can be any of the documents that make up an administrative record. Doc-umental units that form part of a file-level description never constitute a series. It is sufficiently obvi-ous that an application or activity within a record of licenses for works do not constitute a seriesand in all cases it is the group of records of works licenses that make the series up. It is important


to stress that an item-level description within a file-level description cannot be described withoutfirst having described the file-level one.

At times, item-level descriptions are grouped in the form of bound books and cannot be consideredfile-level descriptions, as they are simply item-level documents bound together for reasons outside theproduction process, management or birth of the document. This can be the case, for example, in abook of miscellaneous documents grouped and bound with the object of its installation, conservationor for other reasons. Here we are dealing with a grouping of bound file-level documents that make upa unit of installation.

At other times, item-level documents have been bound in book form because there was a clear inten-tion to keep them as a group. Examples are books of approved minutes, books of plenary minutes,commissions’ accords, a notary's protocol, etc. In all these cases we are dealing with file-level docu-ments which allow us to detach and delimit the content because, in doing so, we enrich the informa-tion which it offers the user. Each of the minutes, accords, agreements and deeds constitute an item-level description and the output format which results from them will be the catalogue.

Alternatively, we have single entry registers, of which each entry may not be considered a document,but the smallest documental unit is the book, in which case the item-level description and the unit ofinstallation may or may not coincide. Examples are the registers of orders of payment or those of cor-respondence. The series is the register of orders of payment or the register of correspondence.

EXCEPTIONAL LEVEL: unit of installationGroup of documents gathered together or conserved in one physical body (container, book).

The unit of installation constitutes a documental group that is defined not necessarily by the contentsor internal characteristics of the documents but by the container in which they are installed or con-served. A unit of installation may contain file-level or item-level documents, series fragments or com-plete series or even complete fonds of limited size. It could also be that the documents of a unit ofinstallation correspond to file- and item-level documents from various fonds. It can also assembledocuments gathered together as a result of the homogeneity or the similarity of their actual media orfrom their dimensions. Sometimes this correspondence between the unit of installation and the inter-nal constitution of the fonds is completely accidental.

These characteristics of the unit of installation signify that it is not a level that forms part of the grad-uated hierarchy of levels from item-level description to fonds outlined previously that is being dealtwith. The reason for this is that the nature of the unit of installation is not necessarily derived fromthe process of the production of the documents, of their provenance or from their original order.More often the unit of installation gathers up heterogeneous documents with regard to their formand content. On the other hand, in many cases it can handle completely accidental and provisionalgroups formed during an initial stage of the archival processing of the fonds with the sole aim of facil-itating their manipulation or conservation. Therefore, contrary to documental groupings associatedwith the contents of the documents, its duration may be brief. In the course of the systematic descrip-tion of a fonds, of the revision of an existing output format, of the substitution of the boxes, files orother containers used by the archive, units of installation can undergo modifications.


The present standards include the level of description corresponding to the unit of installation becauseits use has been frequent in everyday archival practice. However, it is included with the understand-ing that it only has to be resorted to in exceptional cases when the state of the fonds from the pointof view of its organisation, classification and installation does not allow its description, or makes thismuch more difficult, when using the levels which form part of the internal hierarchy of the fonds asa starting point.

All the same, if the unit of installation coincides with another regulated level, then it is that which hasto prevail, unless the coincidence is only slight. For example, if a documental series has been describedwholly at the level of the unit of installation and, in a specific case, the unit of installation coincideswith the level of file-level description, in order not to break up the uniformity of the description, onthis occasion the level used in the rest of the documents which make up the series has to prevail.

The description of units of installation frequently has been and is used to facilitate the documentalmanagement of very large and homogenous series, integrated with item-level documents of little sub-stance (records, correspondence etc), or, contrarily, with voluminous file-level documents which needto be broken up at the time of their installation (extensive notary's protocols, fragments in divers vol-umes). It can also be very useful, as has been previously mentioned, when no more than a quick andsuperficial description can be provided, necessary, perhaps, for the auditing, transfer or saving of aspecific fonds or because it is in the initial planning stage of its management.

Some examples of units of installation are:– Volume 2 of the protocol of the notary Honori Garcia (part of a file-level description)– Records of subsidies from 101 to 126 (description of the last records included in a unit of descrip-tion; it is part of a series)


D. The areas and the elements of description

NODAC is articulated into seven areas of descriptive information that assembles the twenty-six ele-ments identified and defined by ISAD(G), and can be combined in the way thought most convenientto prepare the description of a particular archival unit.

For each element a whole set of general rules have been made, applicable independently of the nature,the level of description, the size, the form or the medium of the unit of description, and a set of spe-cific rules which, on the one hand, give guidelines for description within the distinct levels of descrip-tion and, on the other, collect up the particularities of the information necessary for the descriptionof particular types of documents. When necessary, the rules adhere to other specialist standards.

When a rule states that the Catalan language should be used, it should be made clear that Aranes shouldbe used within the proper ambit of that language. This clarification been left out in the text of therules in order to avoid repetition and complication.

1. The elements grouped by areas

The rules corresponding to each of the twenty-six elements around which NODAC is constructed,are organised in seven areas of descriptive information as proposed by ISAD(G).

1. Identity statement area.This area has the function of concisely and unequivocally identifying the unit of description by theidentifying and unequivocal synthesis that allows the addition of the elements Reference code, Lev-el of description, Title, Date(s) and Volume and medium.

2. Context area.This area has the function of contextualising the unit of description with respect to its produc-er, the archival background up to the time that its description has been initiated and, finally,with respect to the admission to the centre in which it is conserved. It includes the four follow-ing elements: Name(s) of the producer(s), History of the producer(s), Archival history and Admis-sion information.

3. Content and structure area.Having identified and given context to the unit of description, this area has the task of describingthe contents of the unit of description, its internal structure and system of classification followingan ideal logical sequence for its clear understanding. Its elements are as follows: Scope and content,System of organisation, Information on evaluation, selection and deletion and Additions.

4. Conditions of access and use area.This area includes the description of conditions of access and use of the unit of description in thebroadest sense, including the identification of valid output formats. Its elements are as follows: Accessconditions, Reproductions conditions, Document languages and script, Physical characteristics and tech-nical requirements and Output formats.


5. Related documentation area.This area has to contain precise information on documentation that, in one way or another,because it completes it, compliments it or because it makes it more comprehensible or accessible,has any significant relationship to the unit of description. It also includes the bibliography. It includesthe following four elements: Existence and location of originals, Existence and location of reproduc-tions, Related documentation and Bibliography.

6. Notes areaThis area has to contain the information that is not relevant for inclusion in any other area, or thatis only suitable for inclusion here, and that, because of the uniqueness that it bestows upon theunit of description, is archivistically appropriate to include. It is made up solely of the elementNotes.

7. Description control areaThis area has the important function of documenting the authorship and the archival responsibil-ity of the description, indicating their sources, the rules or conventions taken into account andpositioning them with chronological accuracy, via the elements: Authorship and date(s), Sourcesand Rules or conventions.

2. Obligatory, recommended and optional elements

Of the twenty-six elements, only a few are considered indispensable in an archival description oressential for the exchange of information. The incorporation of more elements than are consideredessential or obligatory in a specific archival description depends on the criteria used by the archivist,the nature of the unit of description, the available human resources, the available information, etc.

In continuation a table is included which reflects the elements that are considered obligatory, recom-mended or optional for the distinct levels of description.Those that are obligatorymust always be includ-ed; the recommended are always used when the circumstances or the information at their disposal per-mits; and the optional, are used at the discretion of the archivist.The option to use the term not applicablehas been dropped because optional still remains as an alternative. It is the archivist whomust determinewhat information is impossible or unnecessary to describe at a specific level and/or in a specific ele-ment.

1.1 Reference code1.2 Level of description1.3 Title1.4 Date(s)1.5 Volume and medium


TABLE OF OBLIGATORY, RECOMMENDED AND OPTIONAL ELEMENTS

OB op op RE op op op

op op op op op op op

op op op op RE RE op

op op op op RE RE op

RE RE op RE op op op

OB RE op RE op op op

RE RE op op op op op

op op op RE op op op


3.1 Scope and content3.2 System of organisation3.3 Information on evaluation,

selection and deletion3.4 Additions

OB OB op op op op op




2.1 Name (s) of the producer(s)2.2 History of the producer(s)2.3 Archival history2.4 Admission information

ObligatoryOB RecommendedRE Optionalop

Unit ofinstall1 IDENTITY STATEMENT AREA

fonds sub-fonds seriesgroup

series file-leveldescription

item-leveldescription

2 CONTEXT AREA

3. CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREA

4.1 Access conditions4.2 Reproductions conditions4.3 Document languages and

script4.4 Physical characteristics

and technical requirements4.5 Output formats

4. CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREA

5.1 Existence and location oforiginals

5.2 Existence and location ofreproductions

5.3 Related documentation5.4 Bibliography

5. RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREA



RE RE op op op op op


6.1 Notes

6. NOTES AREAop op op op op op op

7.1 Authorship and date(s)7.2 Sources7.3 Rules or conventions

7. DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAOB OB OB OB OB OB OB

OB OB RE RE RE RE op


OB OB OB OB OB OB OB






3.The structure of the elements

Within each element of description we identify:• The name of the element• An explanation of the objective pursued in the inclusion of the element in the description• An indication of whether it is obligatory, recommended or optional to include the element in spe-cific levels of description

• The principal and secondary sources which have to be referred to for the recording of the element• The general and specific rules for levels of description and types of document• Examples to illustrate the application of the rule(s)

The method used by NODAC is very similar to that of ISAD(G), as it has incorporated a section forsources and, in certain cases, has modified the name of the element and the explanation of the objec-tive.The Rules of ISAD(G) are reflected in the general rules of NODAC although in certain cases withappreciable modifications.

The elements are numbered to facilitate citation. This numeration does not need to be used to desig-nate the elements of description if it has been used to identify the rules applied to a specific elementof description, since all the rules referring to an element of description carry these identifying digitsin the numbers in their title.

The rules

In the regulation of description, the Standards Committee:– Has established a rule to solve a specific descriptive problemwhen it has been thought that the adop-tion of other solutions is wrong, and would not guarantee archival control and/or could confusethe user.

– Has established general rules when their application is valid irrespective of the level of description,the medium or the type of document of the unit of description.

– Has established specific rules concerning collections.– Has established specific rules to determine levels of description.– Has established specific rules to determine document types.– Has established optional rules when their application is at the discretion of the archivist or the cen-tre where the description is carried out. These rules are accompanied by annotations on type, ifconsidered necessary, significant or relevant, etc. In some cases, discretion only applies to part ofthe rule.

– Has established a variant of the rule when the solution to a specific descriptive problem allows theapplication of one or another, when both are correct.

– Has attached notes to avoid any possible doubt on the interpretation of specific rules.– Has established exceptions to the rule when specific atypical descriptive problems require it.– In an attachment, within the corresponding elements, has given guidelines or models of referencewhen the establishment of a rule falls outside the scope of the Standard, perhaps because it corre-sponds to different standards or because it may be a convention of the centre in which it is described.This also contributes to the homogenisation of our descriptive practices.

– Has recommended a specific solution when in many cases it is thought that it offers advantagesover other equally correct possible solutions.


– Has given direction on the resolution of everyday problems, whether atypical or not, as they donot correspond to the rule or the rule could not yet be established. Often these directions are notdone in an explicit way but are suggested by the examples.

The codification and naming of the rules

With the object of facilitating the location and citing the rules of each element, it was thought con-venient to codify and name them. The formulation and codification of the rules was inspired by themodel proposed in RDDA2, adapted to the requirements of NODAC.

To facilitate the consultation of the rules NODAC has also incorporated a title that gives an impres-sion of the content of each rule.These titles feature in the analytical index given at the back of NODAC.

The system established to codify the rules is as follows:

The seven areas of description are numbered 1 to 7. All the elements that form part of the same areabegin with the number of the area as their first digit. The next digit of the element correlates to all theelements of the area.

Examples:

Within each element and using their structure as a starting point, each of the titles is numbered withthe element code and a correlative capital letter.

Example of an element title:1.3.A Objective1.3.B Allocation1.3.C Sources1.3.D General rules1.3.E Specific rules for levels of description1.3.F Specific rules for types of documents

Under the headingGeneral rules, the specific rules that are included are codified with a correlative num-ber, next to the letter assigned to the general rules. The codification of the Specific rules for levels ofdescription and the Specific rules for types of documents is done according to the previous model.

Example of an element title:1.3.D1 Rule (first general rule of the element)1.3.E1 Rule (first specific rule for levels of description)1.3.F1 Rule (first specific rule for types of documents)

The variants of the rules are not numbered, nor are the exceptions and annotations to specific rules.

For the application of the rules the definition of terms in the glossary in appendix F need to be considered.

1. Identity statement area1.1. Reference code1.2. Level of description1.3. Title(...)

2. Context area2.1. Name(s) of the producer(s)2.2. History of the producers(s)2.3. Archival history(...)


In the case of Reference models and documental and bibliographic citation included in chapter III of thestandards, they are titled with the name of the model. The codification that identifies it is the wordModel, followed by a dot and a correlative number that would give us to understand that there ismore than one model.

Example: Models of references and documental and bibliographic referencesModel.1 (corresponds to the model of references)Model.2 (corresponds to the model of citation)

The examples

The examples that appear in NODAC are illustrations and should not be considered precepts. Theydo not extend the rules but they do clarify them. While the examples should not be taken as instruc-tions, their formal presentation is not insignificant as they demonstrate a certain proposition givingform to a possible method to express the rules’ content.

The examples are mainly placed next to the rule requiring illustration because it was thought that inthis way it would help to immediately understand the preceding rule. In some cases more elaborateexamples, longer ones that seek to illustrate more than one rule, have also been placed at the end ofthe element.

The standards contain a wide diversity of examples which reflect the variety of fonds and documenttypes conserved in Catalonia, the heterogeneity of our archive centres and the wide diversity of press-ing descriptive need accumulated in the exercise of the profession.

In the assembly of the examples the object was to illustrate the use of the technique of multilevel descrip-tion and to reflect the application of different basic concepts of current archiving.Thus specific archivalquestions are explicitly resolved and the way the rules have to be applied is established.

To contextualise the examples the title of the unit of description and the level of description it belongsto are indicated in cursive and in parenthesis. In some cases, the examples include explanatory notesto clarify any possible difficulties in interpretation. These notes are indicated in cursive preceded bythe word Note, in a line below the indication of the title and the level of description.

The documentation referred to in the specific examples are extracts from or have been inspired by thefonds and the documents conserved in the archives of Catalonia and the information which appearsin them, and have been recorded in accordance with the rules established by NODAC.


4. References to authorship and other responsibilities

In NODAC no specific element for the allocation of the various responsibilities related to the cre-ation of documents exists because these responsibilities, beyond their informative value, do not con-stitute an archival factor of the units of description.

Authorship can be relevant (by the personality of the author, by the importance of the task, by theimportance it has in context forming, etc.) because it is considered an identifying factor of the docu-ment and the work that shaped it, but it can also be a less important piece of information than thecontent. The option offered by the standards is to assign references to responsibility in the mostappropriate elements according to their characteristics.

Thus the responsibilities related to the creation of the documents, and especially of the authors oftheir intellectual or artistic content, can be put under the element Title if they constitute identifyinginformation of the unit of description. In some cases, authorship is already reflected in this elementbecause it appears in the formal title of the unit of description and, in others it inherits it because itappears in a superior level of description.

On other occasions, the responsibilities can be especially significant because they give notice of theinformation content of the unit of description or permit the valuation of its possible interest, and theproper element to assign it to then is Scope and content.

The owners of the documentation, the trustees or donors, the owners of rights of authorship or ofother rights are references to responsibility that have to be assigned to the most suitable element, inaccordance with the rules established in these standards. In accordance with the peculiarities and thesignificance of these responsibilities, the elements that need to include them are: Archival History, Admis-sion information, Access conditions, Reproductions conditions.

Thus also the restorers, the reprographic technicians, illustrators, translators, designers, those respon-sible for archival handling which are not part of the archival description which they brought about,those responsible for previous archival handling or the authors of current output formats are assigned,as need be, to the elementsNotes, Archival History or Output formats, in accordance with the rules estab-lished in these standards.

Finally, it needs to be remembered that ISAD(G) complements the International Standard ArchivalAuthority Record for Corporate Bodies, Persons and Families – ISAAR(CPF) – of which the corre-sponding development also had to be done. This authority record has to establish the standardisedform of names and the information that it will have to give to divers references to responsibility, includ-ing that of authors.


E. The twenty-six elements of description

1. Identity statement areaThis area has the function of concisely and unequivocally identifying the unit of description by theidentifying and unequivocal synthesis that allows the addition of the elements Reference code, Lev-el of description, Title, Date(s) and Volume and medium.

1.1. REFERENCE CODE

1.1.A OBJECTIVE

Unequivocally identify the unit of description and establish a link to the description that represents it.

1.1.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation of the element Reference code(s) is obligatory (OB) for all the levels of description.

1.1.C SOURCESTo establish the code of the describing centre use:– Acronyms established by the directorate of System of Archiving of Catalonia Sistema d’Arxius deCatalunya and the national standard of the Register of Archives of Catalonia Registre d'Arxius deCatalunya

And to codify the unit of description use:– The table of archival fonds– The register of fonds of the centre– The table of fonds classification– Other generic standards

1.1.D GENERAL RULES

1.1.D1 Rules elements of the code/ code of the country, of the archive, of the unit of description/Allocate, in such a way as to allow unequivocal identification, the following elements:– The code of the country– The code of the archive which conserves the unit of description– The reference code specific to the unit of description assigned by the archive that conserves

and describes the fonds.

Fonds Sub-fondsSeriesgroup Series

File-leveldescription

Item-leveldescription

Reference code OB OB OB OB OB OB

> Unit of installation: OB


1.1.D2 Rule elements of the code/ code of the country, of the archive, of the unit of description/The structure of the common code has to be as follows:

CODE OF COUNTRY CODE OF THE ARCHIVE CONSERVING THE UNIT OFDESCRIPTION Code assigned by the describing centre

1.1.D3 Rule code of the countryTo allocate the code of the country use the abbreviation CAT.

1.1.D4 Rule code of the archive/To allocate the code of the archive conserving the unit of description use the acronyms assignedto the archive by the System of Archiving of Catalonia Sistema d’Arxius de Catalunya (SAC).

1.1.D5 Rule code of the unit of description/The part of the code that is assigned to the archive is open and, therefore, it is a matter for thecentre conserving the documentation to decide its content.

For the different levels the following is recommended:– At fonds level, the code can include the number that corresponds to the register of fonds ofthe centre and goes before the numeral corresponding to the type of fonds, according to thetable of fonds standards1.

– At the level of sub-fonds, the code can include the numeral that corresponds to the table of pro-ducers of sub-fonds prepared by the centre for each fonds.

– At the level of series group and of series, they can be identified in the code with the numeralscorresponding to the table of classification.

– At the levels of file and item level description, the code can correspond to a systematic signature(of provenance, of classification), with the number of the register given to the unit of descrip-tion by the application programme, with the number of the records, with a topographic signa-ture (unit of installation or other references of deposit) or with any other signature which indi-vidually identifies the unit of description. In the case of electronic documents the code cancorrespond to the name of the electronic index and could include a rout or routes for their access.

CAT ACRONIM OF THE ARCHIVE 12 1 07 02.03.01 45

CAT = CataloniaACRÒNIM = archive centre conserving the fonds12 = this identification code, among the distinct types of archival fonds2,

a patrimonial fonds1 = this information provided by the register of fonds of the archive07 = provided by the table of producers of sub-fonds of the fonds which describe it02.03.01 = corresponds to the series code within the table of classification of the fonds

which describe it

—————1. "El quadre de fons dels arxius. Norma per a l’elaboració". Arxius. Butlletí del Servei d'Arxius.No 2 and 3 (Barcelona, Mayand September 1994). p. 2-4 and 1-3. <http://cultura.gencat.net/arxius/butlleti/index.htm> [Consulted: 2, May, 2005].2. Idem.


45 = corresponds to the number of the register given to a file- or item-level description by an application programme, with the number of the records, withthe number of the unit of installation or with any other identification codeof the unit of description of lower levels.

Examples:CAT AADF F0796 1160 2005.pdf(Record No. 1160, file-level description)—CorrelativesCAT = CataloniaAADF = Administrative Archive of the Department of Economy and Finance of

the Autonomous Government of CataloniaF0796 = sseries of records of property1160 = records number2005.pdf = name of application programme—

CAT AMF 01 01 06.07.01 1904/012 UI000111(Licence granted to Vicenç Salleras for the construction of a dwelling of nine floors at la Rambla,No. 16, file-level description)—CorrelativesCAT = CataloniaAMF = Municipal Archive of Figueres01 = fonds of the local administration01 = fonds of Figueres Town Council06.07.01 = series of Licences of major works1904/012 = records numberUI000111 = number of the unit of installation—

CAT AMF 01 01 06.07.01 1904/012 P01 ADGF01/C05(Plan of the façade and section of the construction project for the house of Vicenç Salleras at laRambla, No. 16, item-level description)—CorrelativesCAT = CataloniaAMF = Municipal Archive of Figueres01 = fonds of the local administration01 = fonds of Figueres Town Council06.07.01 = series of Licences of major works1904/012 = records numberP01 = identifying number of the planADGF01/C05 = location of the plan in plan chest number 1, drawer 5—

CAT XXX VIC PEO F:\PEO\AUSA\conveni CBUC-PEO.pdf(Agreement for the publication of the magazine Ausa, item-level description)— CorrelativesCAT = CataloniaXXX = Indicates that it does not belong to an archive centrePEO = Patronat Estudis OsonencsF:\PEO\AUSA\conveni CBUC-PEO.pdf = document path on the intranet—


CAT AEV F:\ADMIN\2003\Pressupost Doc6 12589V4.pdf(Budget for the cataloguing of the bibliographic fonds of the centre, item-level description)— CorrelativesCAT = CataloniaAEV = Episcopal Archive of VicPressupost Doc6 12589V4.pdf = path for pdf file of budget —

Variant:More abbreviated codes can also be usedExamples:CAT ANC 1 45(Protocols of Laws, vol 01(1-50), published between 1932 and 1934)— CorrelativesCAT = CataloniaANC = National Archive of Catalonia1 = fonds of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia (Second Republic)45 = code of the unit of description,

file-level description—

CAT AHG 12 Veray 72(Accounts book of Joseph Barneda tennant farmer of the bakery of the mansion Vinyas of Agullana)— CorrelativeCAT = CataloniaAHG = Historical Archive of Girona12 = patrimonial fondsVeray = word which identifies the fonds72 = code of the unit of description, file-level description—

1.1.D6 Rule code of centres not included in SAC/When dealing with centres which do not form part of SAC and which, therefore, do not havean identifying acronym, proceed in the following manner: use three capital x’s (XXX) to indi-cate that the fonds is not in an archive centre that is part of SAC. Next add the municipalityin which the fonds is to be found. Next add the name of the producer of the fonds, who needsto be properly identified. The common structure has to include the following data:COUNTRY XXX MUNICIPALITY Producer of the fondsExample:CAT XXX REUS Casa Sabater

Variant: when the fonds are found in a known cultural institution which is not an archive (for examplemuseums or libraries), continue using the three x’s but record the name of the centre when this is not thefonds’ producer.To identify the name of the centre, their acronym can be used if this has been standard-ised and is used in its usual form but, if not, use its complete name.

COUNTRY XXX MUNICIPALITY CENTER Producer of the fondsExample:CAT XXX BARCELONA MUSEU MARÍTIM Brotherhood of Bearers of Capçanes(Note: in this case the documental fonds of the Brotherhood of Bearers of Capçanes is conserved atthe Museu Marítim of Barcelona. The whole name of the museum has been abbreviated becausealthough it has an acronym (MMB), its’ use is infrequent)


Note: If the identification of a fonds generated by the museum in the exercise of its activities isrequired, the code indicated in rule 1.1.D7 has to be assigned.

Example:CAT XXX BARCELONA Museu Marítim(Note: in this case the Museu Marítim de Barcelona corresponds to the name of the producer)

1.1.E SPECIFIC RULES FOR LEVELS OF DESCRIPTION

None

1.1.F SPECIFIC RULES FOR TYPES OF DOCUMENTS

None


1.2. LEVEL OF DESCRIPTION

1.2.A OBJECTIVE

Identify the level of organisation that the unit of description belongs to.

1.2.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation of the element Level of description is obligatory (OB) for all the levels of description.

1.2.C SOURCESIts’ own documentation, the organisation of the fonds and the resulting table of classification

1.2.D GENERAL RULES

1.2.D1 Rule attribute the level of description/Indicates the level of the unit of description, which, in accordance with these standards, have tocorrespond with one of the following:• Fonds• Sub-fonds• Series group• Series• File-level description• Item-level descriptionAnd, exceptionally,• Unit of installation

1.2.D2 Rule the level of unit of installation/It is only possible to identify the unit of installation as an additional level of description when thestate of the fonds, from the point of view of its organisation, classification and installation doesnot allow for, or makes much more difficult, description using the levels which form part of theinternal hierarchy of the fonds as a starting point.

1.2.D3 Rule other levels of intermediate or correlative description/Each archive centre can work in intermediate levels or can use alternative denominations to thoseput forward in the standards. However their relationship with or correspondence to any of thelevels in the standards has to be established.




Level of description OB OB OB OB OB OB



Examples:Section (equivalent to series group)(Public finance, series group of the fonds Baix Pallars town hall (Ajuntament de Baix Pallars))

Sub-series (equivalent to series)(Pension redemptions, series of the series group Pension Administration (Administració de censals))

Sub-unit of file-level document (equivalent to file-level description)(Survey, file-level documents of the records of Licence forWorks for the construction of the Palau de Justícia)

1.2.D4 Rule position in the hierarchy of the unit of descriptionThe hierarchical structure implies that each unit of description at a certain level depends directlyon a unit of description on one of the levels above it and/or one or more units of description onone of the levels below depending directly on it. It is necessary to clearly indicate what the posi-tion of the unit of description in the hierarchy or structure of the fonds is. This position has to bereflected in the presentation format of the description.

1.2.D5 Rule sub-divisions within the same level of description/ assigned to System of organisation,Scope and content/It needs to be taken into account that connections of dependency or relationships between unitsthat correspond conceptually to the same level can be produced (a sub-fonds can depend on anoth-er sub-fonds, a series group can be made up of other series groups, etc.) It is necessary to giveinformation about their hierarchic relationship in the element, System of organisation or Scope and con-tent, depending on the circumstances.

Examples:Sub-fonds(National Commission of Documental Access, Evaluation and Arrangement, sub-fonds)(Note: for the element System of organisation, it has to be clear that this is a sub-fonds dependant onthe sub-fonds General Directorate of Cultural Heritage (Direcció General del Patrimoni Cultural)

Series(Books of cash accounts, series)(Note: for the element System of organisation it has to be clear that this is a series Funds and this isdependant on the series group Public finances, and that of Finance, of the fonds of Molins de Reitown hall (Ajuntament de Molins de Rei))

1.2.D6 Rule Hierarchic dependence of the level unit of installation/ assigned to System of organisation/When, exceptionally, a description is made at the level of unit of installation, it is recommendedto record, in the element System of organisation, at the higher level about the type of arrangementor about the level(s) that correspond to the documentation they contain.

Examples:Unit of installation(Records Abad, Anna – Dacs, Pau, unit of installation of the fonds Escola Universitària d’EstudisEmpresarials)(Note: in the element System of organisation it tells us that it belongs in the series Alumni recordsand that the records are arranged alphabetically)


Unit of installation(Municipality of Agullana-Bàscara, unit of installation of the fonds Junta Electoral Provincial de Girona)(Note: in the element System of organisation it tells us that it belongs in the series Envelopes for pollingtables in the series group Elections to the Parliament of Catalonia and that the envelopes are arrangedalphabetically by the name of the municipalities.

Unit of installation(Protocols of 1936-1939, unit of installation)(Note: in the element System of organisation it tells us that it belongs in the series Notary Protocols ofHonori Garcia and that a single volume contains four years protocols.

Unit of installation(Protocol of 1866, volume II, unit of installation)(Note: in the element System of organisation it tells us that it belongs in the file-level description Pro-tocol of 1866, which comprises five volumes, of the series Protocols of the notary Joan Carrancà)

Unit of installation(ChapterVI. Register D/620000100 Investment in machinery, installation and usage, unit of installation)(Note: in the element System of organisation it tells us that it belongs in the file-level description Gen-eral budget of 2004)

Unit of installation(Text documentation, unit of installation)(Note: in the element System of organisation it tells us that it deals with documentation awaiting archivaltreatment which has been included by type of document within the fonds Teresa Calafell i Carrasco


None

1.2.F SPECIFIC RULES FOR TYPES OF DOCUMENT

1.2.F1 Rule electronic documents/For electronic documents, the levels of description have to be equivalent to the other types ofdocuments. However, in the case of databases which manage functions which are not comparableto a coherent and identified series or series group in the table of classification, a new level whichreflects the collective existence of the databases does not have to be created, but it has to be inte-grated in the level above which includes it in the correct manner for its description.


1.3. TITLE

1.3.A OBJECTIVE

Give a name to the unit of description.

1.3.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation of the element Title is obligatory (OB) for all the levels of description.

1.3.C SOURCESIts own unit of description. Other possible sources are:– Organisational structure and function tables of bodies.– Family trees.– Official publications which disseminates the arrangements concerning creation, structuring, restruc-turing of bodies, including appointments and posts

– Official registers (civil, mercantile, of societies, etc.)– Legislative directories (Constitutions of Catalonia, Alcubilla, Aranzadi, etc.)– General reference works and the specific bibliography about the producer.– Publications by the producer (particularly memoirs, web pages, etc.)

The documentation, which can contain statutes, regulations, circulars, rules and internal memos ofindividuals, and identifying documents or autobiographies of persons often contains sufficient infor-mation to attribute a title to the unit of description.

Archival material like bundles of papers, boxes, filing cabinets, folders, binders, envelopes can also bea source of information that should be taken into consideration and needs to be checked in order notto repeat errors that the passage of time or the imprecise management of an archive can introduce.

In the same way some fonds maintain old output formats (files, indices, inventories, registers, direc-tories, check lists, etc.) that, as well as being documents themselves, can do much to establish the titleof a unit of description.

For public administration, it should be taken into consideration that, for fonds and sub-fonds levels, everyyear budget laws include lists of autonomous bodies and public companies, and that the corporate stan-dards on the system of documental management details the different organic units of producers of fondsand sub-fonds. Also, for the series group and series levels, the sources of information of interest are leg-islation and the specialist technical standards, the tables of classification of the system of documentalman-agement of each body and the boards of documental evaluation approved by the competent body.




Title OB OB OB OB OB OB



1.3.D GENERAL RULES

1.3.D1 Rule give a formal or attributed title/Assign a title, which can be formal or attributed.

1.3.D2 Rule formal titleBy formal title is understood that which appears clearly in the documentation described. For-mal titles can be original, which is to say, contemporary to the creation of the unit of descrip-tion, or given afterwards by the producer or by his successor in the management or custody ofthe documentation.

Examples:Deeds andother papers notarisedon thepurchase of the farmCalsadadeRiudellots de laCelva begunon 14October 1815 byme,MiquelThomàs y Rosés of Gerona, and annulled on 10October 1818.(file-level description)(Note: the title is contemporary to the creation of the unit of description)

Records of licences of works 2/1984(file-level description)(Note: title given by the administrator of the unit of description)

Record6-B-420.2Complementary projectNo. 2.Reconstruction of barriers andminorworks.Road1411. Esparreguera to Bellver. P.K. 0,00 to 11,67. Abrera – Monistrol. Barcelona.(file-level description)(Note: title given by the successor of the producer)

Plan of the complementary project for the reconstruction of barriers and minor works. 6-B-420.2. Document No. 2 – Pipes, plan and section.(file-level description)(Note: title given by its producer)

1.3.D3 Rule attributed title/A title is attributed when it is the archivist who creates it, whether completely or modified to agreater or lesser extent from a formal one. A title is also considered to be attributed when it iswritten in a language different to that used in the unit of description, or in the rules of creation,organisation or function of the body that has generated the document. It is also attributed if it isa truncation of a long title, the standardisation of spelling and the systemisation of terms. It is indis-pensable when the unit of description lacks a formal title.

1.3.D4 Rule unique title/Each unit of description has to have a unique title, which can be formal or attributed. With thetitle the highest levels of description are named (the name of a fonds or a series) and they give atitle to the lowest ones (the title of a record, a book, a photograph, a letter…)

1.3.D5 Rule appropriate title/The choice of the title, whether formal or attributed, has to be appropriate for the type of unit ofdescription. Opting for one or other kind of title has to be done as a function of the level of descrip-tion, the content and of the context in which it has been produced.


1.3.D6 Rule Indicate the title type/ assigned to Rules or conventions/Whether a formal or an attributed title is being used needs to be differentiated. The criteria usedto differentiate one from the other can be referred to in the element Rules or conventions.

Note: To differentiate between a formal and an attributed title various means can be used: punc-tuation marks (inverted commas, brackets, asterisks, etc.), typographic marks and symbols, typo-graphic treatment and colours of fonts and other graphic or computer based means. In anticipa-tion of the definition of presentation formats for archival description, the describing centre canelect to use one or the other.

1.3.D7 Rule choosing the formal title/As a general rule, the formal title has to be chosen if all the following conditions are met:– When it is thought a complete, concise title suitable for the content of the unit of description.– When it is original, because the author or producer created it.– When it is pertinent to the level described.– When it does not contradict the title of higher levels or its consolidation by use.

1.3.D8 Rule prioritisation of the formal title/In the attribution of a title it has to be taken into account that there is the risk of the loss of relevantinformation, or of the confusion of users in the context, form, documental tradition, provenance, con-tent, authorship or dating of the documents, or to put it another way, there is the risk of losing the ref-erences included in the formal title for the understanding of the context of the creation of documents.To avoid this, it is recommended that the formal title be kept, especially in old documents when thetitles are usually very explicit.Thus the use of the formal title is advisable when there are no guarantees of precision at the time anattributed title is assigned, perhaps because itmakes the characteristics of the unit of description unrecog-nisable or because an in-depth review does not prove workable.

1.3.D9 Rule literal transcription of the formal title/The formal title has to be transcribed literally, except for the punctuation, accents and the use ofcapitals, and the necessary abbreviations have to be developed.

Example:Recognition of rights of the pensions for the poor of the cloisters of the see of Leyda.(Note: complete title of an item-level description)

1.3.D10 Rule omissions in the formal title/It is possible to omit parts of a formal title if it is excessively long and the omitted parts do notcontain information relevant to the description. Omissions are indicated by dots.

Example:Capibrevium censuum et reddituum ac aliorum iurium infirmarie monasterii Sancti Cucu-fatis Vallensis in villa et termino Terracie.(Note: complete formal title of a file-level description)Capibrevium (...) infirmarie monasterii Sancti Cucufatis Vallensis (...)(Note: formal title with omissions of a file-level description)

1.3.D11 Rule summary of the formal title/When dealing with excessively long formal titles or titles superfluous to higher levels it is rec-ommended that a summary of the title be assigned.


1.3.D12 Rule choosing between various formal titles/When the documentation contains more than one formal title – not a rare occurrence – the onemost appropriate to the content and the level of the unit of description has to be chosen. If thereis more than one, the one most contemporary with the creation of the document should be pri-oritised. If none of the formal titles are sufficiently explicit, one should be attributed which prop-erly reflects the description.

Example:Book of privileges, statutes and ordinations of the city of Leyda.(Note: formal title from the books’ title page, though not the original title, file-level description)

1.3.D13 Rule choosing between various versions of a formal title/If the original formal title is in more than one language, Catalan should be prioritized. If Catalanis absent it is advisable to choose the title in the predominant language of the unit of description.

1.3.D14 Rule rejected formal titles/ assigned toHistory of the producer(s), Scope and content and toNotes/Other existing formal titles can be assigned to other elements of the standard: for the fonds andsub-fonds levels to the element History of the producer(s) and, for the rest of the levels, to Scopeand content or to Notes.

1.3.D15 Rule when a title has to be attributedThe attribution of a title will have to be opted for when the formal title doesn’t correspond to thecontent of the unit of description or for other reasons (length, language, ambiguous editing, etc.)which recommend its omission.

1.3.D16 Rule characteristics of the attributed title/The attributed title has to be written in accordance with the order of the native language. It hasto be short, contain the essential information, and be appropriate to the level of descriptionand relevant to the content of the extant documentation without creating unrealistic expecta-tions.

1.3.D17 Rule the level of description does not need to be present in the attributed title/For preference, the title does not have to include reference to the level of description (fonds,series, file- and item-level description, etc.)

Example:Josep Serra (fonds)(Note: instead of Fonds of Josep Serra)

1.3.D18 Rule information should not be duplicated in the attributed title/Care should be taken that information should not be repeated, bearing in mind that the title isinherited by all the preceding levels. In this way, an attributed title avoids repetition in successivelevels.

Exception: It is preferable to reiterate titles rather than create confusing or incoherent ones.Example:Books of accounts (series group)Day account books (series)Day account books (file- or item-level description)


1.3.D19 Rule title attributed in Catalan/The language used in the attributed title has to be Catalan in accordance with valid standardsconcerning linguistic politics and with criteria established by competent bodies concerning thetranslation of proper names or public institutions, use of upper and lower case, singular and plu-ral, punctuation marks, etc.

Examples:Prefectura local de la FET i de les JONS de Sant Vicenç dels Horts (fonds)Germandat Sindical d’Agricultors i Ramaders de Viladecans (fonds)Consell local del Movimiento de Sort (fonds)

1.3.D20 Rule attributed title/ keep the original language of the documentation/In the attributed title, it is advisable that the names of private juridical persons and the Christiannames (of individuals) should remain in the original language of the documentation as they appearin the official records. However, the periods of repression and prohibition of Catalan need to betaken into account, when the original language of the documentation and of official records wasdifferent to that of everyday language. In describing the documentation use the Christian namesand the names of private juridical persons as they were used at the time, even though if they werenot then official.

1.3.D21 Rule attributed title/ standardisation of names of corporate bodies and persons/Use works of reference to standardise the names of individuals and corporate bodies. If there areorthographic differences in the name of the unit of description, to attribute the title the standard-ised form of orthography needs to be used.

1.3.D22 Rule criteria for the systemisation of the attributed title/In order to assist in the consultation of output formats (finding, identifing and locating), thestandardisation of attributed titles is recommended in accordance with the valid norms and con-ventions and following the systemisation criteria for the describing centre.

1.3.D23 Rule use of regulated language for the attributed title/Use a regulated language for both the names of persons, families and corporate bodies and for thedenomination of documental typologies, names of locations, of materials etc.

Note: Before beginning the creation of a regulated language, a vocabulary, it is preferable to inquireinto the existence of any official or consensual one that could be of use. Generally, in the creationof vocabularies it is better to use:– standardised forms,– current forms,– the best known forms,– that used most in the documentation.

1.3.D24 Rule authority control for persons, families and corporate bodies/ assigned to Name(s) ofthe producer(s)/In anticipation of the development of the national standard of ISAAR(CPF), in the elementName(s)of the producer(s) some guidelines are given for names of corporate bodies, persons and families(rules 2.1.D6-2.1.D6j) which are equally applicable to the element Title.


1.3.D25 Rule standardisation of toponyms/ assigned to Scope and content/To give names to locations, always use regulated toponyms in the attributed title.

Variant: If the formal title includes geographic names not regulated by current standards of toponymy,the current regulated name can be included in the element Scope and content.

Example:Sancti Cucufatis Vallensis or Pins del Vallès(Note: when the formal title does not include the current name, the regulated name Sant Cugat delVallès, should be placed under Scope and content)

1.3.D26 Rule pautes utilitzades per atribuir el títol/ remissió a Regles o convencions/Should the occasion arise, guidelines on which the author of the description has based the cre-ation of the attributed title should be included under Rules or conventions.

1.3.D27 Rule authorship of the unit of descriptionIn certain cases, the authorship is included in the title of the file- and item-level descriptions, but itcan also appear in the title of higher levels and, in consequence, be inherited by the lower ones.

1.3.D28 Rule untitled/The form ‘untitled’ should never have to be used, unless this is the formal title.


1.3.E1 Rule attributed title for fonds and sub-fonds levels/For higher levels, fonds and sub-fonds, the attributed title has to be the name(s) of the produc-er(s): give the name of the physical or juridical person, public or private, who has produced orreceived the archival unit. Exceptionally it is possible to make the title more precise with termssuch as fonds, documents, etc.

1.3.E2 Rule coincidence of denomination of differentiated fonds/If titles of different fonds clash, it is very important that the elements History of the producer(s)and Scope and content have adequate information included in them about this to avoid possibleconfusion. Exceptionally, the necessary information can be added to the title to avoid prob-lems.

Example:Josep Rius (company documents) (fonds)Josep Rius (personal documents) (fonds)

1.3.E3 Rule the same fonds split up in different archives/When a fonds is split among different archive centres, the name of the centre that has describedit and that acts as the custodian of the part of the fonds can be specified in the title.

Example:Notary d’Esparreguera (ACA) (fonds)(Note: Archive of the Corona d’Aragó has custody of notary books up to 1799 and those after 1800are conserved at the Arxiu Comarcal of Baix Llobregat).


1.3.E4 Rule titles for collections/To give titles to collections, the title given by the collector has to be respected. If this is not avail-able, it is advisable to mention the name of the collector in the attributed title. When dealingwith collections formed by the archive, the title has to include the common characteristic thathelped create it like the subject, geographic ambit, form, etc. In each case the title always has toinclude the term collection.

Examples:Collection of postcards of Pere Morlanes (fonds)Collection of slides of the Romanesque in the Cerdanya valley of Enric Ventosa (fonds)Collection of goigs (joyous hymns), hymns and songs (fonds)Collection of electoral publicity (fonds)Collection of town festival (festa mayor) programmes (fonds)

1.3.E5 Rule titles for series/For series the plural has to be used for preference and it is advisable to include the juridical and/ordiplomatic form.

Examples:Inventories and financial accounts (series)Records of fines relating to tourism (series)Personnel records (series)Bingo records (series)

1.3.E6 Rule titles for file- and item-level description/At the lower levels, titles for file- and item-level descriptions can include the authorship of thedocument, the type of documentation, the type of documental tradition, location, the addresseesor beneficiaries, the function, activity, material, subject matter or the theme of the documents ofthe unit of description. In iconic documents lacking a formal title, the creation of the attributedtitle has to be based on the description of the main theme of the image represented.

Examples:Dossier of the Second National Congress of the University Students of Nicaragua (file-leveldescription)Records of sales related to Paraguayan grown tobacco (file-level description)Records of Terrassa Football Club (file-level description)Secretariats circular of the Second National Congress of the University Students of Nicaragua(item-level description)Copy of the memo given to the headmaster of Thau school (item-level description)Catalans! (on the occasion of the eleventh of September) (item-level description of the seriesFullets)Lecture by Carles Riba at the Institut d’Estudis Catalans of Barcelona, for the opening of theacademic year 1930-1931 (item-level description)Sketch of the façade of the Federació Obrera of Molins de Rei (item-level description)Photography of the floods in the old quarter of Girona (item-level description)

1.3.E7 RULE authorship of item-level description with creative content/It is recommended to assign the authorship in the title of item-level descriptions with their creativecontent like reports, letters, articles, plans, photographs, music recordings and similar material. Incontractual documents and deeds he title could also include the author or juridical authors.


Examples:Photographs by Josep Maria de Sagarra of an athletics race in Montjuïc stadium.(item-level description)

Plan of the surroundings of the city of Barcelona and the project for the Ensanche by D.Ildefonso Cerdà.(item-level description)

Sound recording of the “The city and the revolutions, 1808-1868” conference of Jordi Nadal.(item-level description)

Will of Joan Serra, of the parish of Sant Martí de Mura.(item-level description)

Treasurers’ receipt of the University of Valls.(item-level description)


1.3.F1 Rule electronic documents/ assigned to Scope and content and Reference code/The title of an electronic document always has to relate to the unit of description, and not to thehardware, procedure or the format in which it has been produced. Therefore, in the case of data-base systems with their own denominations, they do not have to be incorporated in the title, exceptwhen they coincide with the unit of description that corresponds to it if made in a different medi-um. If appropriate, the denomination of the database can be included under the element Scopeand content, and the name of the application programme can form part of the Reference code.


1.4. DATE(S)

1.4.A OBJECTIVE

Identify and allocate the date(s) of the unit of description, specifying the type.

1.4.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation of the element date(s) is obligatory (OB) for all the levels of description. Allocation withthe expression ‘no date’ is not permitted.

1.4.C SOURCESThe unit of description. If the documents do not contain or conserve the date it is possible to use:– Standards concerning the constitution, functions and the activities of the producer.– The context of the documentation in its own fonds or group of documents.– Documents relating to other fonds.– Historical, institutional or other information.

1.4.D GENERAL RULES

1.4.D1 Rule single date or period/relevant date/ assign to Additions/Allocate the date(s) as a single date or as a period of dates. Dates have to correspond to the docu-mentation described. When dealing with units of description susceptible to new additions allo-cate them to the element Additions.

1.4.D2 Rule types of dates/ dates of creation or dates of aggregationAllocate the date(s) of creation and/or the date(s) of aggregation of the unit of description, alwaysindicating the type of date used. It is strongly recommended to allocate both dates when theydon’t coincide.

1.4.D3 Rule date of creation/The date of creation of documents refers to the date on which the documents of the unit of descrip-tion were generated in the medium in which it has been conserved.This includes the original dates,copies, editions, versions or appendices of documents generated before being incorporated as archivaldocuments by the producer.




Date(s) OB OB OB OB OB OB



Example:Creation dates: 1710-1830(Note: fonds of body active in the years 1810-1830, of which documents were conserved and describedbetween the years 1710 and 1830)

1.4.D4 Rule date of aggregation/The date of aggregation is that in which the documents forming part of a unit of description areassembled by the producer in the development of their activities, that is to say, the date on whichthe documents were incorporated as archival documents in the fonds of the producer. These datescannot fall before the date of the beginning of existence or activity of the producer (or of hisantecedents).

Examples:Creation dates: 1979-2000Aggregation dates: 1999-2000(Note: record of licences of Works initiated in 1999 and suspended in 2000 which includes a planof the building of 1979)

Creation dates: 1900-1919Aggregation dates: 1917-1919(Note: series “Investigation service into criminal activities” generated by an active body and pro-ducer of documents from 1917 to 1919; their documentation includes documentary evidence dat-ed between 1900 and 1919)

Creation dates: 1925-1955 (predominantly 1940-1955)Aggregation dates: 1940-1955(Note: series generated in the years 1940-1955, and among the documents are some created from 1925)

Creation dates: 1525-1830 (includes few documents before 1695)Aggregation dates: 1710-1830(Note: fonds of a body active between 1710 and 1830, which incorporates documents created withregularity from 1695 and some from 1525)

1.4.D5 Rule order by date types/ creation dates, aggregation dates/If both dates are to be included, first allocate the creation date and then that of aggregation.Inclusion is required if the creation dates and aggregation dates coincide.

Example:Creation and aggregation dates: 1977-1980(Note: sub-fonds of an administrative unit created with the restoration of the Autonomous Govern-ment of Catalonia in 1977 and its dissolution prior to the first elections to the Parliament of Cat-alonia in 1980. The archive of this unit has incorporated no documents before 1977)

1.4.D6 Rule creation and aggregation dates at different levels/The creation and aggregation dates of a unit of description have to remain included, respectively,within the creation and aggregation dates of a unit of description superior to it of which the unitdescribed forms a part.


1.4.D7 Rule dates of collections/ assign to Archival history/For collections assign the date of the creation of the documents of the unit of description. If con-sidered significant, the date(s) of the formation of the collection by the collector can be included,which could also be indicated in the element Archival history.

Example:Creation dates: 1955-1970Dates of forming the collection: 1980-1995(collection of posters and programmes of films shown in Reus, fonds)

1.4.D8 Rule criteria for choosing the date/In the face of the diversity of cases that can present difficulties in deciding which dates to use andhow to indicate them, it is mainly the characteristics and importance of the documents, the accu-racy of the information and the chronology of the existence and activities of the producer that haveto be taken into account. Therefore, for example, the relative importance of marginal annotationsor additions of various kinds added to a document after its creation, or papers added to a recordafter its proceedings are completed, need to be weighed.

1.4.D9 Rule other types of dates/If considered necessary, other dates can also be assigned, always indicating the type of date beingused. Therefore, dates of entry, of the opening or closure of proceedings, of transference, of mod-ification, of technical processing, of legal disposition, of copyright and of others that could be dif-ferent to the absolute dates of creation and aggregation can be included.

Example:Creation dates: 1904Date of the start of accrual: 1904-08-19Date of resolution: 1904-08-26(Licence granted to Vicenç Salleras for the construction of a dwelling of nine floors at Rambla, No.16, file-level description)

1.4.D10 Rule dates of originals/Following on from this, the indication of the original dates found in the unit of description in theform of copies or previous versions, when they correspond to documents relevant to the unit ofdescription or for any other motive, is recommended.

Example:Creation and aggregation dates: 1675-1830 (includes copies of an original of 998 and some

others of the XI century)(Note: patrimonial fonds covering the years 1675-1830 and including copies of the originals of theX and XI centuries made later in 1675)

1.4.D11 Rule dates of information content/The dates of the information content of the unit of description can also be indicated which tran-scend the dates of creation and aggregation and can be considered essential or very important forthe character of the unit described.

Example:Creation dates: 1923-1978Aggregation dates: 1934-1969Dates of information content: includes information since 1901


(Note: series ‘Projects of works” of the fonds of an architect, generated between 1934 and 1969; manyof the projects contain photographs, press cuttings, and other documents referring to the work in ques-tion, from later and earlier dates (1923 to 1978, with important information since 1901) and accu-mulated in the projects of works during their development and/or afterwards)

1.4.D12 Rule chronological system/ original version of dating/ assign to Notes/The dates have to be allocated following the current chronological system. It is recommended toput the original version of the dates with the elementNotes, above all for those documents predat-ing the reforms of 1350, in which the Roman calendar was discontinued.

1.4.D13 Rule dating years or centuries/ specifying months and days/Allocate the years (or century/ies) from the level of fonds down to series. The day and month canalso be allocated in the file- and item-levels descriptions. If appropriate the day andmonth of groupsof documents can be indicated.

1.4.D14 Rule alphanumerical representation of dates/If the date is represented in alphanumerical form, ensure that a recognised structure for the allo-cation of dates is followed: day plus year, with the day and the year in numerical form and themonth spelled out or with the three first letters and abbreviation points.

Examples:31 September 1776 or: 31 Sep. 1776 or: 1776 September 313 Oct. 1776-20 Nov.1785 or: 1776 Oct. 3-1776 Nov. 20

1.4.D15 Rule numerical representation of dates/If the date is represented in numerical form, for reasons of compatibility and uniformity it is rec-ommended to follow the ISO 8601 standard dating format: aaaa-mm-dd, all in numerals.

Example:1999-04-30 (Note: for 30th April 1999)

1.4.D16 Rule predominant dates/ absent dates/ assign to Scope and content/In dealing with predominant and absent dates, etc., when the unit of description does not includea regular or continuous chronology, the dates need to be conveyed with the maximum accura-cy possible. Predominant dates should never be given without indicating start and finish dates.If it is considered necessary to explain chronological jumps, do it in the element Scope and con-tent.

Examples:1833-1998 (predominantly 1833-1874) (fonds)1943, 1959-1992 (predominantly 1972-1992) (fonds)1923-1932, 1936-1945 (series)1970-1995 (absent 1973-1975, 1981) (series)Mid XIII century-1579 (series)XIX Century ex.-XX in. (series) (Note: ex. = exeunte [end of]; in. = ineunte [beginning of])

or:End of the XIX century - beginning of the XX centuryBeginning of XIII centuryAround 1835-18381870-around 1930


1.4.D17 Rule attributed dates/ approximate dates/ assign to SourcesWhen the date of the documents is not included or is lost, the document (formal characteristicsand content) and external sources need to be referred to in order to finally give an attributed datewith the maximum possible accuracy. If any indirect or external source can be found with a guar-antee of reliability it can be assigned directly and the appropriate justification placed under the ele-ment Sources. If it lacks demonstrable reliability, the attributed dates have to be added in parenthe-sis and, when approximate dates are given, proceeded with the abbreviation ‘ca’. In doubtful casesa question mark can be added at the end.

Examples:[1936-1939][1936?-1939][ca. 1971]-199615 August [1345?] or [1345?]-08-15[1831-1840] or [183?] (Note: approximation of a decade)[XIX Century] or [18??][1851-1900] or [Second half of the XIX century]Between 1525 and 15301779 – before 1860 (Note: date before 1860, but belonging to that year)After 1779 – 1860 (Note: date after 1779, but belonging to that year)[16 February – 17 July] 1936 (Note: between an interval of months)[1-5] October 1934 (Note: between an interval of days)


1.4.E1 Rule date of originals and of copies for file- and item-level description/When dealing with file- and item-level descriptions like notarised documentation, notary trans-fers, or other authorised copies, it can be useful to give the date of the original document, but thedate of the authorisation of the copy, which is pertinent to the creation of the document, alwayshas to be assigned. This date could also be significant as a date of aggregation, that is to say, as adate on which the document has been expedited as a consequence of the activity of the producer.

Example:Date of creation and aggregation: 20 June 1648Date of the original document: 30 August 1411(Note: notary copy of the 20 of June 1648 of a document of a marriage contract signed on the 30of August 1411, incorporated in a judicial record of 1648)

1.4.E2 Rule dates of location for file- and item-level description/In file- and item-level description the location of the documents creation can be included afterthe dates. Write the name in Catalan or in the language of the place of origin of the document ifthe name does not have a Catalan version. The valid orthographic standard needs to be followed.If the current version of the name is not known, it has to be transcribed literally (in inverted com-mas, cursive or others) in the form it most frequently appears in the described documents. If thoughtconvenient to facilitate the identification of the location, the region, country, state or geographicambit can be included.

Examples:1999-04-30, Linyola. (Note: date and place were a letter has been written)


2000-01-18, Vielha (Note: date and place of an official letter sent from the Vall d’Aran)

Note: To establish the name of the location of the creation of documents, follow the spelling foundin the official nomenclature or, if not present, in recognised encyclopaedic works, historical ortoponymic studies, or others.


1.4.F1 Rule iconic documents/ audio-visual documents/dates to allocate/For iconic and audio-visual documents, the date of creation and/or aggregation has to be allocated, andthe dates of the information content (the dates of the illustration or of the image(s) represented) can alsobe indicated.

1.4.F1a Rule iconic documents: photographs/audio-visual documents/ dates of creation or processing/In photographic or audio-visual documents, the date on which the document was processed inorder to be used, that is to say, the date on which the medium was generated, equivalent to thecreation date of the document.

Example:Creation date: January 1961(Note: date on which the negative, exposed in December 1960, was processed)

1.4.F1b Rule iconic documents: photographs/audio-visual documents/ date of capture/In the description of photographic or audio-visual documents, it is also important to include thedate of capture, which is the date on which images where taken or filmed.

Example:Creation date: January 1961Capture date: December 1960(Note: negative exposed in December 1960 and processed in January 1961)

1.4.F1c Rule iconic documents/audio-visual documents/ date of information content or of image rep-resentedIn iconic or audio-visual documents, when the dates of creation, aggregation and capture are dif-ferent to the date of the information content or of the image represented, this needs to be indicat-ed

Example:Creation date: 1980Aggregation date: 1986Capture date: 1960-1980Date of information content: 1960-1970(Note: video concerning the life of a community edited in 1980 with images filmed between 1960and 1970 and with sound recorded in 1980. The video was incorporated into the fonds of the pro-ducer in 1986)

Creation date: 1854Aggregation date: 1970Date of the image represented: 1359


(Note: lithograph of 1854 representing the naval combat which took place off the beach at Barcelona,on 10 June 1359, between the Catalan squadron, commanded by King Pere the Ceremonious, andthe Castilian squadron, commanded by King Pere the Cruel which was incorporated into the col-lection of lithographs by the collector in 1970).

1.4.F2 Rule electronic documents/ dates to allocate/In the description of electronic documents, as well as the date of creation and/or aggregation ofthe documents, the dates of its regeneration for its transfer to another computer environment, ofits electronic resignature and/or of the information content can be assigned.

Note: The dates of the original creation and the subsequent use of electronic documents can belost due to the mutability of the hardware, systems and the application programmes. Because ofthis, the dates of these documents have to be able to guarantee their authenticity and trustwor-thiness to be considered valid. This is only possible if the computer system used throughoutgenerates and conserves the recorded metadata corresponding to the origin and to all the changesand uses which affect the documents and the computer environment in which they are accessi-ble.

In consequence, unlike all the other types of documents considered in these standards, creationdates of electronic documents cannot refer to the form and presentation of the document at a giv-en moment, but to the original creation of the original document established in a stable mannerand to the information content. In order to date the aggregation to the fonds, if different to thatof its creation and if not included as metadata or in another way, the date needs to be deduced byindirect sources, like the activity of the producer, the context of the documentation, external infor-mation or other sources.

1.4.F2a Rule electronic documents/ creation date/ date of the original document/ assign to Sources/The date of the creation of electronic documents corresponds to the date of the production of theoriginal first generation document with similarly original information content. The date of aggre-gation corresponds to the date(s) on which the document was used by the producer and can cor-respond to the first generation of the document or of subsequent regenerations or modificationsmade as a consequence of the activity of the producer. If the dates are not included with a guar-antee of their authenticity, they have to be justified and/or cite the source as a note or in the ele-ment Sources.

Examples:Creation and aggregation dates: 1992-1998(Register of admission of documents, series)(Note: electronic documents validated by computer)

Creation dates: 1990-2006Aggregation dates: 2004-2006(Census for taxation for the conservation of the cemetery of Sant Feliu de Llobregat, series)(Note: this database was transferred by the l’Ajuntament de Sant Feliu de Llobregat to the Organ-isme de Recaptació i Gestió Tributària de la Diputació de Barcelona, in 2004, the institution cur-rently charged with the collection of this tax)


1.4.F2b Rule electronic documents/ regeneration dates/dates of electronic resignature/If the original document has been submitted to a process of regeneration for its transfer to anoth-er application or for any other transformation (electronic designation, change of format, change ofversion of the programme, etc.), the date of the creation of the original first generation documentshould be used, as well as the date of regeneration or any other change.

Example:Creation dates: 2000-2002Revision dates: 2002-2004(Census for taxation on property [IBI], series)(Note: the original documents in an electronic medium in the years 2000 to 2002 have beenrevised/regenerated through certified copying two years after their respective creation.)

1.4.F2c Rule electronic documents/ date of aggregation/ assign to Existence and location ofreproductions/If the document was created in a non-electronic environment and substituted later by the pro-ducer through a process of digitalisation, this needs to be indicated with the date of creation ofthe original documents and of the resulting electronic documents under the date of aggregation.Note: It is important to stress the necessity of not confusing the processes of creation of digital copieswith the aim of preservation or consultation, with the regeneration of documents (documents trans-ferred to another platform or computer environment), because these last mentioned are original docu-ments. In the case of the former, the relevant information has to be included in the element Existenceand location of reproductions.

Example:Creation dates: 1990-1999Aggregation dates: 2003-2004(Census for taxation on property (IBI), series)(Note: paper documents produced between 1990 and 1999 had been digitalised and authenticat-ed for their definitive substitution in the years 2003 and 2004)


1.5. VOLUME AND MEDIUM

1.5.A OBJECTIVE

Identify and describe the physical volume or the equivalent logic of the unit of description and themedium of the documents that form it.

1.5.B 1.5.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Volume and medium is obligatory (OB) for all the levels of description.

1.5.C SOURCES

The unit of description. For secondary sources other output formats created concerning the sameunit of description, publications, etc, can be used.

1.5.D GENERAL RULES

1.5.D1 Rule number of physical or logical units/Indicate the volume of the unit of description specifying the number of the physical or logical unitsin Arabic numerals and the unit of measurement.

1.5.D2 Rule the exact volume and suitability for the of the level of description/Describe the volume of the unit of description as precisely as possible appropriate to the level it isdescribed at.

1.5.D3 Rule allocate the medium/Allocate the medium specific to the unit of description when considered necessary. By medium isunderstood the physical medium used to record the information.

1.5.D4 Rule allocate the format/Indicate, as required, the format of the unit of description understood in terms of the dimen-sions, proportions and other characteristics relative to the medium of the document(s).

1.5.D5 Rule arrangement of the information/A common structure for the necessary data to shape this element is as follows.Quantity/ unit of measure/ medium/ format/ technical specifications and/or notes

Examples:30.2 m (302 boxes, approx. 3,456 documental units), paper (fonds)




Volume and medium OB OB OB OB OB OB



187 Photographs (78 prints, paper, 9 × 8 and 10 × 15; 109 negatives, plastic), 20 films (9.5mm, acetate) (fonds)17 videos (VHS) (series)4 plans, paper, DIN-A3 (file-level description)1 file (file-level description)100 folios, approximately (file-level description)1 poster, paper, 62 × 43 cm (item-level description)1 parchment, 560 × 517 mm (item-level description)

1.5.D6 Rule quantity and unit of measure, obligatory/Information relative to the quantity and the unit of measure are obligatory.

1.5.D7 Rule medium and format, optional/The allocation of information relating to medium and format are optional.

1.5.D8 Rule other complementary information/If suitable, information considered significant to the explanation of the volume and medium ofthe unit of description can be added.

Examples:25 rolls of microfilm (approximately 25% of the exposures are repeated)(records on the constitution, composition and re-organisation of town councils, series)474 folios. (the first 22 folios are not numbered, the following 432 folios are numbered andthe last 20 folios are blank and not numbered).(Summary of the freehold and fiefs of the county of Centelles, file-level description)

1.5.D9 Rule emphasising the most significant medium/When different media converge in one unit of description, the description of all or only thosethat are considered most significant can be opted for.

Examples:1.276 images (paper and plastic) (fonds)400 photographs (negatives; glass, acetate and polyester) (fonds)1 file, paper and tracing paper (file-level description)

1.5.D10 Rule vocabulary for the identification of media/ table of media/It would be useful to compile the terms relating to media used in the description in a regulatedtable of vocabulary prepared by the centre in relation to the information requirements of the doc-uments they keep.

Note: the following media could form part of a table:

Example:1 seal, wax, 224 × 312 mm (item-level description)

WaxBoardMetalMagneticOptical

PaperPapyrusParchmentPlasticCloth

GlassVellum(...)


1.5.D11 Rule description of reproductions/ assign to Existence and location of originalsWhen the units of description are reproductions, give information on volume and media of thereproduction described, even if information is held on the original (which has to be included underthe element Existence and location of originals).

1.5.D12 Rule existence of reproductions/ assign to Existence and location of reproductionsIf over and above the original documentation, reproductions in an alternative media (microfilm,digital image, etc.) exist in the archive, their number and type have to be included in the elementExistence and location of reproductions.


1.5.E1 Rule volume for fonds, sub-fonds, series groups, series/At fonds, sub-fonds, series groups, and series levels express the volume in meters and/or in phys-ical or logical units.

1.5.E1a Rule volumes in Arabic numerals and specifying the type of the unit of measurementAt higher levels, allocate the number of meters in Arabic numerals followed by abbreviation mand/or with the number in Arabic numerals and the specific denomination of the physical or log-ical unit. If considered necessary, complimentary information can be added.

Examples:137 m1,309 photographs and 16 films2,176 photographs (negatives; colour and b&w)430 boxes (344 standard boxes and 86 boxes in special format)2,400 units of installation (boxes and books)

1.5.E1b Rule abbreviations of physical and logical units/The names designating physical or logical units always need to be produced. Exceptionally it is pos-sible to use well-known and accepted abbreviations or initials like CD, DVD.

1.5.E1c Rule equivalence between units of measurement/To describe a volume in different physical or logical units of measurement that is equivalent, putthem in brackets.

Examples:306 m (2.215 bundles and 236 books) (fonds)15 m (83 boxes and 50 books) (sub-fonds)15 m (150 boxes) (series group)25 rolls of microfilm (25.000 stills) (series group)2.62 m (21 units of installation) (series)140 m (550 records) (series)1 protocol (5 volumes) (file-level description)

Variant: All the units of measurement without the existence of equivalents can also be itemised.


Examples:581 boxes, 17 bundles, 59 books, 25 notebooks and 4 folders (fonds)2.5 m and 368 parchments (fonds)417 units of installation. 64,500 photographs (4,000 negatives,glass, b/w; 5,000 negatives plas-tic, b/w; 3,500 negatives, plastic, colour; 52,000 positives paper). 145 posters (fonds)284 units of installation, 147 drawings, 105 plans, 62 prints, 53 diplomas and 28 maps (fonds)

Variant:Or only some of the units of measurement included in a certain volume can be shown.Examples:30 boxes. Including 22 sound recordings and 12 videos61 m (609 units of installation). Including 1,310 photographs (370 positives, colour; 81 pos-itives, b/w; 138 negatives, acetate; 721 plastic, colour) and 89 plans.

1.5.E1d Rule total known volume/ volume in custody/As an option at higher levels, when the unit of description is still open and susceptible to newadditions, the known volume on an exact date or that of the part effectively kept in custody canbe indicated.

Examples:280 m (13 February 1999)379 m (in custody 300 m)300 m (total volume generated 379 m)

1.5.E1e Rule approximate volume/At higher levels, when the volume of the unit of description is not known exactly, assign it as anapproximation.

Examples:40 m approx. (fonds)21 m (ca. 5,600 documental units) (fonds)

1.5.E2 Rule volume for file- and item-level description/ physical characteristics and/or technicalspecifications/At the level of file – and item – level description, express the volume in numbers of physical orlogical units and indicate the format of the document. Also describe the physical characteristicsand/or the technical specifications that allow the unit of description to be identified.

Note: among others, physical units are: albums, crates, files, boxes, compact discs or CDs, tapereels or cassettes, DAT, slides, Phonographic records, diskettes, DVDs, stills, loose sheets ofpaper, digital images, books, bundles, microfiche, photographic negatives, folios, film, parchment,sealed letters, photographic positives, rolls of microfilm, envelopes, volumes, videos, etc.Logical units are: cartoons, cards or letters (correspondence), navigational maps, nautical maps,posters, cigarette cards drawings, dossiers, obituaries, records, photography, goigs (joyous hymns),prints, maps, scores, plans, postcards, mementos, stamps, etc.

1.5.E3 Rule format for file- and item-level description/The format of the file-and item-level description has to expressly state the size of the document(s)that make it/them up.


1.5.E3a Rule format/ sizes in cm or mm/ height- breadth- depth/The size of a document has to be indicated, preferably in centimetres or millimetres, as needs be,in the following order: height x breadth. If required the depth can be included. If there is a signif-icant difference between the size of the medium of the document and the part that contains theinformation then this needs to be specified.

Examples:1 parchment (200 × 150 mm)1 photograph (9 × 13 cm)1 microfilm (35 mm)1 print (30 × 21 cm)/ illustration (7 × 7 cm)(Note: print 7 × 7 cm on a sheet 30 × 21 cm)

1.5.E3b Rule format/ regulated vocabulary for types of sizes/table of format/When dealing with standardised sizes, the terms utilised should be taken from a regulated vocab-ulary table.

Note: a model for this table is as follows:

Examples:1 page (folio)1 video (VHS)

1.5.E4 Rule physical characteristics and/or technical specifications for file- and item-level descrip-tion/assign to Physical characteristics and technical requirements/Describe the physical characteristics and/or technical specifications of the file- and item-level descrip-tion when this is necessary for the identification of the unit of description. Taking into accountthat the necessity for information varies according to the type of document described, in essencereference has to be made to the physical features that characterise a certain type of document andthe techniques and procedures used in the production of the unit of description. Thereby detailsconcerning presentation, procedure, colour, assembly etc. are given.Physical characteristics that are not identifying components of the unit of description but still affectthe reading or access of the information should be specified in Physical characteristics and techni-cal requirements.


1.5.F1 Rule text documents/ medium/ format/ physical characteristics/In text documents the medium can be indicated, especially if it’s different. The sizes, the numberof pages, the presence of stamps/seals, the type of binding, the existence of watermarks or commer-cial stamps and all those other formal characteristics considered important to identify the unit ofdescription can be included.

DIN A-3DIN A-4FolioOctavoDiskette 3 1/2

Diskette 5 1/48 mmSuper 89,5 mm16 mm

35 mmVHSU-maticBetamaxBetacamp

DVDDVCAMCD-AudioCD(...)


Example:A book in parchment of 187 folios with wood covers lined with embossed hide.Size: 40,5 × 29 cm (folio) / 44 × 31 cm (covers)(Book of privileges Cervera, file-level description)

1.5.F2 Rule cartographic documents/ technical specifications/ scale/For cartographic documents (maps and plans), indicate the medium and format and, also, the scaleof the document.

Examples:1 report, paper DIN-A4, 3 plans, paper, 59 × 84 cm. Scale: 1:250.000, 1:1.000 and 1:40.(Report 6-B-420.2 Complementary project No2. Reconstruction of fences and minor works.Road 1411. Esparreguera to Bellver. P.K. 0,00 to 11,67. Abrera – Monistrol. Barcelona,file-level description)

1 plan, three colours on woven paper, 44 × 64 cm. Scale 1:50 m.(Plan of the façade and section of the construction project for the house of Vicenç Salleras at Ram-bla, No. 16, item-level description)

1 map on 5 sheets, onion paper and Canson cloth, in sheets of 80 × 80 cm. Scale 1:50.000.(General plan of Canal d’Urgell, item-level description)

1.5.F3 1.5.F3 Iconic documents: Photographs/ medium/ format/ technical specifications/ table of media/table of formats/For photographic documents, indicate the medium and the format and also any technical spec-ifications, what tone is used, if it is negative or positive and the procedure used to fix capturedimage:

Note: some specific media for photographic documents are:

Note: some specific formats for photographic documents are:

MagneticMetal – copperMetal – ferrousMetal – other

OpticalPaper – barytaPaper – Resin CoatedPaper – uncoated

Plastic – nitratePlastic – acetatePlastic – polyesterGlass(...)

4 × 6 cm6 × 7 cm6 × 9 cm9 × 12 cm9 × 14 cm10 × 15 cm13 × 18 cm18 × 24 cm

20 × 25 cm24 × 30 cm30 × 40 cm40 × 50 cm135 mmBoudoirCabinetCarte de viste

Stereoscopic (4 × 10 cm)Stereoscopic (10 ×18 cm)ImperialPostcard (9 × 14 cm)Postcard (10 × 15)PromenadeVictoria(...)


1.5.F3a Rule iconic documents/ photographs/ technical specifications/ Table of processes/Indicate if a photographic negative or positive is being described, and what tone is used (black andwhite, sepia, etc.). The type of process used to fix the captured image should also be indicated.

Examples:2,091 Photographs. 1,043 (positive glass, b/w), 12 (positive plastic, b/w), 18 (positive glass,colour), 826 (negative glass, b/w), 192 (negative plastic, b/w)(Joan Masó i Valentí, fonds)

32 photographs (positive, resin coated paper, colour, 18 × 26, chromogenic)(Reportage of the high street, file-level description)

1 photograph (positive, plastic polyester, colour, 6 × 7, chromogenic)(Self-portrait, item-level description)

1 photograph (negative, glass, b/w, 13 × 18, gelatine bromide)(Façade of the ancestral home, item-level description)

Note: some of the processes used to fix the captured images are:

1.5.F4 Rule audio-visuals documents/ media/ format/ technical specifications /table of media/Tableof formatsFor audio-visual documents, the medium and volume and also any technical specifications needto be specified.

Note: some of the specific media for audio-visual documents are:

Albumin on glassAmbrotypeAutochromeCalotypeCyanotypeCollodion direct darkeningCollodion wet-plateCollodion matt platinum goldCollotypeAdditive colour processesSubtractive colour processesDigital ReproductionDaguerreotypeDirect thermalPhotogenic drawingFerrotypeDigital PhotographyGelatine direct darkening

Chemically developed gelatineGelatine bromideBichromated gum arabicRelief printingHeliographyInkjetHalftone printingAlbumin PaperSalt paperCarbon printingPlatinotypeDye diffusion transfer processChromogenic processBromoil developingDye transfer processDeveloping process accelerantsWoodbury type(...)

MagneticOptical

Plastic – acetatePlastic – nitrate

Plastic – polyester(...)


Note: some of the specific formats for audio-visual documents are:

1.5.F4a Rule audio-visual documents/ technical specifications/For audio-visual documents, their duration, length, width of the tape, speed, tone and type ofsound can be indicated.

Examples:11 video (VHS, magnetic, 1 hr. 30 min., colour, sound)(Bonfires on the night of Sant Joan, item-level description)

1 film (8 mm, acetate, 3 min., 100 m, 24 ips, colour, sound)(Town festival (Festa Major), item-level description)

1.5.F5 Rule sound documents/ medium/ format/ technical specifications/ table of media/ table of formats/For sound documents, the medium and format and any technical specifications need to be specified.

Note: some of the specific media for sound documents are:

Note: some of the specific formats for sound documents are:

70 mm35 mm16 mm9,5 mm8 mmSuper 8

VHSS-VHSBetamaxU-matic HBU-matic LBBetacam SP

Betacam digitalDVCPRODV CAMDVDVD(...)

WaxShellacMagnetic

Metal – brassMetal – tinfoilMetal – zinc

OpticPlastic – vinylPlastic – acetate(...)

Cylinders – americanCylinders – frenchGramophone disc – 33 rpmGramophone disc – 45 rpmGramophone disc – 76 rpmMagnetic tape– professionalMagnetic tape –standardMagnetic tape – long playMagnetic tape – double playMagnetic tape – triple playCassette – c60Cassette – c90

Cassette – c120Micro cassetteDCC (Digital cassette compact)R-DAT (Rotary Digital Audio Tape)Mini DiscCD Audio – 8 cmCD Audio – 12 cmCD-VCD-ROMCD-ILaserdisc(...)


1.5.F5a Rule sound documents/ technical specifications/For a sound document the duration of the recording has to be specified in units of time.The length,the revolutions per minute (rpm) and the type of sound can also be recorded.

Example:1 sound recording (magnetic, cassette-c60, 18 minutes, stereo)(interview with the Councillor of Culture, item-level description)

1.5.F6 Rule electronic documents/ physical storage unit/ data format/ size of memory/For electronic documents the physical unit of storage, the format or formats of the data of thefiles that contain the information and the amount of memory they occupy need to be indicated.The type of media and the type of documents included can also be indicated.

Examples:10 CD-ROM, data format PDF, 3 MB. Includes 10 text documents.(Town festival (festa major) programmes, series)

1DVD, 35MB. Includes 1 image (TIF), 1 text document (HTML), 1 sound document (WAV).(Programme of the town festival (Festa Major) 2004, file-level description)

1 DVD, optical, data format DOC, 1000 KB. Includes 1 text document(Record of events, item-level description)

1.5.F6a Rule electronic documents/ physical storage unit/ assign to Reference code/For electronic documents the physical unit on which it is stored has to be included (CD-ROM,DVD, CD-Worm, DAT, diskette, hard disc, ZIP disc). If the documents are on line, informationfor their access can be included in the element Reference code.

1.5.F6b Rule electronic documents/memory size/The size of an electronic document is measures by the number of bytes of memory it occupies, irre-spective of the physical unit on which it is recorded or if it is found on-line. The volume of mem-ory occupied by the unit of description has to be indicated by the most appropriate measure: GB,MB, KB, etc.

Examples:5 digital images, 34 MB1 diskette, 1.23 MB1 CD. Includes 5 digital images, 34 MB1 cartographic on-line document 1.2 MB.

1.5.F6c Rule electronic documents/ data formats/ assign to Physical characteristics and technicalrequirements/For electronic documents the format or formats of data determined by the digital tools and resourcesused to create the document (DOC, TIF, HTML, MDB, JPG, PDF, etc.) have to be included.

Note:The information concerning certain technical specifications that can restrict the use of the unitof description has to be assigned to the element Physical characteristics and technical requirements.

Examples:1 poster (PDF), 30 MB(Poster for the Festa Major, item-level description)


1 text document (DOC), 246 KB(Record of events, item-level description)

1.5.F6d Rule electronic documents/ digital images/ technical specificationsFor digital images the printing or capture resolution and the size of the screen image can beindicated.

Examples:Stills image, optical medium, CD-ROM, Dimensions 400 × 800 px, data format: TIFF, cap-ture resolution 600 dpi(Procession of the Mare de Déu of Carme, item-level description)

Stills image. Optical medium, DVD, 300 dpi, 3,000 × 2,000 px, 5 Mb, TIFF(Gegants (giant figures) at the town square, item-level description)


2. Context area

This area has the function of contextualising the unit of description with respect to its producer, thearchival background up to the time that its description has been initiated and, finally, with respect tothe admission to the centre in which it is conserved. It includes the four following elements: Name(s)of the producer(s), History of the producer(s), Archival history and Admission information.

2.1. NAME(S) OF THE PRODUCER(S)

2.1.A OBJECTIVE

Identify the producer(s) of the unit of description.

2.1.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation of the elementName(s) of the producer(s) is obligatory (OB) for the levels fonds and sub-fonds, and optional (op) for the others.

When ISAAR(CPF) is developed this information can be allocated to the element that establishes thestandards for authority control, provided that the corresponding link is furnished.

2.1.C SOURCESThe establishment of the name of the producer and knowledge of any possible changes have to be found-ed, primarily, on the documental fonds, within which is frequently found the founding minute or doc-ument (methods of creation, structures, statutes, etc.). If the producer has generated books of approvedminutes, it is usual that the changes of denomination produced over a lengthy period of time are alsodocumented. Outside the fonds, legislation and public records are often essential sources as well.

2.1.D GENERAL RULES

2.1.D1 Rule standardise the name of the producer/Specify the name(s) of the body(ies) or the person(s) responsible for the production of the docu-ments of the unit of description. The name has to be written following the standards establishedby national or international conventions in accordance with the principles of ISAAR(CPF).

2.1.D2 Rule exact and concise naming/The name of the producer(s) has(have) to be identified concisely and precisely.




Name(s) of the producer(s) OB OB op op op op

> Unit of installation: op


2.1.D3 Rule choosing the official or public name/As a general rule follow the criteria to incorporate the official or recognised name via legal normsor public records, as required, and always use the name in its most recent version.

2.1.D4 Rule the Catalan language/Again as a general rule, with the exception of the specific cases referred to earlier, the name has tobe written in the Catalan language.

2.1.D5 Rule avoid adding information/Avoid the incorporation of information of a territorial, geographic, managerial, professional orchronological nature with the name of the producer except when the original name, official orgiven, includes it.

2.1.D6 Rule guidelines for names of bodies, persons and families/ assign to Title/In anticipation of the development of the national standard of the ISAAR(CPF), in this elementcertain guidelines for names of bodies, persons and families are given. These guidelines are alsoapplicable to the element Title if the name of the producer is included.

2.1.D6a Rule most recent denominations/ other denominations/ assign to History of the producer(s)/If the producing body, whether public or private, has had divers names or denominations during itshistory, the most recent is preferred except when it is not that most utilised for the identification ofthe producer or if incomplete. Earlier names can be included with the elementHistory of the produc-er(s).

Examples:School of Higher Mercantile Studies(Note: previously High School of Commerce)

Surgery of Dr. Lluís Sayés(Note: commonly known as the Anti-tuberculosis Clinic)

Liquidating Commission of the Commonwealth of Catalonia(Note: the official name was Administrative Commission of co-ordinated services of inter-provin-cial debt of the provincial governments of Barcelona, Girona, Lleida and Tarragona and of theLiquidation of the Communal Credit Savings Bank).

Men’s Prison of Barcelona(Note: had divers denominations during the XX century and was popularly known as theModel Prison).

2.1.D6b Rule translation into Catalan/For public institutions write the name in Catalan.

Example:Prefectura del Districte Miner de Barcelona(Note: instead of Jefatura del Districto Minero de Barcelona)

2.1.D6c Rule dependency of bodies/ ambit of territory and competence/For local branches of a central body, its name has to include the body it is dependent on and theambit of its territory or competence. The name of the local body has to encapsulate the nameand, subsequently, specify its organisational dependency or territorial ambit.


Examples:Territory of Vallès Occidental of the Department of Employment and IndustryProvincial delegation of Barcelona of the National Book InstituteTerritorial Services for the protection and guardianship of minors of Tarragona

2.1.D6d Rule municipal dependency of bodies/ institutional administration/When dealing with local administrative bodies that also exist in other institutions, the name shouldspecify its dependency on the body.

Example:Municipal Institute of Housing of Rubí Town Council

2.1.D6e Rule acronyms/ abbreviations/Acronyms and abbreviations can be included if regulated or used frequently. They have to bewritten in upper case or lower case, according to current usage. If confusing or not sufficientlyfamiliar the complete name needs to be written. If both forms (complete and abridged) are suffi-ciently known or in current usage, choose the one which has or has had the widest use.

Examples:Direcció General de Política Lingüística (instead of: DGPL)Institut d’Estudis Catalans (instead of: IEC)CADCI (instead of: Centre Autonomista de Dependents del Comerç i de la Indústria)

Exception: If both the complete name and the abbreviation is opted for, it is advisable to put thefull name first, followed by the abbreviated version in parenthesis.

Examples:Laboratori General d’Assaigs i Investigacions (LGAI)Conferència de l’Aprofitament Industrial de les Riqueses Naturals de Catalunya (CAIRN)

2.1.D6f Rule contemporary private juridical person/If the producer is a current private juridical person use the current official name written in thecorresponding public records.

Examples:Associació d’Arxivers de CatalunyaABB Generación, División Fabricación EsteLa sociedad española de Carburos Metálicos, S.A.

2.1.D6g Rule ecclesiastic institutionsWhen dealing with religious fonds, as a general rule the name has to be headed with the type ofinstitution under discussion.

Examples:Bishopric of UrgellParrish of Santa Maria de VerdúBrotherhood of Pure Blood of Jesus Christ and Sant EloiMonastery of Sant Joan de les Abadesses

2.1.D6h Rule patrimonis/ noblesa/ famílies/The name of the producer of patrimonial fonds has to come from the proper name of the centralnucleus of the patrimony. As for fonds with noble origins, the name has to be that of the lineage,


the barony or the estate from which environs the patrimony has been configured, in accordancewith tradition or the rules of pre-eminence of titles. When dealing with rural patrimonial fondsthe name has to come from the farm constituting the central nucleus of the patrimony or the nameof its lineage, in accordance with the customs of the people of the country. References of a geo-graphic character, for example its parochial or municipal appurtenances, should not be added exceptwhen the original name includes them.

If various surnames exist in the same family, that (those) which best identifies(y) the documentalproducer should be used.

Examples:Duke of CardonaBarons of SavassonaMarquis of CastelldosriusEl RoureCan Puig de la BellacasaEl Soler de TimonedaLineage of Oriola-CortadaFamily of SerrahimaFamily of Anglès i Sallés

2.1.D6i Rule individuals/The name of the producer of personal fonds has to be only that of the physical person who pro-duced it. The name that is or was better known, or appears more frequently in the documentsshould always be adopted and with, as a general rule, no indication or addition of a professionalor other nature, as previously noted.

Examples:Agustí Duran i SanpereJosep Puig i CadafalchManuel de Pedrolo (instead of: Manuel de Pedrolo i Molina)Marquès de Castelldosrius (instead of: Carles de Sentmenat i d’Urruela)Pere Quart (pseudonym of Joan Oliver i Sallarès)Pere Calders (instead of: Pere Caldés)J. V. Foix (instead of: Josep Vicenç Foix i Mas)

2.1.D6j Rule use of numerals/For the use of numbers, the cardinal numbers should be written in numerals and ordinals in let-ters. The ordinals that accompany names of monopolist institutions like kings, counts, bish-oprics, abbots etc., have to be included in roman numerals.

Examples:District court and examining magistrate No. 4 of ManresaRamon Berenguer III, count of Barcelona

2.1.D7 Rule other producers dependent on the producer of the fonds/It is recommended that, below fonds level, the corresponding administrative section should beincluded as a producer, if it is sufficiently identified and personalised.


Example:Maintenance and conservation of buildings and installations section(file-level description)(Note: included in superior levelsBarcelona City Council as the producer of the fonds,the district of Ciutat Vella as the producer of the sub-fonds,the Directorate of Technical Services as producer of the series groupthe Department of Service and Maintenance as producer of the series)

2.1.D8 Rule producer of collections/Whether a physical or juridical person, the name of the producer of a collection is that of thecollector.

2.1.D8a Rule producer of collections/ producers different from the collector/For collections, the original producer has to be included as the producer at lower levels if this isdifferent to the collector and his identification is unambiguous.

Example:Miquel Mateu Pla (producer of the collection of the Great War and Napoleonic War)PeraladaTownCouncil (producer of the item-level description Correspondence record of 1813 whichforms part of the collection referred to).


None


None


2.2. HISTORY OF THE PRODUCER(S)

2.2.A OBJECTIVE

Provide a synthesis of the history of the producer of the unit of description placing it in his historiccontext and aiding understanding.

2.2.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation to the element History of the producer(s) is obligatory (OB) for the levels of fonds andsub-fonds, and optional (op) for the others.

When ISAAR(CPF) is developed this information can be allocated to the element that establishes thestandards for authority control, provided that the corresponding link is furnished.

2.2.C SOURCESThe unit of description. If other documents in the fonds, other fonds or bibliographies are used includereference to them in the element Sources, so the data provided can be verified.

2.2.D GENERAL RULES

2.2.D1 Rule origin and evolution of the producer/ assign to Bibliography or Sources/Compose a brief synthesis of the most significant information concerning the origin, the evolu-tion and the activities of the producer of the unit of description, whether it is a body, a person ormore than one. If additional published information exists, give the reference in the element Bib-liography or in Sources, whichever is appropriate.

2.2.D2 Rule chronological and geographic ambit/ juridical status/ occupation, activities, compe-tences, functions/ other denominations of the producer/The areas of information of ISAAR(CPF) suggest specific elements of information for bodies, per-sons or families that can be included in this element. Among others they are: other denominations ofthe producer, dates and locations of existence, head offices, seats and sees, locations or geographicareas of residence, legal status, nationality, occupation, area of activity, competences and functions.

2.2.D3 Rule synthesis of the history of the producer/Clearly specify those aspects of the history of the producer that most determine the characteris-tics and content of the fonds (chronology, ambit of activity, etc.). If this historical synthesis turnsout to be a little broad and the name of the producer does not contain sufficiently significant infor-mation, his most determining aspects have to be included at the start of the element.




History of the producer(s) OB OB op op op op



Examples:Ferran Canyameres i Casamada (Terrassa, 1898-Barcelona, 1964), writer (...)(Ferran Canyameres i Casamada, fonds)

Lineage originally from Cervera, documented in the XIV century, integrated in the lineage ofMoixó, marquises of Sant Mori, are an example of a family of merchants who rose to militaryor noble rank in the XVII century (...)(Moixó lineage, fonds)

The origin of the parish of Mare de Déu de la Mercè de Calldetenes dates from 1778, when achurch or chapel at the centre of Calldetenes was built, then situated in the municipality ofSant Martí de Riudeperes, a suffraganeous parish of Sant Julià de Vilatorta. Initially this wasoverseen by a priest. From the year 1832, by agreement between the mayor of Calldetenes, thebishop of Vic and the rector of Sant Julià de Vilatorta, it was overseen by a vicar with a fixedresidence, and started keeping its own sacramental records. In 1855 it was recognised as a suf-fraganeous parish of Sant Julià de Vilatorta (Sant Martí de Riudeperes took up tenure of SantJulià) and finally became a parish in its own right in 1878, when the new parochial plan of thediocese came into force, including in its boundaries the chapels of Sant Marc, Sant FrancescS’hi Moria and Sant Llàtzer.(Parish of Mare de Déu de la Mercè de Calldetenes, fonds)

The Administrative Commission of co-ordinated services of inter-provincial debt of the provin-cial governments of Barcelona, Girona, Lleida and Tarragona and of the Liquidation of theCommunal Credit Savings Bank also known as Liquidating Commission or Interim Admin-istrative Commission was created in the year 1925, during the dictatorship of Primo deRivera to clear the accounts of the Commonwealth of Catalonia, which was dissolved inthe same year by Royal Decree of the Provincial Statute of March 20th. The activity ofthis commission was extended until the end of 1932. Its character was strictly adminis-trative, with the sole and exclusive objective of clearing the specific debts of the Com-monwealth, which had initiated a sizable bond issue to increase its usual meagre income.On the 30th June 1925 the payments pending of the Commonwealth surpassed 11.5 mil-lion pesetas. From the 13th of April 1931, with the proclamation of the second republicand the dissolution of provincial governments, the Commission passed into the depend-ency of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia.(Liquidating commission of the Commonwealth of Catalonia, fonds)

2.2.D4 Rule historical description of individuals/If the producers are individuals, specify their name(s) and surnames, titles, locations and places ofbirth and death, place(s) of residence, profession(s) and activities, responsibilities and relevant actions.

Example:Ferran Canyameres i Casamada (Terrassa, 1898 - Barcelona, 1964), writer, born 25th Jan-uary 1898. At 17 he went to Paris, and worked at the Hachette publishers and other pub-lishing companies. His first written works were literary or humorous articles. In 1918 hefounded the magazine Plançons, with text in Catalan and French. He spent some monthsin London and returned to Barcelona. In 1923 he was prosecuted for crimes connected withpublishing. In 1927 he returned to Terrassa on obtaining a post at the Official Chamber ofCommerce and Industry of which he was the secretary, and in the same year married Enri-


queta Casals i Castella. He was friends with artists, painters and writers like Torres-Garcia,Pere Prat, Opisso, Apa, J. Salvat-Papasseït, Joan Puig i Ferreter, Joaquim Ruyra, amongothers and was active in the principal artistic circles of Barcelona. In 1932 he was nomi-nated Delegate of the Spanish Republic at the international trade exhibitions, a post he helduntil 1936. During the revolution and the Civil War (1936-1939) he held the post ofdirector of the Joaquim Costa children’s home and, in 1939, exiled himself to France. Hewent to live in Bouglainval and wrote El gran sapastre, De París el fel i la mel, La vida enpseudònim, L’home que volia patir. In 1942 he founded the publishers Albor in Paris wherehe returned to live in the years 1945-1949. On his return to Catalonia, he moved to Barcelonaand, in 1954, was arrested and imprisoned for helping Joan Comorera, secretary general ofthe PSUC. In 1957 he was indicted by the war tribunal and imprisoned for two and a halfmonths. The works El gos udolà a la mort, Josep Oller, l’home del Moulin Rouge (on the Ter-rassan who founded the Moulin Rouge), and Quan els sentits s’afinen, memories of child-hood, were produced in this period. In 1959 he won the Maspons I Camarasa prize withEl Vallès, vigor i bellesa, and published París en l’obra de Gaspar Miró; Món, dimoni i carn,and Clavé, un solitari. During the following years he helped nurture of the embers of liter-ary groups sustaining Catalan culture and collaborated in the few Catalan magazines ofthe time. He died on 28th September 1964, but his work continues in print.(Ferran Canyameres i Casamada, fonds)

2.2.D5 Rule historic description of families/If the producers are families, as well as the persons who had a special importance to the pro-duction or configuration of the unit of description, the unions or relationships, divisions,succession, deaths, evolution of surnames and changes of residence also need to be referred to.

Example:Lineage of Cerveran origins, documented in the XIV century, integrated in the lineage ofMoixó,marquises of Sant Mori, are an example of a family of merchants who rose to military or noblerank in the XVII century. The main branch received the title of Barons of Jures Reials in 1760and embarked on a path of service to the monarchy and became separated from the patrimo-ny of Cervera, while a second branch became holders of the barony of Montcortès (Segarra),linked with the Marc family. The later evolution of this branch became related to the Ninotfamily, lords of the tower of Ninot of de Santa Coloma de Queralt (Conca de Barberà) and thecastle of the port of Barcelona, and successors to the lineages of Negrell and Salavardenya; tothe Graell family, lords of the castle of Tornamira d'Oristà (Osona) and successors to the line-ages of Castelló, Paratge i Bellfort, and Anglasell, Roca,Masdéu i Fumas-Puigdepons; and final-ly with the Sentmenat family, marquises of Sant Mori.(Lineage of Moixó, fonds)

2.2.D6 Rule historic descriptions of juridical persons/For juridical persons, include the official name, date of creation, period(s) of activity, headquar-ters, the legislation which regulates them, their functions, their objectives and organic evolutionand also their divers or successive denominations.

Example:The Banc deTerrassa was founded in 1881 with the name S.A.Mercantil de Crédito by a groupof local industrialists and landowners. It was dissolved in 1924 when the Banc Comercial deTerrassa absorbed it. Initially it was dedicated to trading in bills of exchange, cheques, currentaccounts and deposits. The initial objective of giving support to Terrassan industry of the peri-


od was not realised until 1902, when it founded the Secció de Carbons to finance the provi-sion of coal for the factories. The economic boom experienced in Catalonia during the GreatWar in Europe (1914–1918), promoted a growth in banking activities and an importantaccumulation of foreign currency in the banks. The Bank of Terrassa was then the secondmost important Catalan credit organisation and initiated a process of expansion with the open-ing of new branches in various locations in Catalonia.This network allowed business to be wonin the face of competition from the Banc de Barcelona for the collection of taxes of the Com-monwealth of Catalonia. However in this same year, the Banc de Terrassa announced difficul-ties arising from poor management in the office in Barcelona. They succeeded in temporarilyredressing the situation with bank guarantees and help from banks in Barcelona, but the sus-pension of payments of the Banc de Barcelona definitively opened the way for its liquidation.After the process of liquidation in 1924 the Banc Comercial de Terrassa was formed, whichabsorbed the Banc de Terrassa's debts. The new bank continued its activities until 1956, whenit was absorbed by the Banc ComercialTransatlàntic that was absorbed in its turn by theDeutscheBank at the end of the XX century.(Banc de Terrassa, fonds)

2.2.D7 Rule confidential or restricted information/For contemporary fonds, standards concerning the protection of rights of privacy and otherjuridical conditions that affect the unit of description have to be taken into account. Thereforethe information in question may have to be restricted in terms of its distribution.


2.2.E1 Rule related producers/ sub-fonds, series groups and series levels/At times it is necessary to refer to the history of other producers who have an influential or a deci-sive relationship with the producer of the unit of description.

Examples:(...) Arising from the local government law of 19th July 1944, applied and delimited in theyear 1947, the Registry Office presided over by the regional judge of Molins del Rei began thedevelopment of governing and inspectoral functions concerning the Registry Office ofTorrellesas with the rest of the registry offices of the juridical demarcation it headed, which coincidedterritorially with the ambit of registral activities. Later these functions were exercised succes-sively by the Registry Office of the regional judge of Sant Feliu de Llobregat (from 1962 to1977), by the Registry Office of the judge the district of Sant Feliu de Llobregat (from 1962to 1977), and by the district court and examining magistrate No. 4 of Manresa of Sant Feliude Llobregat (from 1989 to the present).(Registry Office of Torrelles de Llobregat, fonds)

(...) from 1850 an intense relationship with Joan Prat was established. This surveyor born in thesame locality had resided for many years in the countries of South America, returned to the vil-lage after the failure of his business and certain problems with the law and on his return intend-ed to conclude various boldly innovative agricultural projects in which he involved theMarti fam-ily, in relation to which an important quantity of documentation was generated (correspondence,accounts), and which had a noteworthy effect on the financial situation of the family (...)(Joan Martí, fonds)



None

2.2.G GENERAL EXAMPLESExamples:Ramon Argilés Bifet was born on 1st November 1898 and died on 25th December 1943.He finished his course at the Escola d’Arquitectura de Barcelona in 1924 and receivedhis architectural qualifications on 13th August 1924. Until 1921 he worked in the officesof the architect Josep Goday (projects: Maternity hospital, Barcelona, Post and telegraphoffice, Barcelona). In 1922 he won the first prize of the ‘V Concurs d’arquitectur’ organ-ised by the Ramblers Centre of Catalonia, for his monograph “A lleiden house of theXVIII century”. In 1924 he again won first prize with “Project for a graduate school”.In 1924 an image of his final course project was published in the Association of Catalon-ian Architects Yearbook (page 131). He was the municipal architect of La Seu d’Urgell.He then worked as an assistant architect for the Technical services of Barcelona CityCouncil between 1928 and 1929. Between 1929 and 1933 he was the interim chief archi-tect of the Urbanisation section of the old quarter and of Eixample. He was assistant pro-fessor of the School of Architecture and Diocesan Architect of the Diocese of Lleida.He was an enthusiastic drawer and watercolourist. His great passion was his study ofthe restoration of the Seu Vella of Lleida.(Ramon Argilés Bifet, fonds)

The Registry Office of Torrelles de Llobregat was created by the provisional law of RegistryOffices of 17th June 1870 and by the Ruling of 13th December 1870. The municipal judge ofTorrelles, later Justice of the Peace, was put in charge of the registry office. Initially, as with theother registries created by this law, it was organised into four sections, births, marriages,deaths and citizenship. The law of Registry Offices of 8th June 1957 and the Ruling of the14th November 1958 reformed registry offices. From then on they had the following sections:1a. births and general; 2a. marriages; 3a. deaths and 4a. tutelage and legal representation.Arising from the Local Government Law of 19th July 1944, applied and delimited in 1947, thejudge of the regional court ofMolins del Rei exercised inspectoral and governing functions overthe Registry Office of Torrelles as with the rest of the registry offices present in the region thathe headed coinciding with the judiciary. Later, these functions were exercised, successively, bythe presiding judge of the regional court of Sant Feliu de Llobregat (1962-1977), by the judgeof the district court of Sant Feliu de Llobregat (1977-1989) and by the district court andexamining magistrate No. 4 of Manresa of Sant Feliu de Llobregat (from 1989 to the present).(Registry Office of Torrelles de Llobregat, fonds)

The Archpriesthood ofTorelló was an ecclesiastical demarcation of the bishopric of Vic in forcefrom 1854 to 1984. In the evolution of the organisation of territorial administration in thebishopric of Vic the Archpriesthood of Torelló was created by Episcopal decree on the 20th

December 1854 that was redefined with a decree of the 20th June 1855. It was created arisingfrom a part of the parishes of the district of the deanery of the Oficialat.The new readjustmentsof 10th August 1868, which did not come into force, did not affect the structure of the arch-priesthood, nor did those of 10th June 1877 (in fact they dealt with the application of the decreeof 1868).Themodifications to the administrative demarcations of the 12th and 20th of July 1945signified slight changes to the archpriesthood which lost a couple of parishes which were


transferred to the newly created archpriesthoods of Malleu and Corcó. The new reorganisa-tion of diocesan delimitation of 30th September 1957 did not bring with it significant changesfor the structure of the archpriesthood. Finally, the decree of 27th July 1984 assimilated the arch-priesthood of Torelló into the new archpriesthood of Ter-Collsacabra(Archpriesthood of Torelló, series group forming part of the fonds produced by the Bishopric of Vic)


2.3. ARCHIVAL HISTORY

2.3.A OBJECTIVE

Give significant information on the history of the unit of description in relation to its development,authenticity and integrity that facilitates its interpretation.

2.3.B 2.3.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation to the element Archival History is obligatory (OB) for the levels of fonds and sub-fonds, and optional (op) for the others.

2.3.C SOURCESThe unit of description and the documents of the institutions that have had custody of it. Othersources of an oral or bibliographic nature (or others) may be useful.

If other documents of the fonds, other fonds or bibliographies are used, make reference to them in theelement Sources in order that the information that they contain can be compared.

2.3.D GENERAL RULES

2.3.D1 Rule changes of ownership, responsibility, location, custody/Make reference to changes of ownership or responsibility, the installation location and custody ofthe unit of description, specifying dates (acquisitions, transfers, appropriations, restitutions, tem-porary cessions, etc.).

2.3.D2 Rule contingencies affecting integrity/Allocate the contingencies that may have affected the integrity of the unit of description or itsauthenticity, specifying dates (subtraction, destruction, fragmentation, mutilation, dispersion,restoration, authentication and all acts which could have altered its physical state or the integrityof the documents).

Example(...) From April 1937, as Franco’s army occupied republican territory, a service called the

Recovery of Documents appropriated documentation abandoned by bodies and individuals relat-ing to the Autonomous Government of Catalonia and the republic for the new regime. Theobject of the requisition was to gather information on the enemy, develop counter-propagan-




Archival history OB OB op op op op



da and, above all, to prepare repressive measures. The offices of the Catalonian governmentwere searched and documents were requisitioned from its administrative archives that werelater transferred to Salamanca, where the headquarters of the Recovery service was located. Theresult of the appropriation (police searches, accumulated disorder of plundered documents,transfers to Salamanca, manipulation of documents for the extraction of records, etc.) meantthe break up of the unity of the institutions’ archive, changing the original order and, in somecases, probably resulted in irreparable losses.

(...)With the death of Franco and the re-establishment of democracy, the appropriated doc-uments were given archival treatment (classified, ordered, described andmicrofilmed) and wereinstalled in 507 bundles of documents.

(...) After a claim lasting nearly 30 years, the Congress and the Senate approved Law 21/2005of the 17th November for the restitution to the Autonomous Government of Catalonia of thedocuments appropriated by reason of the Civil War kept in the General archive of the Span-ish Civil War.

(...) In application of the law of restitution, on 31st January 2006, the Sub directorate Gen-eral of State Archives deposited 507 boxes containing the documentation of 500 bundles toANC. In order to ascertain the provenance of the documentation, 7 bundles stayed in Sala-manca and it is anticipated that they will be returned in the second phase of the application ofthe aforementioned law of restitution. (...)(Autonomous Government of Catalonia [Second Republic], fonds)

2.3.D3 Rule Organisation and previous archival treatment/ assign to Output Formats and toNotes/Make detailed reference to the divers archival treatments applied to the unit of descriptionover the passage of time which are reflected in its current structure and organisation, andmake explicit reference to the various output formats published previously to the current ones.Give the dates or approximate dates of these divers operations and if needs be refer to theauthorship. The authorship of current archival treatment should be assigned to the elementNotes. Information on current output formats should be placed in the element Output for-mats.

Example:(...) Some brief inventories exist in the archive created in the years 1869 and 1905 -1913, whichare presently not conserved. The Regional Historical Archive of Vilafranca del Penedès con-cluded the first documented intercession in 1988. This operation consisted of the creation ofa guide/inventory of the documents of the fonds, taken from the original titles and dates tak-en from the outside of the containers and presented following the organisational criteria of clas-sification of municipal documentation published by Archive Services of the Department ofCulture of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia in 1981, with the labelling of the exist-ing containers with their topographic signatures (...).(Santa Margarida i els Monjos Town Council, fonds)

2.3.D4 Rule current system of organisation/ juridical form of admission/ assign to System of organ-isation and Admission information/Refer to the current system of organisation of a unit of description in the element System of organ-isation. Assign the date and the juridical form of its admission to the centre in the element Admis-sion information.


2.3.D5 Rule re-use of documents/Refer to and date the reuses for other purposes applied to the unit of description.

Example:This text fragment written in Hebrew forms part of the cover of the notebook of 1361 of theGironean notary Guillem Llobet (Gi-1,56).(book of pawning and loans, item-level description)

2.3.D6 Rule unknown archival history/If the archival history is little or not at all known, explain the reasons.

Example:The documental fonds of the Commissariat of Propaganda of the Autonomous Govern-ment of Catalonia has, to a greater extent, reached us in an incomplete state. As hap-pened to many other bodies of the Government of the Second Republic (1931-1939), itsarchive was dispersed as a result of the war, exile and the repression of the Franco regime.The propaganda function of its producer undoubtedly contributed, on the one hand, tothe concealment of documents, to the removal others into exile, or their destruction forfear of reprisals and, on the other, to the hasty search for them on the part of the victors.We don’t know what happened to the Llibre d’Or after the war ended. On the re-estab-lishment of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia, the old book appeared on the anti-quarian book market and was put up for public auction in 2000 in Barcelona. The depart-ment of Culture stopped the sale and it was recovered.(The Llibre d’Or of the Commissariat of Propaganda of the Autonomous Government of Catalo-nia, item-level description).


2.3.E1 Rule archival history for the levels of description/As a general rule, archival history should be allocated to higher levels. It can be that, occasionally,some units of description from lower levels (series group, series, file- and item- level descriptions)can have a specific archival history that should not be neglected.

Examples:In 1999 a process of archival treatment was completed for documents relating to urban planningfrom 1950–1990. The work consisted of the creation of a catalogue based on a database and onthe labelling of the containers. This catalogue was used until September 2003(Urban planning and administration, series group)

The book passed into the hands of a family around 1920 when the fonds was in the parish,without our knowing either the circumstances or the reason, and was confidentially returnedto the rector in 1985.(Book of the brotherhood of Roser, file-level description)

2.3.E2 Rule level of file – and item – level description/ loans for exhibitions/Loaning for exhibitions can be assigned to the levels file – and item – level description.


Variant: Refer to the administrative documentation of the centre that contains information onloans of documentation for exhibitions.

Examples:The plan forms part of the “Homage to Josep Azemar exhibition” in the Exhibition Room ofthe Old Municipal Slaughterhouse of Figueres (March – April 1990) and in the College ofArchitects of Catalonia of the Region of Girona (November – December 1990).(Plan of the façade and section of the construction project for the house of Vicenç Salleras atRambla No. 16, item-level description)

(...) Exhibited at the XIVth International Congress on Archives in Seville in 2000, on the stand ofthe Department of Culture of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia.(Llibre d’Or of the Commissariat of Propaganda of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia, item-level description).


2.3.F1 Rule electronic documents/ history of conservation/Include the dates and the processes completed with the electronic document after its creation, toassure its integrity and availability over time: ie. changes of format, conversions, transfers.

2.3.F1a Rule electronic documents/changes of format/For electronic documents, record the evolution of changes of format (whether substitution orconversion) and the date they were completed. Or, if changes have been made to the physicalstorage unit following a updating, the date of the changes and the new medium of storage canbe included.Example:The records were digitalised in 1990. On 20th March 2005 a copy was made to a new CD.(Personnel records, series)

2.3.F1b Rule electronic documents/ transfers/For electronic documents, when a change has been made to the platform or software programme,describe the transfers at the level of series groups and series. Do not describe changes of versionsof software.

Examples:Transfer from the AS400 platform to SCOUNIX(Register of cemetery niches, series)

Transfer from the DB2 programme to Oracle(Catalogue of licences of major works, file-level description)


2.3.G 2.3.G GENERAL EXAMPLES

Examples:These fonds were in the parish of Mura until, at the end of the nineteen-seventies or thebeginning of the nineteen-eighties the director of the Episcopal Archives of Vic (AEV - l’Arx-iu Episcopal de Vic) took away a part that was deposited in the AEV and was classified at thebeginning if the nineteen-eighties. The rest of the fonds, except for the books in current useand those less than one hundred years old were also deposited in the AEV on the 11th May2004 by the department of artistic heritage of the bishopric, after the household goods of therectory had been removed. This second part contained the majority of the sacramental books.The archival treatment of the documents deposited in 2004 included the revision of the partdeposited some years previously, which had not beenmanaged or revised within the frameworkof the Project for Re-organisation and Computerisation of 1998–2003. This revision allowedfor the correction of certain classification and dating errors, and has given support to theextant units in order to differentiate the documentation of one or another deposit. It has alsoconcluded a process of renumeration of the units with the object of integrating the documen-tation deposited in May of 2004. The units deposited in May 2004 have also been identified– besides the corresponding document of the deposit –as they have no old topographic entry.(Parish of Sant Martí de Mura, fonds)

The history of the archive of the family Niubó is unknown to us. It must be supposed that,during the XIV-XVIII centuries, it must have been at Castellnou de Seana (Urgell), becausethat was the centre of the patrimony, and that, between the XVIII and XIX centuries, itwas possibly held in other locations as a result of family ties which generated distinct sub-fonds aggregated to the principal fonds. The family who gave the fonds to the Regional His-toric Archive of Terrassa could only say that the fonds had been found in a house in SantFeliu de Llobregat, a town in which the documentation in the fonds places certain activi-ties of some of the families related to the Niubó family. Despite this, neither the documen-tation of the fonds, which ends at the beginning of the XIX century, nor the informationgiven by the benefactors allows the establishment of family links between these and the fam-ilies who generated the fonds. The only point of contact is that the house referred to inSant Feliu de Llobregat belonged to antecedents of the family who gave the fonds.(Niubó family, fonds)

The nucleus of the collection was formed by the collector Santiago Güitó i Palé from very diverssources, without being documented. On his death in 1976 he bequeathed a part of it to a pri-vate individual and another to Nicolau Espuña i Empar Ibáñez, who managed an art gallery.From that time, he completed the collection with new acquisitions and sold the photographsfrom the gallery by, for example, organising exhibitions of old photographs. In 1999, with theclosure of the gallery, the collection was sold to Sant Feliu de Guíxols Town Council.(Espuña-Ibáñez collection)

On the definitive transfer of the records to the archive, the administration of the archive pub-lished an inventory summarising the documentation, at the level of unit of installation, whichwas the basic instrument of the recovery and management of the records until their catalogu-ing by the historic archive.(Internal records of the Men’s Prison of Barcelona, series)


In 1360 the Paers (formerly magistrates) of the town of Cervera agreed to compile the privilegesin a book, the originals of which were collected in a cupboard-archive of the Paeria (court) andwere most complicated to handle. Initially eighty-five documents were copied into the bookfrom the years 1182 – 1359, which constituted the original nucleus. Later some ordainments ofthe Paers concerning the notaries of the town were copied in (1363). In 1373 eleven more priv-ileges were copied. A third group is basically made up of documents from 1378 – 1394. Muchlater other privileges were copied. The last addition was in the year 1456.On the 11th March 1363, on the eve of the dissolution of the General Court of Montsó, at thepetition of the syndics of Cervera, King Pere III gave the royal seal to this book of privileges.The book was conserved at the Paeria of Cervera until, in the course of the XIX century, it wasremoved. At the start of the XX century it was recovered from the attic of a private house inCerveraand restored to the archive. From the beginning of the nineteen-fifties it was permanently exhib-ited at the Museum of Duran i Sanpere. On the morning of 6th October 1983, in the course ofthe theft of various pieces from the museum, the first numbered page, containing miniatures ofvarious figurative and floral motifs, was crudely torn out. This page, together with other Cerver-an pieces, was later found in the possession of an Italian individual and recovered at Ventimigliaon the Franco-Italian border. On the 9th of January 1984 the Italian police sent a photographicreportage of the property recovered for its identification and return. Since this happy outcome,the folio has been restored loose in the volume pending restoration. In the summer of 1995 theArchive Services of the AutonomousGovernment ofCatalonia ordered its restoration at the restora-tion workshop of the monestary of Sant Pere of the Puel·les in Barcelona.The book was returnedto the Regional Historic Archive of Cervera on 18th October 1995.(Book of privileges of Cervera, file-level description)

This plan was conserved by the works contractor Ceferí Carré Sala, who had participated inthe restoration of the church, up to his death (1935). It passed to his daughter Dolors CarréCasademont who gave it to Josep Maria Bernils Mach, the official chronicler of Figueres on anunknown date. In 1990, the Municipal Archive of Figueres organised an Exhibition in Hom-age to Josep Azemar, to celebrate the centenary of his nomination as municipal architect andwith the object of making his work, significant within themodernismmovement, known.WhenJosep Maria Bernils, knowing that Figueres Town Council had no record of the restoration ofthe church, gave it to them and it was deposited in the Municipal Archive of Figueres.(Plan of the restoration of the cupola of the parish Church of Sant Pere de Figueres by the architectJosep Azemar, item-level description)


2.4. ADMISSION INFORMATION

2.4.A OBJECTIVE

Give information on the admission of documentation to the archive centre.

2.4.B ALLOCATIONThe allocation to the element Admission information is obligatory (OB) for the levels of fonds andsub-fonds and optional (op) for the other levels of description.

2.4.C SOURCESThe centres’ documental fonds particularly the administrative documents of admissions (register of fondsand admission, forms of transference, contracts of deposits, records of purchase, delivery documents, etc.).

If other documents of the fonds are used, other fonds or bibliography, make reference to them in theelement Sources in order that the information that they contain can be compared.

2.4.D GENERAL RULES

2.4.D1 Rule immediate origin/Specify the immediate origin of the unit of description, the date and manner of admission. If theimmediate origin is unknown, then this needs to be included.Variant: If the centre has a general register of admissions of fonds and documents in which thejuridical formalisation, the circumstances and other information concerning admissions is record-ed, this can only be made reference to at the level of fonds.

Example:See the General register of admissions to the fonds of the ANC.(Institut Escola, fonds)

2.4.D2 Rule confidential or restricted information/For contemporary fonds, standards concerning the protection of rights of personal privacy andother juridical conditions which affect the unit of description have be taken into account. There-fore the information in question may have to be restricted in terms of its distribution, but caremust be taken to include essential information to properly document the admission.

2.4.D3 Rule juridical formalisation, circumstances and characteristics of admission/Specify what the juridical formalisation of the admission is, with respect to the juridical figure(ordinary or extraordinary transfer, deposit, loan, purchase, donation, appropriation, restitution,




Admission information OB OB op op op op



judicial order, agreement, agreement on custody, agreement on reproduction, etc.), and also thecircumstances of the juridical act (location, date, signatories, authorizing person, etc.). Alternative-ly, other registerial information can be attached, like the code of admission.

Examples:On the 7th of December 1982, senyora M. Àngels Ferrer Sensat returned the documents that shehad kept at her house during Franco’s dictatorship to the Autonomous Government of Catalo-nia. Basically they consisted of correspondence, documents of accounts, schedules and books ofthe Institut Escola. In total threemeters of documents were generated by the Institut Escola between1932 and 1939. This deposit is included in the Register of the ANC with the code 41.On the 4th of February 1983, the directorate of the Institute of Batxillerat Verdaguer, with itsmain office at the Parc de la Ciutadella in Barcelona, gave documents of the Institut Escola,which during the Second Republic had its main office in the same building as the current IBVerdaguer, to the ANC. Among the admitted documents were correspondence, students’ records,documents of accounts, 65 black and white photographs and 48 glass plates. In total there are1.8 meters of documents. The deposit is included in the register of the ANC with the codenumber 44.(Institut Escola, fonds)Or:Information on the deposit is included in the ANC register with the code number 44.(Institut Escola, fonds)

2.4.D4 Rule actual or official admissions/If the actual date of admission does not coincide with the date of its formalization, both datesneed to be specifically included.

Example:The Foundation of Jaume I, owner by right of bequest, offered this fonds as a donation to theAutonomous Government of Catalonia, by a contract signed on 5th April 1995 by the Presi-dent of the Foundation, Sra. Maria Font i Bernaus, and the Minister of Culture Hble. Sr. JoanGuitart i Agell. The donation was accepted by Government Accord of the 25th July 1995, pub-lished in the DOGC No. 2102 on 18th September 1995. The actual admission of the fonds tothe Historic Archive of Tarragona was completed on 12th January 1995.(Mossèn Ramon Muntanyola i Llorach, fons)

2.4.D5 Rule origin of unknown admissions/If some or all of the aspects of the admission are not known with any accuracy or certainty (for-mulization, date, etc.), they will have to be included as approximations.

2.4.D6 Rule admission prior to formalisation/Record the circumstances of the admission when it has still not been juridicaly formalised.

Example:This book was given personally by Sra. Neus Riu i Salmons, citizen of Paramea, on 10th Octo-ber 1997, on a visit paid to her home by the director of the regional archives at the request ofthe person responsible for culture in the Regional Council. At the donors’ request, there wasno contract to formalize the handing over, only a single document about the donation signedon the same day by the donor and the director of the archive.(Book of administration of the Hospital of Peramea, item-level description)


2.4.D7 Rule without admission/When no effective admission has been made because the unit is described where it has been gen-erated, this needs to be referred to.Example:The fonds is conserved by the producing institution.(Parrish of Santa Maria de Manlleu, fonds)

2.4.D8 Rule divers admissions/If the unit of description has been admitted to the centre by two or more admissions, include infor-mation on each admission.

Example:1999-2000.The series of inactive documentation (1873/1992) from the shelves of the oldTownHall were installed in the deposit of the Municipal Archive. There was no recorded transfer.19th April 2001. Extraordinary transfer: 10 boxes of documents from 1993-1998 from theMunicipal Patronage of Culture were admitted.22 January 2004. Ordinary transfer: 2 boxes of documents from 1998-1999 from the Munic-ipal Patronage of Culture were admitted.(Traditional festivals, series group)Or:See the Register of admissions to the Archive, codes 12, 35 and 129.(Traditional festivals, series group

2.4.D9 Rule complementary information/ assign to History of the producer(s), Archival history/Include retrospective information that makes no strict reference to the circumstances and formof admission of the unit of description to the element History of the producer(s), or to the ele-ment Archival History, as applicable.


2.4.E1 Rule admission information for levels/As a general rule, the information concerning admission should be included at higher levels ofdescription. Sometimes some units of description of lower levels can contain specifics that shouldnot be neglected.

Example:Admitted to the Historic Archive of Tarragona after a resolution by the Director General ofCultural Heritage on 3rd February 1994.This protocol, together with another by the same notary,came from the family library of Sr. Jordi París i Fortuny, of Valls, who gave it to the Depart-ment of Culture under the understanding that it was only the donation of a custodian and notone by the owner. The effective admission to the archive happened on 4th February 2004, thedate of the hand over document, signed by the head of the Archive Service and the director ofthe Historic Archive of Tarragona(Protocol of Josep Sunyer i Sagàs, notary of Torredembarra, file-level description)


2.4.F 2.4.F SPECIFIC RULES FOR TYPES OF DOCUMENTS

None

2.4.G 2.4.G GENERAL EXAMPLES

Examples:The fonds was deposited in the Episcopal Archive of Vic on 17th January 2004 from the parishand under the protection of he who establishes current canonical dispositions, and a docu-ment of receipt was made out to the rector.(Parish of Mare de Déu de la Mercè de Calldetenes, fonds)

The governing council of the body unanimously agreed to cede their documental fonds to thedeposit of the Regional Historic Archive of Montblanc at the meeting of 15th March 1991.On 12th April the transfer was begun to put the deposit into effect. The first donation wasmade on 31st May 1991. The formalisation of the admission was done via the signing of a con-tract of transfer in the deposit of the Department of Culture of the Autonomous Governmentof Catalonia signed on the 2nd March 1992 by the minister of Culture, Sr. Joan Guitart i Agelland the president of the association Sr. Joan Farran i Ollé. Annually, the documentation pro-duced six years previously is admitted to the archive(Casal Montblanquí, fonds)

Admitted to the administrative archive from the management archive in the period betweenthe months of January and March 1997, via the corresponding transfer documents duly for-malised by the producing unit.(Administration of human resources, series group)

Admitted in the year 2002 to the Municipal Archive transferred by the Museum of the Histo-ry of the Town of Sant Feliu de Guíxols, which received it in the year 1997 via the donationof Sra. Helena Esteva Massagué to the Town Council of Sant Feliu de Guíxols.(Photographic reportage of the excavations at the monastery of Sant Feliu de Guíxols, series)

On 2nd November 2004, the Central Administrative Archive of the Department of Employ-ment and Industry transferred records that, in accordance with the chronological sampleestablished by the table of documental evaluation code 512, were permanently conserved. TheCentral Archive described the content of the transfer at catalogue level, in a database with 244entries. The admission is registered at the ANC under code No. 1805.(Records of annual labour plans of quarrying activities in Catalonia, series)

On 3rd July 1996 the Centre for Contemporary History of Catalonia gave this document tothe Archive Service of the General Directorate of Cultural Heritage, indicating that it hadbeen donated or given anonymously by a person who found it in a street inMontgai (la Noguera)in 1938. Following a resolution by the director general of Cultural heritage of 20th November1996, it was admitted from the Archive Service to the Regional Historic Archive of Balaguer.The document of donation and admission, signed by the head of the Archive Service and thedirector of the regional archive is dated 20th November 1996.(Book of Approved Minutes of Montgai Town Council, file-level description)


3. 3. Content and structure area

Having identified and given context to the unit of description, this area has the task of describing thecontents of the unit of description, its internal structure and system of classification following an ide-al logical sequence for its clear understanding. Its elements are as follows: Scope and content, System oforganisation, Information on evaluation, selection and deletion and Additions

3.1. SCOPE AND CONTENT

3.1.A OBJECTIVE

To make it possible for users to assess the possible interest of the unit of description.

3.1.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Scope and content is obligatory (OB) for the fonds level, recommended(RE) for the Sub-fonds and series levels, and optional (op) for the other levels of description.

3.1.C SOURCES

The unit of description. Secondary sources could be the legal framework, bibliography, and docu-ments from other fonds.

3.1.D GENERAL RULES

3.1.D1 Rule Chronological range and geographic scope of the contents/Make a summary appropriate to the level of description of the chronological range, the geogra-phic scope and the contents (form, primary subject, administrative procedures) of the unit of des-cription.

3.1.D2 Rule primary and secondary themes/Clearly and accurately specify the main subject of the unit of description and other secondary orrelated subjects. The research possibilities allowed by the documentation can also be indicated.

Examples:The school’s fonds is one of the primary sources for the history of teaching in Girona in the 19th

and 20th centuries. Their series, which has reached us in a very intact state, makes it possible toknow the operation of the centre in detail, the teaching done there, the evolution of the metho-dology and also aspects of a more general nature that go beyond merely educational ones: ide-




Scope and Content OB RE op RE op op



ology of the teaching, social extraction of the pupils, relationship of the centre with historicalevents, etc. Many of its teachers have been noted intellectuals, whose activities can be followedthrough this documentation. It also allows for the exploration of the academic records of stu-dents, some of who have become distinguished persons.(Institut de Batxillerat Jaume Vicens Vives, fonds)

Contains different agreements and ordinances related to fishing, for example those made by thefishermen of Roses with the consent of the court of that town, concerning the fishing ofanchovies, sardines, tuna and other fish; or the agreement between the universities of the townof Castelló D'empúries and that of Roses, concerning the fish to be caught during Lent andAdvent, among others.(ordinance chapters and agreements relating to fishing in the sea of Roses, file-level description)

Contains the budgets of the works in the Roser building relating to the installation of theMuseuMorera, of the expropriation of land on the N-II for the construction of the bypass, and of therenovation of the castle of Gardeny as a hotel and sports centre.(Extraordinary budget [K], item-level description)

Poster announcing film festival in Barcelona, between October and December, organised bythe Film Library of Catalonia and devoted to the re-screening of classic films, mostly Ameri-can, dating from the forties and fifties.(Revisited classics, item-level description)

Ramon Berenguer IV and Ermengol VI granted a letter of settlement to the present and futu-re inhabitants of Lleida, wherein they concede the dwellings, the courtyards, the gardens, theestates, as well as the entire territory of the city. They make a donation in freehold of thelands, the meadows and the pastures, the springs and waters, the forests and all the timber andhunting. They will not be required to pay any levies or tolls. The settlers and re-settlers areconsidered free and clear, and will enjoy the protection of the counts, provided they respecttheir jurisdiction.(Charter of settlement of Lleida, item-level description)

3.1.D3 Rule subjective assessment and interpretation/ assign to Notes/Avoid subjective assessment and interpretation on the usefulness of the unit of description addres-sed to the possible users. If it is deemed necessary to make this kind of observation, it must beincluded in the element Notes.

3.1.D4 Rule individuals or corporate bodies other than the producer/Include, where appropriate, of the names of organizations and/or persons who are not producersof the unit of description but who have some relationship to its contents.

Examples:(...) Contains records of the first visit and some clinical histories of children from schools inBarcelona (1921-1925), children from the Casa de Caritat (1932-1936) and prisoners at theModel Prison (1940-1944) (...)(Surgery of Dr. Lluís Sayé [anti-tuberculosis clinic], fonds)


(...) (It) contains drawings, stencils and accounts documentation -invoicing, cashbooks, etc.The fonds includes many projects, some of which were for exceptional buildings, like the Palaude la Música Catalana and the Casa Lleó Morera in Barcelona, the Casa Navàs and the InstitutPere Mata in Reus. (...)(Lluís Bru mosaics workshop, fonds)

3.1.D5 Rule more outstanding, frequent and significant documents/Indicate which are the more outstanding, frequent and significant documents, in accordancewith the level of description. Also, as appropriate, the volume they occupy within the overall unitdescribed.

Examples:(...) Noteable among them are the documents of the departments of Governance and SocialSecurity, Presidency and of Finance, which together exceed 70% of the fonds.The departmentsof Defence, Justice, Agriculture and Public Works have a much smaller volume of documen-tation, while that of the departments of Economic Affairs, Labour and Supplies is almostnegligible (...)(Autonomous Government of Catalonia [Second Republic], fonds)

The file contains the records of reply of 38 Rubí-based companies reporting workers aged bet-ween 18 and 29 to the Town Council. All of them are audited by the Committee or are newlycreated collectives.(Recruitment record 1937, file-level description)

The letter contains a coloured drawing, made by the soldier, of the Trocha de Morón militarycamp, showing the layout of the military construction, the fencing that surrounds it, thesentry box, an arriving train (...)(Letter by a soldier from Rubí, item-level description)

3.1.D6 Rule missing documents/Include the most significant missing items with reference to content, geographic scope or chronology.

Examples:(...) The documentation begins, with gaps and omissions, in 1817. The series starts to becomplete following the consolidation of the liberal town councils (sic), during the 1840s (...)(Collbató Town Council, fonds)

(...) The records begin in 1844, but those from 1936-1939 are missing (...)(Book of Approved Minutes of the City Council, series)

(...) Record nos. 1, 2 and 3 are missing (...)(Capital gains records, series)

(...) The marriage record books, to be found in the Civil Registry office are missing (...)(Marriage records, series group)

(...) The plan of the façade is missing (...)(Record of licence of works, file-level description)


(...) The record of vote tallies from El Papiol is missing (...)(Record of election of electoral district deputies, file-level description)

3.1.D7 Rule conservation of a part of the unit of description/If the archive contains only a part of the unit of description, specify which part.

Example:(...) Only the census figures for the years ending in 0 and 5 up to 1975 are preserved; and tho-se ending in 1 and 6, for the period running from 1976 to 1989. There are also the censusfigures corresponding to the revisions of cadastral values, which go from 1972 to 1984, as wellas the census of 1989, the year in which this tax was repealed (...)(Census record on Property Tax [IBI], series)

3.1.D8 Rule known or attributed authorship and other references to responsibility/The authorship, known or attributed, and any other aspect regarding the material and intellec-tual responsibility connected to the documentation can be included, if it is deemed particularlysignificant for the contents of the unit of description.

Examples:(...) The fonds of this ceramics factory contains original projects attributable to Lluís Domè-nech i Montaner, Antoni Maria Gallissà, Adrià Gual, Lluís Bru, Enric Sagnier, Joan BaptistaAlòs and Alexandre de Riquer (...)(Pujol i Bausis, fonds)

(...) Noteworthy amongst others are the private works projects that the architect Josep MariaJujol carried out between 1913 and 1949 (...)(Records of licenses of works, series)

(...) There is a plan of the main façade of the building signed by the architect Melcior Vinyals (...)(Licenses of works record of no. 45 on Eugeni Clotes Street, file-level description)

(...) The following persons participated in the production of the DVD:Executive production: Teresa Casals. Script and production: Marta Begué. Technical direction:Armand Palenzuela. Design and image: Jaume Planas. Musical score: Enric Carreras. (...).(October, senior citizens month, file-level description)

(...) Life-size drawing of Saint Matthew the Evangelist from the ceramic project of the Comillasseminary (Cantabria) after an original idea by the architect LluísDomènech iMontaner, probablyexecuted by the architect Antoni Maria Gallissà, one of his partners at the time (...)(Drawing of St Mathew the Evangelist, item-level description)



3.1.E1 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/ specify competences, functions, activities and scope ofaction of the producer/For fonds and sub-fonds levels, the competences, functions, activities and ambit of the producercan be specified, which have been included as a general reference in the elementHistory of the pro-ducer(s), provided that they are reflected in the unit of description.

3.1.E2 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/ information about classification and documental formAt fonds and sub-fonds levels, when necessary, you can provide information about the classificationand documental form to explain the contents. If you choose to reproduce some part of it, note this.

Example:(...)The fonds contains the series of litigious records (1920-1937) and accounting records (1921-1936). The litigious records include civil claims between employers and workers regardingwages, termination of contracts and lease agreements, service agreements, employment con-tracts and apprenticeship agreements and litigation due to the application of the law on work-place accidents.The accounting documentation includes the budgets and accounts for the inter-nal operation of this tribunal (...)(Industrial tribunal of the jurisdiction of Sant Feliu de Llobregat, fonds)

3.1.E3 Rule series levels, file – and item – level description/ activity, procedure and administrativefunction of the unit of description/For series and file – and item – levels, the activity, procedure and the administrative function thathas originated it should be included.

Examples:(...) These are the declaration records for the acquisition, preservation or modification of legalCatalan residence, and, therefore, to entitlement to protection under Catalan civil law. Thechange of legal residence takes place ipso iure, that is, automatically in the case of regular resi-dence over ten consecutive years in Catalonia, if the interested party does not make a contrarydeclaration before the end of this period (...)(Catalan legal residence records, series)

(...) The records contained in this ordinarily regulated series include:– The application for the licence, with the plan or blueprints for the installation– The report issued by the municipal technical authority– The report issued by the Health inspector– The voucher of payment of the licence fees– The proposed Ruling– The mayor’s Decree– The licence– The notice to the interested party (...)(Licences for the opening of non-hazardous businesses, series)


3.1.E4 Rule series levels, file – and item – level description/ administrative rulingFor series and file – and item – levels the corresponding administrative ruling can be included. If theprocedure is left interrupted, cancelled or closed, the circumstances and causes can also be indicat-ed.

Examples:(...) Contains the fine that have not been the subject of appeal (...)(Records of sfine without appeal, series)

(...) The series ended in 2000 pursuant to Law 17/1999, of 18 May, on armed forces person-nel, whereby compulsory military service was suppressed. The last completed year of servicewas 2001, for those enlisted in 2000.(...)(Conscription records, series)

(...) The payment of the urban service charges was annulled by the execution of a ruling by theAdministrative Litigious Court of Barcelona (...)(Settlement of the urban service charges, file-level description)

3.1.E5 Rule series level, file – and item – level description/ execution of administrative act/At series, file – and item – level descriptions the realisation or non-realisation of the administra-tive act can be included , if known.

Examples:(...) The building project was not executed (...)(Record of licences of works, file-level description)

3.1.E6 Rule file – and item – level description/ names of locations, people and subject matter/For file – and item – level descriptions include the names of locations, persons and subject mat-ter if required to describe the content. Summary information can also be included referring to theparts that make it up and the existence of some specific document or unique element that couldbe of special interest should also be indicated.

Examples:(...) Includes the procedural documentation – programmes, invitations, etc – opening speechesat festival events, hiring of performers, financial documentation and activity reports (...)(Records of the town festival (Festa Major), file-level description)

(...) Contains a photograph of the factory façade (...)(Record of classified activity, file-level description)

(...) Contains a notarised plan of the Mas Racó property in Gelida (...)(Protocol, file-level description)

(...) Contains the autograph signature of the Queen (...)(Deed of renewal confered by Queen Germana de Foix as Viscountess of Castellbò, to the childrenand hiers of Guillem Perull of farms, buildings and land to the viscounty of Castellbò, item-leveldescription)



3.1.F1 Rule iconic documents / audio-visual documents /For iconic and audio-visual documents in file – and item – level descriptions the content of theillustrations or images (the subject depicted) as well as the represented iconography (the objectsor people shown) should be described. Both types of description are vital because they accom-plish different goals when retrieving information. The description of the iconography in audio-visual documents can be very detailed (by sequences of plans, by sequences of time, etc)

3.1.F2 Rule electronic documents: database/structure/For databases, indicate its denomination and describe the fields (name, length and description)that make up the database and the auxiliary tables that may be of relevant interest. It is advisablefor the coded names of the fields to be developed, or to describe or include the documentationthat allows the coded information to be interpreted.

Example:Database with the title Sistema Informacional del Parc Immobiliari (Real-Estate Information Sys-tem or SIPI). Each of the records entered in the database correspond to a property or an organi-sation, which can either be a building or a complex. The fields that make it up include: proper-ty name, address, owner’s name, identification codes, photograph, topographic depiction and stillshot of the property. The database includes an auxiliary table with the town’s streets.(Property inventory, series)

3.1.G GENERAL EXAMPLES

Examples:A documental fonds from this family-owned company in Sant Feliu de Llobregat that manu-factures taps/faucets. Although the shop started its activity circa 1907, the documentation startswith gaps in 1921. It contains employee insurance and benefit records from 1921 and cata-logues of taps/faucets from the 1930s onwards. Some documents from the Civil War years(1936-39) are also preserved; during this time, it became part of the war industry and manu-factured fuses for shells. The series, however, is only complete from the end of the war, partic-ularly with regard to accounting (books and invoicing). This fonds allows the study of theproduction, commercialisation and technical evolution of taps/faucets.(Miquel Estapé foundry and metal manufacturing, fonds)

It includes the photographic documentation of several authors (Sala, etc.) generated and col-lected by the GATCPAC group of architects. It mainly includes photographs of architectureand urban planning in Barcelona used for their lectures, articles and exhibitions. It also con-tains photographs of second homes in the outskirts of Barcelona: Castelldefels or Garraf. Ofnote is the series that the Austrian photographer Margaret Michaelis compiled on the “BarriXino”. These documents illustrate the way of living and living conditions of the inhabitants ofthis area. The photographs were published in the magazine AC to illustrate the proposalsmade by the GATCPAC for the reorganisation of the city’s suburbs. They are also part of thephotographic fonds compiled by the same author in her journeys to Russia, Andalusia andAthens(GATCPAC, fonds)


The collection includes 734 posters published in the 1920s and ‘30s in several Europeancountries (Germany, Austria, Belgium, Spain, Finland, France, Hungary, Italy, Netherlands,Poland, United Kingdom, Russia, Sweden and Czechoslovakia) and in Australia, Canada,the United States, Japan and China. It includes graphic material on prevention of work-place, traffic and domestic accidents, and on the economic activities in which such acci-dents are frequent, the material agents of the damage (physical - type of injury and injuredarea – as well as moral) and the personal repercussions, preventive measures (insurance,equipment, rules and regulations, devices, instructions, etc.) and the workers (professionsand categories) to whom the message is addressed. The signs show the great variety of risksto which workers (mostly industrial and agricultural) are exposed as a result of the incor-rect handling of tools, utensils and materials. The images show how to treat injuries, howto equip oneself correctly to avoid them, and the consequences of distraction and irrespon-sible attitudes.(Collection of posters on prevention of workplace accidents)

The sub-fonds originated in 1927, when the Housing Board (Patronato de la Habitación)was created, in accordance with the legislation of the “Cases barates”, and contains docu-mentation up to the present day. It refers to the development of new housing; the execu-tion of projects, property control and the awarding of officially funded housing. The seriesof works projects and housing records stand out.(Municipal Housing Board, sub-fonds)

Includes documentation concerning the research activities which the body promotes. Basi-cally, the series that remain included are: Knowing our region (activity in progress, period-icitally variable, begun in the year 1982), Discoveries from Youth Research (convened annu-ally from 1997 to 1999 and bi-annualy since 2001) and Other Research. The first includesthe collective convocation of historical and social research and, more precisely, of the nat-ural environment of the Baix Llobregat. The second, the convocation of prizes for the workof students, whether of individual or collective authorship, from the local area of the alum-ni of the secondary schools of the Baix Llobregat. Both series include the work presentedand documentation springing from the organisation of the activity. All this work is usu-ally published - complete in the case of Knowing the Baix Llobregat or in summery formin the case of the Discoveries – this documentation allows us to understand the processfollowed in the convocation and, in accordance with the investigative work presented, high-ly divers themes and periods of the historical, social and natural actuality of the region.Indirectly the documentation can also reflect aspects of teaching in the secondary schoolsof the Baix Llobregat.(Research, series group)

Begun in 1828, with a census of the gender of persons in each home. From 1840, the censusof inhabitants begins to contain more complete information related to the household, the fullname of the person, the place of birth, age, city/town of origin, time of residence in the town,profession, level of education, etc. This series is preserved in full since it became regular, start-ing in 1870, when the census was renewed every five years, with years ending in 0 and in 5.Since 1981 the census is taken on years ending in 1 and in 6, and from 1996 the renewal becomescontinuous.(Renewal of the record of municipal population, series)


Licence granted for the construction of a semi-detached single-family house owned by VicençSalleras Camps, designed by the architect Josep Azemar Pont, located at Rambla number 16(cadastral reference 6795510). The project proposes the demolition of the existing house andthe construction of a three-storey house in its place. The record includes: the application forthe building permit, on the reverse of which the agreement granting building permission isgiven, together with a blueprint and the receipt for payment of the licence fees. The projectwas executed, and the house still stands to this day. On the ground floor of this building is acafé popularly known as “d’en Xico Ros”, now called Bar Restaurant Continental.(Licence granted to Vicenç Salleras to build a new house on Rambla no. 16, file-level description)

Photographic reportage of the construction of the first six hundred dwellings built in CiutatSatèl·lit, in the modern-day borough of Sant Ildefons, located in Cornellà de Llobregat. It rep-resents the first town planning action in this borough. The photographs are by Manuel Clara-munt, the general manager of the construction company, and the bricklayers and labourers,all of whom were employed by the company Construcciones Españolas. It contains 10 prints,which show recently completed flats, others still under construction, and images of the work-ers. There are also photos of the ceremony celebrating the completion of the roofing of somebuildings.(Construction of the first six hundred flats of the area of Sant Ildefons in Cornellà de Llobregat,file-level description)

Project for the reconstruction of the old municipal theatre, owned by the Town Council ofFigueres, designed by the architect Claudi Díaz, located at Gala SalvadorDalí Square andCanigóStreet (cadastral reference 6797601). The project proposes the conservation of the two mainfaçades, new distribution of the interior spaces and an increase of its seating capacity in orderto increase the profits of the operation. The record includes: the reconstruction project report,16 photographs showing the run-down condition of the theatre after undergoing a fire in 1939,15 maps, a set of specifications and the budget. The rebuilding work was never carried out, asthe General Office for Devastated Regions and the Town Council were unable to finance theproject(Project for the re-construction of the Municipal Theatre of Figueres, file-level description)

Panoramic view of El Prat Airport. Travel with luggage via the airport.Aerial views of the city: Avinguda Diagonal, Rambles, the Port.Various pictures of children playing at Ciutadella Park.General drawing of people strolling on Passeig de Gràcia.Various maps of the interior and exterior of the sport facilities at the Olympic Ring: PalauSant Jordi and Lluís Companys Olympic Stadium.Various drawings of athletes during a sporting event at the Montjuïc Olympic Stadium(Promotional video for tourism in Barcelona: leisue centre, sports centre, business centre and artcentre, item-level description)

Positive photographic print of Lluís Companys, Ventura Gassol and Josep Gaspà Santos, accom-panied by others, in the Nadal Park in Sant Feliu de Llobregat. The visit to Sant Feliu de Llo-bregat by the president of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia, Lluís Companys, coin-ciding with the 61st anniversary of the proclamation of the I Republic, on the occasion of thehomage that Esquerra Republicana de Catalunya (ERC) offered to the mayor of this city,


Josep Gaspà Santos. Author of the photo: Josep Domínguez.(Visit of president Lluís Companys to Sant Feliu de Llobregat, item-level description)

Jaume Llopart, citizen of Barcelona, grants to his cousin Bernat de Moragues, resident of theparish of Sant Pere de Gavà, in recognition of services rendered, a field with several trees situ-ated in the aforementioned parish, which is under the dominion of the knight Bernat de Cunit.This field borders to the east with a property held in lifelong lease by Ramon d’Areny, to thesouth and north with the freehold of Bernat de Moragues, and to the west with a propertypertaining to the same freehold of the church of Sant Pere de Gavà. The annual census will bethree dinars.(Granting of a lease by Jaume Llopart, citizen of Barcelona, to Bernat Moragues, resident of Gavà,of a field in Gavà, item-level description)

Poster announcing Childhood Week promoted by the CNT-UGT trade unions and the Min-istry of Health and Social Assistance of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Children’sWeek, held on the first week of the New Year, was created to replace the abolished Epiphanyfestivity. The event promoted solidarity as well as entertainment. Toys were offered to refugeechildren, orphans and the children of combatants who were interned in establishments run bySocial Services. The author of the poster is Sim, pseudonym of the artist Josep Lluís Rey Vila.The poster is illustrated with the drawing of a hand giving a doll to a girl while children fleefrom an air raid. The poster was printed at Grafos Col·lectivitzada of Barcelona.(Children: Fascism offers you bombs: Catalonia offers you toys: ChildrensWeek 1 to 7 Junuary, item-level description)

Peter, king of Aragon, Valencia, Sardinia and Corsica and count of Barcelona, in light of thesuit brought by the inhabitants of the town ofTerrassa against the mayor of Barcelona, becausethis mayor had invaded the jurisdiction of the mayor of the town and municipality of Terras-sa, given the privilege granted to this town by King James on 30 January 1242 and an execu-tory letter by King James II of 13 April 1319, confirms the aforementioned privilege and decreesthat the inhabitants of the town of Terrassa must submit to the mayor of the town and munic-ipality in all civil and criminal matters or suits for deeds committed both within and outsidethe territory of Terrassa, that the mayor of Barcelona may intervene and act as mayor when heis present in Terrassa and that offences deserving of the death penalty will be judged in the cityof Barcelona, but the execution of the sentence will take place in Terrassa.(Confirmation of the privilege of King Pere III, called the ceremonious, given to the inhabitants ofthe town of Terrassa, item-level description)


3.2. SYSTEM OF ORGANISATION

3.2.A OBJECTIVE

To provide information about the internal structure, order and/or classification system of the unit ofdescription.

3.2.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element System of organisation is recommended (RE) for the fonds and sub-fonds levels, and optional (op) for the remaining levels of description.

3.2.C SOURCES

The unit of description, the archival bibliography explaining the current system of organisationand current output formats.

3.2.D GENERAL RULES

3.2.D1 Rule current system of organisation/ assign to Archival history and Notes/Explain the internal structure, order and/or system of classification of the unit of description cur-rent at the time when the description was made. Any reference to previous systems of organiza-tion should be indicated in the element Archival history. Any reference to the authorship of the Sys-tem of organisation, if required, should be made in Notes.

3.2.D2 Rule criteria used/Indicate the classification and/or ordering criteria used for organising the unit of description.

Example:The documentation has been classified according to the institution’s functions and activities.The first level of the classification table reflects the functions, and the second shows the activ-ities that each function generates:1 Bodies of governance1.1. General assemblies1.2. Management and permanent committees1.3. Reports and scheduling2 Secretary (...)(Girona Naturalists’ Association, fonds)




System of organisation RE RE op op op op



3.2.D3 Rule standardised classification tablesIf the organisation follows or has adapted itself to proposed standardised classification tables,specify them and, if relevant for giving context to the documentation of the unit of description,explain the adaptation.

Example:The documentation is organised by function into twelve series groups, following the proposalof the Classification table of the documental fonds of attached towns that the City Council ofBarcelona uses for the documental fonds of the old towns (...)(Les Corts Town Council, fonds)

3.2.D4 Rule in process of organisation/When the organisation is not definitive, it is necessary to indicate the status of the archival pro-cessing of the documentation, whether one or more series remain to be processed, whether a re-organisation process was initiated as a result of a new addition, etc.

Examples:(...) This is a provisional classification, which can be modified with new additions or as theprocessing of the document series progresses.(Autonomous Government of Catalonia (Second Republic), fonds)

In an initial archival process, which is pending revision, the documentation is grouped accord-ing to the various administrative units that generated it.(General Secretariat, sub-fonds)

Documentation in process of organisation.(Private correspondance, series)

3.2.D5 Rule co-existence of different systems of organisation/When different systems of organisation are used at the same level of description (such as apply-ing different classification tables, different ordering systems, alterations in the procedure thataffect the archiving, etc.), it is necessary to indicate which documentation is affected by each ofthe systems used.

Examples:The documentation from before 1980 is organised according to organic criteria, following theinstitution’s last organisation table. The documentation generated from 1980 on is organisedaccording to function, following the criteria of the universal system of classification for adminis-trative documentation. (...)(Secondary school, fonds)

(...) Starting in 1971, the series is divided into two new series: Major works and minorworks.(Records of licenses of works, series)

Records ordered numerically with correlative numbering going from one to infinity. Startingin 1975, the arrangement system is chronological and numerical (year/number).(Punitive records, series)

(...) Case files closed before 1960 are chronologically arranged according to the record’sstarting date; however, case files closed starting in 1960 are chronologically arrangedaccording to the case file closing date.(Personnel records, series)


Paper documents prior to 1999 are arranged according to their date of entry in the registry.From that year onward, all business-related process work and documentation was computerisedand the documentation is found only on electronic media. On this new media, the series isarranged according to the sequence of the different administrative procedures and the steps tak-en in each procedure.(Records for the authorisation of waste disposal, series)


3.2.E1 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/ internal structure/At fonds level, and, if necessary, also at sub-fonds level, the internal structure can be cited if deemedappropriate, quoting the series groups and/or the series in which they are organised, whenever pos-sible, depending on their complexity and length.

Examples:The fonds is organised into the following series:

(Comercial Rexach, SL, fonds)

The fonds is organised according to the Rules for classification of municipal documentation pub-lished by the Department of Culture in 1989. The first level of classification is:

(Sarral Town Council, fonds)

3.2.E2 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/ classification type/At fonds and sub-fonds levels, whether the method of classification used is organic, functional,organo-functional, or of some other type can be indicated.

Examples:It is organised into thirty-eight series, the majority of which preserve a functional unit fromthe 15th to the 18th century, without basic modifications, which would make it advisable torespect the original series when arranging them.(Archive of the Barcelona Governor’s Office, fonds)

1. Books of authorised minutes2. General Accounts ledgers3. Day book4. Inventories and balances5. Cash books6. Sales records7. Purchase records

8. Loans records9. Banks10. Warehouse records11. Customer-supplier records12. Customer checking accounts13. Cheque stub records14. Payroll records

1. General Administration2. Treasury3. Utilities4. Welfare Services5. Healthcare6. Public Works and Planning7. Public Safety

8. Military Services9. Population10. Elections11. Public Education12. Culture13. Agriculture14. Collections


The photographic material has been grouped thematically in the following sections: 1)cities/towns, 2) sports, 3) aeronautics, 4) warships, 5) bullfighting, 6) personalities, 7) shows(theatre and cinema).(Josep Gaspar i Serra, fonds)

The documentation has been organised according to document form. The three forms in whichthe fonds have been classified are: correspondence and other handwritten texts, printed documen-tation and images.(Adolf Fargnoli, fonds)

3.2.E3 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/ classification method or system/At fonds and sub-fonds levels, the method or system of classification used can be described i.e.the different levels of classification and the type of hierarchy or arrangement used to organise theunit of description can be explained.

Examples:The documental fonds of the City Council of Barcelona has been organised taking into accountthe functions that this municipal institution exercises. Hierarchically and logically each functionis subdivided into functions and activities, onwhich the document series that the function or activ-ity generates is based.The resulting classification table has a maximum of five subdivisions.

ACTIONS AND BODIES OF GOVERNMENTMUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT

Higher bodies of governancePlenary Council

Session recordsOn some occasions, this classification includes another subdivision specifying the documental formto be classified. In such cases, the subdivision can depend directly on one of the five levels of clas-sification, without necessarily having to depend on the last of these. (...)(Barcelona City Council, fonds)

The documentation is organised into fifteen series groups (called departments), established inaccordance with organic criteria and in alphabetical order. The series groups or departmentsare as follows:1. Administration2. Audio-visual3. Commercial/Publications4. Accounting5. Management (...)(Olimpiada Cultural S.A., sub-fonds of the COOB’92 fonds)

3.2.E4 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/ combination of classification systems/At fonds and sub-fonds levels, indicate, if appropriate, whether the classification combines organ-ic and functional criteria in separate tables (a table for the functional part and another for the organ-ic one).

Example:The fonds is divided into eleven sub-fonds corresponding to the various departments in whichthe Administration of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia was structured. Given the


complex evolution of the departmental structure (about twenty governments in just eight years),the last department that exercised each of the functions was considered to be the producingbody. According to the structure of the last government, constituted on 13 January 1938, thedepartments or sub-fonds are:1. Presidency (including the Department of the Presidency)2. Department of Agriculture3. Department of Culture (including Education)4. Department of the Economy (...)In addition, the functions and activities of the institution were classified by forming seriesgroups; some are exclusive to a department, but others can be documented in more than one.The first level of this classification is:1. General Administration2. Local Administration3. Welfare Services4. Culture5. Defence (...)(Autonomous Government of Catalonia (Second Republic), fonds)

3.2.E5 Rule series group level/For series group levels, what the classification applies to: administrative proceedings, proceedure,functions, alphabetically ordered material etc. can be indicated.

Example:The documentation of the first section of Births and General of the Registry Office is organ-ised taking the administrative procedure as a criteria, and it consists of the following series:- Statement- Registration- Registration outside the legal limit- Correction of registration errors- Translation of given name(Births and General, series group)

3.2.E6 Rule series levels/ order type/For series level the order in which the unit of description is organised can be indicated: alphabet-ical, chronological, numerical, or others.

Examples:The series contains major building licence records. It uses a combined ordering system: chrono-logical (the first two digits correspond to the starting year of the record) and numerical (inde-pendent numbering for each year).(Records for the licenses of major works, series)

The processing of the series is based on respect and recovery of the original system of organi-sation of the document grouping, which was partially preserved: the lawsuits are grouped firstby the surname of the court clerks who processed them, and second by the initial of the sur-name of the plaintiff in the proceeding.(Civil proceedings, series)(Note: Royal Court of Appeals of Catalonia fonds)


The correspondence sent is separated from the correspondence received. In each case, it is byalphabetical order of the correspondents, and the letters have been chronologically ordered.(Private correspondance, series)

The records are in numerical order, according to the record number attributed at the time ofthe admission of the applications.(Records for concessions for the exploitation of mines , series)

3.2.E7 Rule series level/ physical organisation or installation/If the series has any specific organisation related to its physical organisation or installation thiscan be included.

Examples:Each record is organised into sub-folders according to administrative action:– Application for entry in the Official Registry– Changes of ownership– Extension or renewal of machinery (...)– Application for removal from the Official Registry(Register of industrial institutions, series)

The documents are arranged in the file according to the order established by the administra-tive procedure:– Application for permission for housing construction– Descriptive report and plans– Expert’s report approving the license application (acknowledged)– Payment of fees– Granting of the licence– Mayor’s decree(Records of private licences of works, series)

3.2.E8 Rule file-level description/For file-level description, the orderingmethod can be indicated: alphabetical, chronological, numer-ical or others, as well as any other characteristic of the physical installation of the documents thatis relevant for the understanding of the unit.

Examples:The record is organised into three parts, taking the organisational process generating thisevent as a criteria: the documentation relating to the creation of the management bodies ofthe event, the administrative documentation relating to the material organization, and theBoard’s own documentation.(Annual reunion of the assembly of governors of the Inter-AmericanDevelopment Bank 13-19.03.1997,file-level description)

The record contains a detailed index of its contents. The documents are bound and the pagesare arranged in chronological order.(Records for the acquisition of vehicles, file-level description)


None


3.3. INFORMATION ON EVALUATION, SELECTION AND DELETION

3.3.A OBJECTIVE

To provide information regarding any act of evaluation, selection and deletion.

3.3.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Information on evaluation, selection and deletion is optional (op) formost levels of description. It is only recommended (RE) for series level descriptions.

3.3.C SOURCES

The legislation and regulations – general or specific, if any exist – on evaluation (official provisions,document evaluation tables, CNAATD resolutions, calendar of conservation, etc.), as well as on theregistration of deletions and other administrative documentation generated by the document evalua-tion and selection activity (evaluation and selection proposal made to the CNAATD, records of dele-tions, reports or certificates of destruction, etc.).

3.3.D GENERAL RULES

3.3.D1 Rule performed or scheduled acts/Indicate evaluation, selection and deletion acts carried out or scheduled with regard to the unitof description.Variation: Send directly to the Registry of Deletions or other management documentation ofthe centre recording deletion processes.

3.3.D2 Rule accidental loss/ destruction/ assign to Archival history/The information relating to accidental losses or uncontrolled destruction must be included in theelement Archival history.

3.3.D3 Rule indicate the level being appraised/In general, the information on evaluation, selection and deletion must be included at the level ofthe object of the evaluation; this is normally the series, but relevant information can also be allo-cated at higher and lower levels.




Information on evaluation,selection and deletion

op op op RE op op




3.3.E1 Rule fonds and sub-fonds levels/At higher levels – particularly at the fonds level – indicate the rules, the general criteria and thecompetent body in charge of performing the evaluation, selection and deletion.Variation: If there are standards applying to these aspects, it is enough to include them at fonds level.

Example:All the documents in the fonds are publicly owned, and therefore are subject to the regula-tions on evaluation, based on which the conservation is determined due to their cultural, inform-ative or legal value, or on deletion. No document can be eliminated if the regulations estab-lished by the Autonomous Government of Catalonia are not followed. Decrees 117/ 1990 (3May) on evaluation and selection of documentation of the Public Administration (DOGC1297, 25 May 1990) and 128/ 1994 (16 May) modifying decree 117/ 1990 (DOGC 1907,10.6.1994), as well as the orders issued by the Minister for Culture of the Autonomous Gov-ernment of Catalonia, configure the basic regulatory framework. (...) The National Commis-sion on Document Access, Evaluation and Selection is the registered technical body, pertain-ing to the General Office of Cultural Heritage of the Department of Culture, in charge ofdrawing up and revising document evaluation tables (DATs). (...) As a general rule, docu-ments prior to 1 January 1940 cannot be subjected to evaluation and selection. (...)(Girona City Council, fonds)or:See theMunicipal Archive Rules, chapter III, article 22.(Girona City Council, fonds)

3.3.E2 Rule series group and series levels/At the evaluation (normally series) level, indicate the authorship and the date of the evaluation pro-posal, the responsible authority and the date of the resolution, the code of the evaluation tableand the effects and the deadline for application of the resolution on the unit of description (per-manent conservation or deletion, total or partial).

In the case of deletion, it is necessary to indicate the reasons and, if appropriate, include the sum-mary documents or the related series that justify the deletion because they contain essential infor-mation about the deleted documents. If the deletion is partial, it is necessary to indicate the typeof selection or sampling. Optionally, other data can also be added regarding the documentationthat has been or is to be deleted, like the start and end dates, the volume or admission numbersin the deletions record book.Variation: Send directly to the Registry of deletions or refer to other management documentationof the centre recording deletion processes.

Examples:The general record for organisation of each call and the Registry of Issued Certificates is pre-served. Examinations are deleted.(Issuing of certificates by the JPC, series group)

Proposal for evaluation submitted by the Administrative Central Archive of the Department ofCulture to the CNATD. Resolution inTAD 106 (DOGC no. 2117 of 20.10.1995): full deletionwhen the record of qualification is set. Exceptionally, for calls prior to 2002, full deletion will beapplied four years from the publication of the lists of approved candidates.


297 metres of documentation generated between 1997 and 2002 have been destroyed, asindicated in the Record of Deletions, entries 1997/5, 1998/6, 1999/6, 2000/3, 2000/7, 2002/66and 2002/67.(Examinations for the securing of Catalan Permanent Junta certificates, series)

or:

See the record of deletions, entries 1997/5, 1998/6, 1999/6 2000/3, 2000/7, 2002/66 and2002/67.(Examinations for the securing of Catalan Permanent Junta certificates, series)

In accordance with TAD 192 of the CNATD (DOGC no. 2685 of 21.7.1998), the documen-tation will be kept for fifteen years from the date of completion of the voluntary collection.When this period has elapsed, a chronological sampling will apply by which the censuses willbe preserved and ordered by taxpayer and property for the years ending in 1 and 6, as well asthe first year of application of the tax (1990) and the years of cadastral revision.(Census for the taxation of property (IBI), series)

In accordance with TAD 233 of the CNATD (DOGC no. 2861 of 6.4.1999), the documen-tation will be kept for five years from the date of completion of the record. After this periodhas elapsed, it is necessary to apply a simple random sampling with a 95% confidence level, avariance equal to 0.5 and a 5% margin of error.(Records of subsidies for activities organised by assocciations and bodies working in the childrenssector, series)

The summaries and lists of the questionnaires are for permanent conservation; the rest of thedocumentation will be destroyed when an academic year has elapsed. (TAD 308 of the CNATD,published in the DOGC no. 8.11.1999).(Evaluation records for teaching staff, series)

The series is for permanent conservation, in accordance withTAD 419 of the CNATD (DOGCno. 3431 of 16.7.2001).(doctoral thesis, series)

TAD 191 of the CNATD (DOGC no. 2685 of 21.7.1998) applies: conservation for five yearsas from the closing of the record. When this period has elapsed, a systematic sampling of fourout of every one hundred records will apply. Records 1, 25, 75, etc. of the years that the cen-sus of the tax on economic activities are preserved, as are the records forwarded by clerks in con-tentious-administrative appeals proceedings.(Ordinary appeals regarding the tax on economic activities)

Proposal for evaluation submitted by the Committee for the Selection and Deletion of Munic-ipal Documentation of the Barcelona City Council to the CNATD. Specific ruling by theCNATD at the meeting of 7.10.2004: total destruction within a term of five years.(Records of payment of sentences)


3.3.E3 Rule file- and item-level description levels/For file- and item-level description, indicate, where applicable, the scheduled date of deletion. If thereare units that are kept for selection or sampling purposes, indicate them. If there are units that are ful-ly or partially deleted for exceptional reasons, indicate them.

Examples:To be deleted on 31.1.2006.(Indisposition incident record, file-level description)

Even though the appropriate records (by date) were eliminated on 22.2.1997, this specificunit was kept as a sample specimen.(Records of taxes on inheritance and documented legal records, file-level description)

This series is appraised for permanent conservation, however, in application of the order ofthe Minister for Culture of 15 October 1992, by which the general criteria of evaluation andselection of documentation are approved, along with the correspondingmodel proposal (DOGCno. 1688, of 30.12.1992), the original administrative text documents in the record were delet-ed due to the poor condition of the medium used as a result of the action of fungi.(Project for the reconstruction of fences on road 1411, file-level description)

The documentation accrediting the status and capacity and the technical bid of non-awardeesbidding companies (deeds, TCs, technical report and catalogues) were eliminated.(Contractural record 24/1992, for the adjudication of the works for the urbanisation of the indus-trial park of La Llana, file-level description)


None


3.4. ADDITIONS

3.4.A OBJECTIVE

To inform the user of anticipated documental additions to the unit of description.

3.4.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Additions is optional (op) for all levels of description.

3.4.C SOURCES

For additions by regulated transfers, the legislation and regulations that govern them.

For documents deposited or given freely, the contract that governs the admission or admissions car-ried out previously, the documentation of the same fonds that are already on file, or that which is stillpreserved or generated by the producer.

There can be other indirect sources, such as information provided by persons interested in the docu-mentation, news published in the media, and others.

3.4.D GENERAL RULES

3.4.D1 Rule anticipated admissions/Indicate whether new admissions pertaining to the unit of description are anticipated. Whereverpossible and appropriate, specify the expected or estimated origin, contents, volume and frequen-cy. Also include, wherever possible, the medium or number of physical (hardware) or logical(software) units of the documentation.

3.4.D2 Rule previous admissions/assign to Admission information/Include only information related to anticipated admissions in the future. Any reference to previ-ous admissions should be included in the element Admission information.

Examples:The documentation that still remains at the Ram family house is expected to be included some-time in 2006. These are property management-related documents as well as photographs ofsocial and family life. It consists of an approximate volume of 2 metres of documentation onpaper and some fifty photographs.(Ribalta family, fonds)




Additions op op op op op op



Every year the Board of Directors deposits the documents generated six years before. In addi-tion, the different sections that make up the body issue the documentation produced when theysee fit, although there are no rules with regard to deadlines.(Casal Montblanquí, fonds)

Every year approximately 150-200 posters are deposited; these are provided by various bodies,printers and individuals from the region.(Collection of posters at the Solsonès Regional Archive)

3.4.D3 Rule regulated transfers/If the transfers are regulated, the regulation that governs them and the corresponding administra-tive procedure must be included.

Examples:By virtue of Royal Decree 1010/1981, of 27 February, whereby the Ministry of Culture trans-ferred the management of centennial notarial protocols to the Autonomous Government ofCatalonia, and in fulfilment of the provisions of article 30.2 e) of the Law 10/2001 on archivesand documents of 13 July, every year the notary archivist of the district of Mataró delivers thenotarial protocols of Mataró, Masnou and Vilassar de Mar that are over a hundred years old tothe regional archive. In this way, some twelve volumes of protocols are deposited annually,with an average of 1.5 metres of documentation per year.(Notarial district of Mataró, fonds)

In compliance with the operating rules of the Municipal Archive, approximately 30 metres ofdocumentation on paper and about a hundred photographs are transferred annually to the archive.(Torredembarra Town Council, fonds)

This fonds will be being increased regularly with new transfers to the regional archive depend-ing on the legal and historical value of the documentation and of their loss of currency andadministrative value.(Trial Court of First Instance of Solsona, fonds)

Every year the municipal culture services are expected to transfer documentation reaching fiveyears of age (approximately 12 boxes).(Traditional festivals, series group)

The diary of transfers determines that software-based record keeping of census informa-tion for the current year is transferred every year in pdf. format, together with the trans-fer of physical custody to the IT department. The physical transfer to the Archive isdone after fifteen years have elapsed since their creation.(Municipal population census, series)

In application of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia’s administrative document man-agement system, every year the Central Archive of Trade, Tourism and Consumption transfersrecords completed more than fifteen years before to the ANC. Although the volume of recordscompleted annually is irregular, the average for the 1980s is approximately eight meters.(Punitive records on consumption and market discipline, series)


The Municipal Office of Urban Planning transfers the records reaching fifteen years of age tothis archive annually, through a resolution by the competent department in the matter in ful-filment of the articles of the Regulations of theMunicipal Archive regarding the transfer of doc-umentation to the archive.(Licence of works records, series)

3.4.D4 Rule contingencies and conditional factors for future admissions/In the face of the possibility of new admissions that depend on the discretion of or on the possi-ble difficulties encountered by the depositor or donor, or on other circumstances, include anycontingencies and conditional factors that may determine the admission.

Examples:As indicated in the first stipulation of the contract of donation, the donors expect to makenew contributions to the fonds.(Bové family, fonds)

An increase in the total volume of the fonds is anticipated when the second transfer of docu-mentation from theVielha eMijaranTownCouncil arrives, as the documentation of both fondsremains very inter-mixed from the years when they shared premises.(Mancomunitat Forestau dera Val d’Aran, fonds)

The inclusion of more documents still foundmixed with other fonds in the archive of the High-er School of Industrial Engineers of Terrassa is likely. The documentation dates from the peri-od from 1883 to 1910, during which theMunicipal School of Arts and Crafts shared the build-ing with the former Industrial School, but the volume and form cannot be specified, becausethe fonds is mixed with those of the different technical colleges that have shared the space.(Terrassa Municipal School of Arts and Crafts, sub-fonds)

In fulfilment of the undersigned deposit agreement, the part of the sub-fonds of the sub-sidiary company will be deposited as soon as the administrative procedure of their final clo-sure has been accomplished.This documentation encompasses the years 1990-1996, makes ref-erence to production activity, and occupies some 10 metres of shelving.(Subsidiary company, sub-fonds)

The admission of some fifty property administration deeds/inheritance documents dating from1830 to 1932 is anticipated, as soon as the depositors have been able to take advice on some(possibly related) legal aspects.(property administration deeds/inheritance documents, series)

Two books of approved minutes that from the period 1970-1984, which still remain on thepremises of the Vielha e Mijaran Town Council, are awaiting admission.(Books of approved minutes of the Mancomunitat Forestau dera Val d’Aran, series)

3.4.D5 Rule no further admissions expected/It is also advisable to include, where appropriate, whether the unit of description is closed or if nofurther admissions are expected.


Examples:The fonds should be considered closed, and new additions are not expected because it includesall the documentation that the last owners of the body decided to donate to the City.(Culture and Communication, Private Foundation, fonds)

No new admissions beyond those that may be added via extraordinary proceedings are expected.(Court of the Mayor of Vilanova de Cubelles, fonds)

No new admissions are anticipated for the time being, although the fonds is not complete.We are waiting to speak with some of the former association members to know if they stillpreserve documentation.(Centre for Tourism Initiatives (CIT), fonds)


3.4.E1 Rule file-level description level/For documental units, indicate the possible inclusion of any missing part(s), if known.

Examples:The map of the façade of the building was kept at the Department of Urban Planning and itsincorporation is awaited once the catalogue of protected monuments is completed.(Records of licences of works, file-level description)

The technical report will be included in the record when it has been used by legal services fora briefing in a court procedure.(Record of anti-social activities, file-level description)


None


4. Conditions of access and use area

This area includes the description of conditions of access and use of the unit of description in the broad-est sense, including the identification of valid output formats. Its elements are as follows: Access con-ditions, Reproductions conditions, Document languages and script, Physical characteristics and technicalrequirements and Output formats.

4.1. ACCESS CONDITIONS

4.1.A OBJECTIVE

To provide information about legal status and other regulatory aspects which restrict or affect the accessto the unit of description.

4.1.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Access Conditions is obligatory (OB) for the fonds level, recommended(RE) for the series level, and optional (op) for the other levels of description.

4.1.C SOURCES

Legislation and the general regulations on the subject of access, the rules, specific regulations or serv-ice charters of each centre, and the covenants, agreements and other protocols where the access con-ditions to the unit of description are formalised.

4.1.D GENERAL RULES

4.1.D1 Rule specify access conditions/Specify the legislation or legal status, contractual conditions, regulation or the provisions that affectaccess to the unit of description. Where relevant, indicate the duration of the period of reserva-tion and the date on which the documentation will be accessible.

4.1.D2 Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/In anticipation of the criteria, procedures and tables relating to the subject of access that shouldbe established by the National Commission on Document Access, Evaluation and Selection, theprovisional guidelines that are provided in this element need to be followed.




Access Conditions OB op op op op op



4.1.D2a Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ types of accessAt fonds level it is necessary to indicate the general criteria of access to the unit of description,and, if appropriate, to indicate exceptions or unique proceedures for certain types of documenta-tion. For the other levels it is only necessary to include the access restrictions that affect the unitof description.Examples:

Unrestricted access to documentation, with the exception of certain series that contain datadeemed to be sensitive and require special protection, according to current legislation.(La Fatarella Town Council, fonds)

Restricted-access documentation, with the exception of documentation referring to personnelmanagement of the institution, which can be freely accessed if twenty-five years have elapsedsince the death of the affected person(s) or, if the date is not known, if fifty years have elapsedsince the documents were produced.(Protection of Minors Board, fonds)

4.1.D2b Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ general conditions for access todocumentation/If a set of rules, regulations, or a charter of services exists informing the users about general accessconditions (legislation and regulations in effect, competent bodies for the annulment of reserva-tions, etc.), include this at fonds level.

4.1.D2c Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ specific provisions concerning lim-itations/For limitations, provisions specifically affecting the unit of description must be included,indicating whether they are related to legislation and regulations, general or sector-based, drawnup by other organisations, or whether they are provisions established by the producer or thecentre being described (procedural rules, regulations, archiving manuals, admission contracts,etc.).

4.1.D2d Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ periods of validity/ access limitationsIt is necessary to indicate the period of exclusion from consultation and, where appropriate, explainthe reasons for such exclusion.Examples:

(...) Access to the documentation will be unrestricted from 2016, 15 years after the transfer byAntònia Macià, widow of Tarradellas, which took place on 8 September 2001.(President Josep Tarradellas, fonds)

Access to the documentation will be unrestricted after one hundred years have elapsed sinceits creation.(Notarial district of Puigcerdà, fonds)


4.1.D2e Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ periods of validity/ inaccessibil-ity due to deletion/ assign to Information on evaluation, selection and deletionInformation about the application of controlled processes of deletion, after which the unit ofdescription is no longer accessible, must be included under Information on evaluation, selectionand deletion.

4.1.D2f Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ types of useIndicate if access is restricted to a specific use (research, statistical studies, etc.) and include the nec-essary access requirements (authorisation from the competent body, commitment to confiden-tiality, etc.)

Examples:Documentation of restricted-access due to personal data content deemed to be sensitive accord-ing to the legislation in effect regarding the protection of minors. In order to consult the doc-umentation for historical, scientific or cultural research purposes, it is necessary to request accessfrom the General Directorate for Childhood and Adolescence and to sign the personal com-mitment to maintaining confidentiality regarding individualised data or data capable of beingindividualised to which access may be provided.(Protection of Minors Board, fonds)

According to the agreement signed on 15 June 1998, fourth section, access to the documentsis restricted during the time of the elaboration of the inventory. The written authorisation ofthe depositors, subject to a reasoned request made by the ANC, is necessary for consultation.On completing the description, the Archive will agree with the depositors which documenta-tion has to be of restricted access, including the original and unedited work ofMontserrat Roig.Access to the rest of the documentation will be unrestricted to researchers.(Montserrat Roig, fonds)

Unrestricted access to documentation, according to the agreement signed on 19 June 1991, sec-tion four, except: a) documents older than 15 years; and b) records concerning company per-sonnel. In these two cases, access to the documentation requires prior authorisation by the Com-pañía de Filipinas.(Philappine General Tabacco Company SA, fonds)

Accessible for research under the commitment (in writing and signed) to use the data at a sta-tistical level and not to disclose any data that can affect the privacy and the good name of per-sons. (Catalan Law 23/1998 on Statistics, dated 30 December, arts. 49 and 50).(Municipal population census, series)

Access restricted to the parties concerned in the case (persons charged, victims, aggrieved par-ties and liable persons). To be accredited by means of submission of National Identity Card.(Disciplinary records, series)

Access restricted because payroll sheets may contain personal information of a private nature.The members of theTownCouncil may have access when they need to obtain background dataor information necessary for the performance of their functions or when this information isnecessary for matters that have to be addressed by professional bodies of which they are mem-


bers (Rules of Organisation, Operation and Legal Rules of Local Bodies, 28 November 1986, arts.14 and 15).(Payrolls, series)

Restricted access to documentation. According to point five of the deposit agreement, signedon 9 September 1992, written authorisation from the depositor is required to consult the doc-umentation for research purposes.(Received correspondance, series)

4.1.D2g Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ partial access/If a part of the unit of description is excluded from consultation, specify this.

Examples:Unrestricted access, with the exception of correspondence related to personnel managementless than 50 years old.(Catalan state police, fonds)

Unrestricted access to documents that were formerly unavailable for public consultation. Theauthorisation of the Central Electoral Board is required to access the numbered list of votersand the electoral census list that includes participation marks.(Envelopes of Electoral tables, series)

Access is restricted for those documents less than 50 years old that, on exception, have beenadded to records closed more than 50 years ago.(Teaching records, series)

Access is restricted for the following documents: denunciation, citation of witnesses, appear-ance of the accused (…). Access is unrestricted for the following documents: decree of initia-tion of the case and of naming of the judge and secretary, notification to the judge, notifica-tion to the accused of the opening of the case (...).(Disciplinary records for serious crimes, series)

4.1.D2h Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ reasons for restriction/ conser-vation or othersIndicate if access to the original document is limited or forbidden for conservation or other rea-sons, explaining the causes (restoration, reorganisation, loans for exhibitions, etc.) and, where appro-priate, if the document is offered in a substitute medium.

Examples:Unrestricted access to documentation for research purposes. However, according to sectionfive of the deposit agreement, signed on 12 November 1992, some originals, given their poorstate of conservation, cannot be consulted other than in photocopy, microfilm or transcrip-tion form.(Carles Riba and Clementina Arderiu, fonds)

Temporarily the documentation cannot be consulted, in process of restoration and digitalisation.(Account books, series groups)


The 191 videotapes, 15 U-matic videos and 11 16-mm films cannot be consulted at presentdue to a process of substitution of the medium.(Assemblys of the Central committee, series)

Temporarily the documentation cannot be consulted, in process of classification and descrip-tion at file-level.(Private correspondence, series)

The original film cannot be viewed in order to safeguard its conservation (Municipal ArchiveRules, art. 37). A video copy is offered in its place.(Film short with scenes of the town from the early XX century, file-level description)

The original is part of the permanent exhibition at the Museum of History of Catalonia until2008. A digital reproduction on can be consulted.(Safe conduct for Gertrudis Farell Soler, item-level description)

4.1.D2i Rule provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/ reasons for restriction/ data pro-tectionIn cases where, for reasons of the protection of privacy, the original documents cannot be accessedand the information is provided, when appropriate, by means of documents issued for this pur-pose (certificates, reports, etc.), or through reproductions (photocopies, digital copies) where theconfidential data is undisclosed, this should be included where appropriate.

Examples:(...) The interested party will be issued a census registration certificate containing requestedinformation.(Municipal population census, series)

Unrestricted access to the contents of each record subject to the suppression of the student’sname and surname.(Evaluation records of alumni, series)

Only statistical data may be accessed: number and form of cases, time spent processing them,number of rulings issued, etc. The part of the report issued by the judge concerning the func-tioning of the court and the performance of its civil servants is under restricted access. Con-sultation of the documents is allowed, provided that information identifying civil servants issuppressed.(Statistical quarterly record of cases processed by the municipal court, series)

4.1.D3 Rule material and technical resources/ assign to Physical characteristics and technical require-ments/Information relating to the material means and technical resources necessary for consultationmustbe included in the element Physical characteristics and technical requirements.

4.1.D4 Rule reproduction restrictions/ assign to Reproductions conditions/Information concerning possible restrictions applicable to the making copies should be allocatedto the element Reproductions conditions.



None


None


4.2. REPRODUCTIONS CONDITIONS

4.2.A OBJECTIVE

To provide information about the conditions which restrict or affect the reproduction of the unit ofdescription.

4.2.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Reproductions conditions is optional (op) for all levels of description.

4.2.C SOURCES

Legislation and the general regulations, rules, specific regulations or service charters of each centre, andcovenants, agreements and other protocols where the conditions of reproduction of the unit of descrip-tion are formalised.

4.2.D GENERAL RULES

4.2.D1 Rule specify reproductions conditions/ absence of reproductions conditions/Provide information on the conditions that apply to the reproduction of the unit of description,including author's copyright or conditions relating to purpose, means of use or type of reproduc-tion, as well as indicating whether access has been granted.Exception: If no specific conditions apply to the reproduction of the unit of description, it is notnecessary to specify this.

4.2.D2 Rule specify reproductions conditions/ unknown conditions/If the existence of conditions that can govern the reproduction is presupposed, even if they areunknown, this must be indicated.

Example:The author, or whoever may hold or have inherited the rights thereto, is unknown.(Photographs, series)

4.2.D3 Rule generals conditions applying to the reprographic service/If a set of rules, regulations, or a charter of services exist in which the users are informed on thegeneral conditions of the reprographic service (processing of orders, reproduction fees, fees for com-mercial use, delivery of reproduced material, types of data that must be cited when publishing,etc.), this must be included at fonds level.




Reproductions conditions op op op op op op



Example:See the Regulations of the Municipal Archive of Lleida, approved on 22 March 2002, and theinternal rules and protocol concerning the reproduction of documents, dating from January 2005.(Lleida City Council, fonds)

4.2.D4 Rule acknowledgement of rights and other regulated obligations/Notes on the obligation to acknowledge the moral rights of the author (citing authorship, nottransforming the work, etc.), as established by the Law of Intellectual Property, or on any otherregulated obligation or condition, including the right to his good name and to personal and fam-ily privacy, do not have to be included as information specific to the unit of description. Instead,these must be included in the rules, regulations or service charters, as they are general factors andconditions.

4.2.D5 Rule rights of use/With regard to the inherent economic rights to intellectual property, reference to the rights of useheld by the author or other holders must be made in this element. Where appropriate, it is neces-sary to indicate who is entitled to take part in the economic profit of the published work of anauthor through its commercialisation. Information about the rule or contractual document thatestablishes it, the territorial ambit, or the termination date of the restriction or condition can alsobe included.

Examples:Rights of use in favour of Josep Maria Jujol i Gibert, son of the architect of the same name.The fonds will belong in the public domain from 2020.(Josep M. Jujol i Gibert, fonds)

The rights of use belong to the daughter and heiress, and will pass through exclusive grant tothe Autonomous Government of Catalonia after transfer. Specifically, it concerns the rights ofreproduction, distribution and public communication without time and territorial limit untilit becomes part of the public domain in 2054.(Gabriel Casas i Galobardes, fonds)

The rights of use belong by cession to the Autonomous Government of Catalonia, exceptthose concerning reproduction and distribution derived from the publication of monographsof a commercial nature about the authors that are restricted by the holder of the fonds.(Photojournalists, fonds)

The rights of use were granted to the Municipal Archive, with the exception of the rights ofuse in the United States, which the author reserves for herself. The authorisation of both own-ers of the rights of use is required to disseminate it via computer networks.(Reportages of everyday life, series group)

According to the deposit agreement signed on 11 June 1995, the company owning the fondsreserves the relevant rights of use up to 2009.(Plans for the production of locomotives, series)


As per the donation agreement, the owner of the fonds shares the rights of use with the Archive.Each of the co-owners has a 50% share in the fees charged for reproduction.(Photographs, series)

The rights of use of the drawings published between 1939 and 1940, author unknown, wereacquired by the publishing company by virtue of the contractual or working relationship withthe authors. As per the donation agreement, the publishing company has granted the rights ofuse to the Archive.(Drawings for publication, series)

4.2.D6 Rule other types of legal conditions regarding reproduction/When other types of legal conditions that govern the reproduction of the unit of description haveto be included, add the reasons for the restriction, the competent body placing conditions on thereproduction, and, where appropriate, the termination date of the restriction or condition.

Example:In accordance with the laws currently in effect on the subject of protection of minors byinstruction of the General Directorate for the Protection of Children issued on 27 June 1996,no form of reproduction is allowed.(Minors records, series)

4.2.D7 Rule limitations to reproduction/ purpose, method of reproduction or other/Limitations imposed on reproduction, depending on purpose (non-profit, profitable), the methodof use (public communication, distribution), the method of reproduction (microfilm, CD, DVD,computer network, etc.), or any other aspect should be indicated and, where appropriate, the rea-son and the date on which the limitation expires should be included.

Examples:Further to the application for reproduction, photography of the consulted documentation isallowed.(Military judicial proceedures, series group)

By request of the owner, reproduction is only permitted for private use and then only forresearch purposes.(Published correspondence, series)

To avoid any handling that can worsen the deficient state of conservation of the originals,only microfilming is allowed.(Extraordinary budget of 1909, file-level description)

The express written authorisation of the owner is required to make reproductions for publica-tion purposes.(signature, item-level description)

4.2.D8 Rule limitations to reproduction/ partial reproduction/If the reproduction conditions only affect a part of the unit of description, specify which part.

Example:Records closed in 1923 cannot be photocopied.To prevent further damage of the binding, onlymicrofilming or scanning is allowed.(Certificated admissions, series)



None


None


4.3. DOCUMENT LANGUAGES AND SCRIPT

4.3.A OBJECTIVE

Identify the language(s), script and systems of symbols used in the unit of description.

4.3.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Document languages and script is optional (op) for most of the levels ofdescription and recommended (RE) for file- and item-level description.

4.3.C SOURCES

The unit of description. Bibliographic sources may be used to achieve a correct interpretation andexplanation of the styles, techniques of execution and abbreviated, coded or symbolic systems of writ-ing. If the source is not the unit of description, specify this, whenever possible, in the element Sourcesso that the information provided can be cross-referenced.

4.3.D GENERAL RULES

4.3.D1 Rule languages/ script/ technique of execution or writing method/ abbreviations or symbols/Specify the language(s) and/or script of the documents that comprise the unit of description.Also include any technique or method of writing, abbreviations or symbols used that can be afactor in the understanding and interpretation of the unit of description.Examples:Mostly Spanish. Some documents are in Catalan from 1925, and more regularly from 1931 toJanuary of 1939. Thereafter, a good deal of internal documentation and correspondence is inCatalan.(SA, Roca Pous Manufacturers, fonds)

Esperanto, with some letters in Catalan, Spanish or German. Carbon copies predominate, somewith corrections done by hand. There is a group of handwritten letters, written in a tiny handthat makes reading difficult.(Correspondance of the Board for the Welcoming of Austrian Children, series)




Document languagesand script

op op op op RE RE



Catalan. Humanistic writing with gothic influences in the morphology of some letters. Chan-cellery and dorsal notes are written in common gothic cursive, using very small letters. Com-mon abbreviations are used in abundance.(Handwriting of the councillors of Barcelona, item-level description)

Spanish. Acronyms are used to identify the types of crops.There is no indication of the meaning ofthe acronyms, which are the initials of the corresponding name: “C” means “cereal”, “O” meansolive tree, “V” means vineyard, “F” means fruit tree, etc.(Topographic land registery, item-level description)

4.3.D2 Rule presence of various languages/If several languages are used, specify them, where appropriate, in a more or less generic way. Thedocuments, or specific parts of them where different languages appear regularly, can also be spec-ified in the unit of description.

Examples:Catalan predominates, with some documents in Latin. Some 18th-century documents and agreater number of documents from the 19th century are in Spanish. (...)(Ca n’Anglada, fonds)

Spanish, with some documents in Catalan. The series of commercial documentation containsdocuments in English, French, German and some other languages. (...)(Hilaturas Castells, SA, fonds)

Most of the documents are written in Catalan. Some documents, especially deeds of incorpo-ration and notarised documents, are in Latin. There are also documents in Spanish, particu-larly those issued by higher organisations. (...)(Community of preveri and incumbents, series group)

The notes are written primarily in Latin. Marriage documents, wills and inventories are main-ly in Catalan. (...)(Books of the notary Fèlix Gusi, series)

Catalan. Contains some documents in Spanish, received from the Royal Court of Appeals ofCatalonia or of the General Captaincy of the Principality.(Orders recieved, series)

Forms printed in Catalan and filled out in either Catalan or Spanish. Notes sent to the SocialAction office, in Catalan. Records of hearings, in Spanish.(Records of the award of pensions for war injuries, series)

Video sound in Catalan (track 1), Spanish (track 2) and English (track 3)(Reportage of the Diada of Sant Jordi, item-level description)

4.3.D3 Rule highlight unusual languages or dialect variants/ assign to ISO language name codes/Include the language, languages or dialectal variants of the documents when the unit of descrip-tion differs from that included at higher levels. Indicate any significant peculiarities at the levelwhere they are found.


Variation: Optionally, the ISO language codes can be included (ISO 639-1or ISO 639-2: Inter-national Standards for Language Codes)

Examples:Catalan. Depending on the origin of the workers, the work records contain personal documentsin Arabic, Bulgarian and Ukrainian.(Records of contracted personnel, series)

The letters received from areas of France are in French and in cursive, calligraphically goodbut of a style quite different from that usually used in Catalonia.(Commercial correspondance, XVII century, series)

Catalan, in the dialect spoken in Mallorca.(Interviews on how adolescents saw the war, series)

Notes in Latin predominate. The proclamations of the mayor and some letters received fromthe council members in Barcelona are in Catalan. The parchment cover includes, by way ofreinforcement, some fragments of references to the Talmud written in Hebrew, in Sephardicsemi-italic script.(Book of the court of the Mayor of Terrassa, file-level description)

Catalan, with a very primitive morphology and syntax.(Summons of the royal mayor, item-level description)

German.(Letter of the Mayor of Mariapfarr [Austria] to the Mayor of Matadepera, item-level descrip-tion).

4.3.D4 Rule script/ handwriting characteristics/ calligraphic quality or other graphic aspects/For hand-written script indicate, where appropriate, the characteristics of hand-written documentsfrom the medieval and modern periods to indicate possible reading difficulties. As a minimuminclude palaeographic script type from the great periods of Latin script in Catalonia: Visigothic(9th century), Carolingian (9th-12th centuries), Gothic (13th–15th centuries), Humanistic/Renaissance(15th-16th centuries). It could also be useful to indicate handwriting quality or other graphic aspectsthat can affect the legibility of handwritten documents.

Examples:(...) Carolingian handwriting of rural origin, with many abbreviations. (...)(Administrative documents concerning inheritence, series)

(...) Gothic cursive chancellery handwriting. (...)(Privilege of King Pere II, item-level description)

(...) Rudimentary, common cursive handwriting, signed by different authors. In some casesthe handwriting is highly irregular and difficult to read (...)(Notebook of reciepts, item-level description)


4.3.D5 Rule script in alphabets other than Latin/ assign to ISO script name codes/Indicate the presence of script in alphabets other than roman, with any appropriate clarification.Variation:Optionally, the ISO script name codes can be indicated (ISO 15924: International Stan-dard for Names of Scripts).

Examples:Photocopy of passport and police record certificates in Greek. The printed portion of the textincludes a translation into English. Personal names are written in Greek, with transcription inLatin alphabet. (...)(Workers records, file-level description)

(...) Authors’ and witnesses’ script in Hebrew, written from right to left. Besides the full name,the author makes reference to the debt acquired and the witnesses add a corroboration clause,all in Hebrew. (...)(Pawning documentation, item-level description)

4.3.D6 Rule script execution technique/ assign to Notes/Where appropriate, provide specific details of the way the script was written in order to provideguidelines for reading and understanding the documents. Indicate whether they are either fully orpartially handwritten documents, noting any reading difficulties they may present.

When the system for affixing the script to the medium presents no difficulties for the reading orunderstanding the document (forms, typewritten or cyclostyled script, etc.), including it is not arequirement. However, if it is considered important, do so in Notes.

Examples:(...) Printed documents, with the names of the affected persons handwritten in cursive script.The script signed by the clerk is abbreviated and difficult to identify. The decorated capital“R” on the back indicates the type of document.(Eclesiastical claims document, series)

The medical reports and follow-up sheets are handwritten, very hard to read in some cases andwith numerous abbreviations.(Clinical histories, series)

(...) Handwriting in cursive script slanting to the right. At the bottom of the documents thenote of the scribe and the reference of registry of the curia of the lieutenant (sic) are written inLatin and contain abbreviations.(Letters of the Captain general, series)

(...) Text printed in italic cursive script. Handwritten entries in lead-tipped pen, using calli-graphic handwriting. The bottom margin contains the note of the price paid for the docu-ment with the Latin word “solvit”. The authorisations on the back, are handwritten, and insome cases consist of stamps filled with handwriting.(Passports of the French consulate in Barcelona, series)

Manuscript in Catalan.(Holographic will of Lluís Companys, item-level description)


4.3.D7 Rule use of abbreviations and symbols/ abbreviations/Indicate, where appropriate, the use of abbreviations in old documents written in Latin, specify-ing general and outstanding features.

Examples:(...) System of abbreviations typical of the period, applied unsystematically.(Donation document, item-level description)

(...) There are few abbreviations, and those there are in words usually abbreviated. The Latinabbreviations used in some words are noteworthy, despite the text being in Catalan; these include“sol” (= “solids”) for “sous”, “Barch” (= “Barchinona”) for “Barcelona” and some others.(Tabba or letting stipulations, series)

4.3.D8 Rule use of abbreviations and symbols/ signs, symbols and other special graphics/It is also advisable to include the signs, symbols and other special graphics appearing in documen-tal texts in order to clarify their meaning.

Examples:(...) The cross marks on the notes indicate that the corresponding document has been cancelled.(Notaries protocols, series)

(...) The signs in coloured pencil appearing in the upper left corner of the personnel records indi-cate specific alterations: a red dot indicates a change of address; a blue dot indicates a change of civ-il status; a brown dot indicates a change of local classification; a red cross indicates a death.(Municipal population census, series)

Catalan. The abbreviation "d. d." that heads many of the notes in the manual corresponds tothe Latin expression "dicto die", which means that the following note has the same date as theprevious one.(Public notarial book, file-level description)

(...) The payment notes include the usual symbols or abbreviations signifying free, salaries andmoney.(Treasurers book, item-level description)

(...) The initial crismon of the clerk’s signature is highly degraded and the sign in the conclu-sion means “subscript”.(Precaris letter, item-level description)

(...) The cross-referencing signs in the text, which refer to the amendments at the end, aresmall and hard to see.(Document of the establishment of a long lease on vinyards, item-level description)

4.3.D8a Rule graphic forms not pertaining to the text/ assign to Scope and content, Notes/Graphic forms not related to the text proper, including miniature initial letters, illustrated shields,decorative or similar ornamental borders, headlines with logotypes identifying the producer or theauthor, aspects linked to procedural formalities, like seals of conformity or certification, etc, have tobe included, as required, to the elements Scope and content or Notes.


4.3.D8b Rule ciphered script system/Indicate the coded or ciphered script system or special characters used in writing the documents. Ifpossible, include the purpose of the use of coded signs and the key or system for decoding.

Examples:(...) These auxiliary books have a four-letter code that designates the year, and which shouldbe interpreted in the following way: numbers 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0 are represented, respectively,by one of the letters of the word “JURAMENTOS”, such that J = 1, U = 2, R = 3, etc. Thepurpose was to conceal the price of the products.(Price control books, series)

(...) Contains some drafts of commercial letters written in shorthand, Garriga system.(Commercial correspondence, series)

Document in Catalan and written in Braille.(Record of activities, item-level description).

Mostly in English, Catalan or French. Includes Catalan sign language.(Video collection)

Spanish. Included in the text of the majority of documents is one of the most representativesymbols of freemasonry, the three points forming a triangle, which appears several times.(Records of the Gesoria lodge of Sant Feliu de Guíxols, file-level description)

(...) Coded telegrams and text to decode them.(Telegrammes from the president of the Cabinet andMinistry ofWar to the President of the AutonomousGovernement of Catalonia concerning the Aragon front, file-level description)

English with Catalan subtitles.(Interviews with surgeons from around the world, series)


None


None


4.4. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

4.4.A OBJECTIVE

To provide information on any important physical characteristics or technical requirements affectingthe use of the unit of description.

4.4.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Physical characteristics and technical requirements is optional (op) for mostof the levels of description and recommended (RE) for file – and item – level description.

4.4.C SOURCES

The unit of description, internal documents of the centre, and hardware and software user manuals.

4.4.D GENERAL RULES

4.4.D1 Rule physical conditions affecting use or handling and reproduction/ preventive measuresand general conditions/Include any important physical condition related to the form, presentation, location, installationand ordering of the unit of description that may affect its reading, viewing, hearing and its use gen-erally.Exception: Do not include preventive measures and general conditions which have to be takeninto account when handling or reproducing documents, because these already appear in the rules,regulations or service charters.

Examples:Some positives, of which no negative is available, have been cut, thus preserving only a part ofthe image originally captured.(Photo collection)(Note: the element Archival history provides known information regarding this feature)

The news broadcast for the 14th is at the end of the tape, after the news broadcast for the 31st.(Radio broadcasts of daily news, series)

In only some of the documents the crossings out made by the civil servants in charge of cen-soring the text hamper the reading of the original script.(Records of authorisation of the representation of theatrical works, series)

Page 204 is missing.(Green Book of Priviliges of the City of Barcelona, volume 1, file-level description)




Physical characteristics andtechnical requirements

op op op op RE RE



No pages.(Protocol of public documents, file-level description)

The third specifications sheet is inserted before the second.(Census taker, item-level description)

The book includes documents not included in the initial index.(Register of property, file-level description)

The documentation after 1940 is in an external deposit, for which it is necessary to fill out anotice in advance of the scheduled day of consultation.(Municipal accounts, series)

Following the recommendations of the air conditioning protocol, it is necessary to wait twohours before consult ting the negatives after making the formal order application.(Negatives of streets, series)

4.4.D2 Rule physical conditions not affecting use/ assign to Volume and Media/Do not include the physical characteristics and technical requirements of the unit of descriptionif they do not limit their use. The information relating to the physical characteristics identifyingthe unit of description must be indicated in the element Volume and medium.

4.4.D3 Rule media quality/ quality of the backing or affixing of information onto the medium/Indicate the quality of the medium or of the means of affixing information thereto, if it limits thelegibility, audibility or use of the unit of description.

Examples:Third-generation DVD copy of second-generation VHS tapes reproducing the first-generationoriginals in U-matic format.(Filming for the production of education videos, series group)

The documentation dating from before 1945 includes some handwritten documents usingextremely faded ink that makes reading difficult.(Commercial correspondence, series)

Background rumbling between minutes six and eleven that make listening difficult.(Recording of the concert of the Principal of Bisbal at the Teatre-Museu Dalí of Figueres, file-leveldescription)

Typed copy using carbon paper. The faint copying hampers the reading of some parts of the text.(Report, item-level description)

Variations in sound speed due to a recording made with a device with faulty batteries.(Radio interview with the Mayor, item-level description)

Ill-defined characters. Some words are virtually illegible.(Certification, item-level description)


4.4.D4 Rule state of conservation/ types of alteration or deterioration/Indicate the type of change or deterioration of the unit of description that could affect its useand, where appropriate, indicate the causes.

Examples:The maps have tears on the upper margin as a result of a prior installation in a vertical sign-post with metallic supports. This resulted in rust staining and loss of backing has affected thegraphic representation of some maps. Others have gaps in the text and ink fading due todampness.(Projects, series)

Some parchments have purple stains caused by the action of fungi and brown tannin stains thatconceal the text. Others were affected by rodents and as a result, have lost considerable amountsof text.(Manuscripts, series)

Defective sound: reverberation caused by the deterioration of the medium.(Interviews, series)

Partially illegible due to the action of the ferruginous ink, which has disintegrated the paper.(Record of deliberations of the Consell de Cent, File-Level Description)

Daguerreotype that has oxidation and colour change due to dampness.(Portrait, item-level description)

Degraded medium affecting the text. The reading of the document is generally difficult dueto its poor state of conservation.(Medieval portolano, item-level description)

Map on white cotton cloth with satin finish that shows deterioration, including stains, loss offinish and fading of ink, making the reading and identification of the inscription difficult.(Project for the urbanisation of Samontà, item-level description)

The image cannot be seen due to the detachment of the emulsion.(Landscape, item-level description)

4.4.D5 Rule state of conservation/ partial alteration and deterioration/If the changes or deterioration only affect a part of the unit of description, specify which partand, if possible, quantify the volume.

Examples:About a hundred positives and negatives on glass plates cannot be studied as a result of dete-rioration, manifesting itself in irretrievable losses of the image, for various reasons: total loss ofthe emulsion, broken media and stuck plates. About 5% of the plates present some pathology,with minor losses of information, resulting from a partial lack of emulsion, silvered mirrors,or loss of one of the two images of stereoscopic plates, which in some cases makes it impossi-ble to experience the 3-D effect. The rest of the plates are in good state of conservation.(Salvador and Jordi Serra, fonds)


Of the 30,475 glass plates, 12 are broken and 150 are damaged due to the effects of dampness,while the rest are in a good state of conservation.(Unal photography, fonds)

There are five units of installation containing documents that are in a very deteriorated statedue to the extreme humidity of the subsoil where the documentation remained buried for twen-ty years.(Management of economic resources, series group)

There are a dozen or so records in very poor condition that cannot be read; with the authori-sation of the CNAATD the intention is to scan them before disposing of the originals.(Constuction and adaptation of the road network, series)

The lawsuit includes a map, folded and sewn to the record, that has some tearing in the mar-gins, and the creases caused by the folds are deep, therefore special care when handling is required.(Lawsuit of Antoni de Meca Cardona Caçador against Ignasi Dou, file-level description)

Loss of approximately 50% of the emulsion in the margins, especially in the upper left-handcorner.(Couple under a tree, item-level description)

The right half of the image is missing, while the left shows less significant losses.(Public transport, item-level description)

As a result of the silver mirroring on the upper left-hand corner, part of the image is irretrievable.(Boy on his first communion with his mother, item-level description)

4.4.D6 Rule type and characteristics of material or technical requirements/If the use of special machines or objects is required to access the unit of description, specify the typeand, if necessary, its/their technical characteristics. For example, the types of optical equipment (mag-nifying glasses, ultraviolet lamp, etc.), special devices (tape player, a specific type of image projector,etc.) or other devices that may allow the reading of the documents need to be indicated. For elec-tronic documents include the hardware and software needed to access the unit of description.

Note: it is not necessary to indicate thematerial or technical requirements that the centremakes avail-able to its users, which are often listed in rules, guidelines and service charters for users and withoutwhich the unit of description obviously cannot be accessed.However, it may be advisable to note thatthe centre has a special device that it offers to users for better access to the document.

Examples:Stereoscopic viewers are required to experience the 3-D effect of the photographs.(Sterioscopic photographs, series)

In order to view it is necessary to use Geomedia software, which is interactive and has severalalphanumeric databases containing property register information.The planimetry can be exam-ined using other software, such as Autocat or others used to view images, but in these cases itcannot interact with the databases.(Land registry plan of the city, file-level description)


In order to access the contents of the unit of description, make sure that the web browser hasone of the following plug-ins installed: Real Player 5.0 or higher, Windows Media Player 6.4 orhigher. Compatible web browsers include: Netscape 6.2 or higher andMicrosoft Internet Explor-er 5 or higher. Users with other browsers may have trouble viewing the whole page or using thefull functional capabilities of the web cast.Minimum hardware requirements: any personal com-puter with a browser and Internet access.(Repeat broadcast of the plenary meeting of the Municipal Council, item-level description)

Many pages have faded ink due to dampness. The text on the bottom of pages 1-11 has beenalmost completely erased. A soaking stain affects a large part of the outer margin of pages 104through 144, but the text can still be read with an ultraviolet lamp.(Book of accounts of Pere Fizes, item-level description)

Ink devoid of colour, better seen with a magnifying glass.(Will, item-level description)

Microfiches. The centre does not have the reader required to view them.(Sacramental books, series group)


None


None


4.5. OUTPUT FORMATS

4.5.A OBJECTIVE

Identify any output format applicable to the unit of description.

4.5.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Output formats is recommended (RE) for the fonds, sub-fonds andseries levels, and optional (op) for the remaining levels of description.

4.5.C SOURCES

The internal documentation of the centre, the centres own fonds or documents, and the available spe-cific bibliography.

4.5.D GENERAL RULES

4.5.D1 Rule current output format/ assign to Archival history/Provide information about any current output format the archive or the producer may have, pro-viding information concerning the context and the contents of the unit of description. Any refer-ence to output formats other than those that are used must be indicated in the element Archivalhistory.

4.5.D2 Rule specify the characteristics of the output format/ assign to Reference models and Docu-mental & bibliographic quotes/Provide an accurate account of all valid output formats, specifying the type of output format, thedate(s) of creation, the author, their extent, the medium and its availability for consultation. If theoutput format is published,make the bibliographical citation in accordance with the guidelines estab-lished for monographs in chapter III on Reference models and Documental & bibliographic quotes.

4.5.D3 Rule types of output formats/ guide/ inventory/ catalogue/To specify the type of output format, indicate if it is a fonds guide, a series inventory or a file- anditem-level catalogue.

Examples:A guide to the fonds is available to the user summing up its general contents. There is also aninventory providing a summary and systematic description of the documental series and,from the "Logistics" series, there is a catalogue containing information from the wine indus-try property register of all the towns of Catalonia, with location maps of the vineyards (...).(Catalan Institute of Wine and the Vine (INCAVI), fonds)




Output formats RE RE op RE op op



Catalogue of photographs including the title of the report, its main subject and the date.(Joaquim Curbet and heir, fonds)

MARTÍMARTÍ, Casimir. “Fonds of Industrial Spain”. In: Fonds Inventory: Marquis of Castell-dosrius, Castanyer and Indusrial Spain, In the National archive of Catalonia. Barcelona: AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia. Department of Culture, 1990. pp. 329-402. (Collection: Guides,Inventories and Catalogues. Inventories Series, 4).

4.5.D4 Rule types of output formats/ other output formats/If it is impossible to identify the output format with any of the notes, indicate the level(s) atwhich it is described, and which the elements of information it contains are.

Examples:(...) Includes a list of documents in chronological order, from oldest to newest, where the fol-lowing elements of information are included, in this order: the physical unit of installation(book or bundle) or the medium (parchment), a correlative order number, the documentform, the intervening parties, with names and surnames, and the date.(Tarrés family, fonds)

Topographic photographic directory. The album number is indicated together with the ordernumber of the photograph in the album, the author (if known), the date (often approximate), anda brief description of the image.(Photographic reportages, series group)

RAMONVINYES, Salvador; FUENTES GASÓ, Manuel. Processos de l’Arxiu Històric Arxid-iocesà de Tarragona. Volum I. Barcelona: Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Departmentof Culture, 1990. 109 p. (Collection: Catalogues-Inventories of the Ecclesiastic Archives ofCatalonia, 7).It contains a catalogue of 541 processes of the Curia of the Ecclesiastical Vicarage of Tarrago-na. It includes the order number, year, epigraph or title, item, dimensions, number of pages(specifying if numbered), and observations, if any.(Processions of the curate of the ecclesiastic vicary of Tarragona, series)

Pending the final catalogue, the subject index made by the author can be consulted. Each cardincludes the subject matter, the date the picture was taken, its title, and a brief description ofthe contents of the image.(Photographs, series)

Toponomic index. Includes the township name, the record number and the unit of installa-tion number where the record is found.(Records of the layout of works and services of Catalonia [PUOSC], series)


4.5.D5 Rule output format titlesIf the output format is titled, the title as it appears has to be included. If the formal title does notmatch the type of output format, this should be indicated as well.

Examples:Inventory of the personal political records of the local Information and Research Office of theFalange Española Tradicionalista de la J.O.N.S.In spite of the title, it is only a simple directory of records (...)(Local Information and Research Office of the Falange Española Tradicionalista de la JONS,fonds)

JORDÀ I FERNÀNDEZ, Antoni.Notarial Archive Catalogue of Vilafranca del Penedès. Barcelona,Fundació Noguera, 1983. 208 p. (Collection: Inventories of Notarial Archives of Catalonia, 1).Even though it is obvious from the title of the output format that it is a catalogue, by moreaccepted criteria it is an inventory, as shown moreover by the title of the collection of which thispublication is a part.The protocols of the archive of the notarial district of Vilafranca del Penedèsare described therein.(Notarial district of Vilafranca del Penedès, fonds)

4.5.D6 Rule scope of the output formatSpecify if the output format is complete, partial or pending update to incorporate the description ofnew entries. If the output format only describes a part of the unit of description, specify which part.

Examples:The posters are partially catalogued. A catalogue of those from Solsona Town Council hasbeen drawn up. For the consultation of others, there is a record of those published up to 1995,and another of those published after 1995, which remains open. Different summary directo-ries have been drawn up for those from the Orfeó Nova Solsona and from Mr. Joan Rafart.(Collection of posters from the Solsonès Regional Archive)

CUBELLS i LLORENS, Josefina; CALVET I GARCÈS, Glòria; GIRALT i ESTEVE, Olga;VICO iVARGAS, Jesús.Catalogue of fonds ofTarragona City Council. general series, Local admin-istration, Provincial Co-operative, Governance and reclaim of taxes 1924 al 1981. Tarragona:Excma. Diputació, 1989. 425 p.It is a partial catalogue that describes only a part of the fonds of the Provincial Government ofTarragona, as indicated in the title of the publication. It contains mostly documentation gen-erated during the Franco regime.(Tarragona Provincial Council, fonds)

4.5.D7 Rule date of production of the output format/To indicate the date(s) the output format was produced, the period of production (starting and/orending date) and/or the date of its last modification or update can be included.

Examples:Inventory completed in February 2003. Revised and modified during the months of September-November of 2004.(Manresa Insurance Union, fonds)


Catalogue drafted between March 2001 and February 2002. Updated in December 2004.(Joaquim Amat i Piniella, fonds)

(...) Database created in 1992. Date of last update: 8 April 2004.(licences of works for homes, series)

4.5.D8 Rule authorship and responsibilities/ corporate bodies and individuals/Specify the author(s) of the output format and the centre or unit in charge of its creation. If theoutput format has been edited or updated by other authors, this can also be included.

Examples:Inventory prepared by Josep M. Benaul (dir.), Araceli Bayán, Albert Garcia and Albert Taulé.(Manufactures Corominas SA, fonds)

The description of the photographs at the catalogue level was started in 1992 by M. JoséMiralbell, Amèlia Castan (...). The description was continued from 1995 to 1997 by RamonMuntades, José Manuel Torres (...) and Mercedes Díaz, who directed the work.(FECSA, fonds)

4.5.D9 Rule authorship and responsibilities/ producer and author/If the output format has been created by the producer, specify this. You can also indicate if thisoutput format has been edited or updated by the describing centre.

Examples:List of deliveries made by the National Council for Youth of Catalonia in 1999. Revision andcomputerisation of the description made by the ANC in 2003.(National Council for Youth of Catalonia, fonds)

This fonds is described in an inventory drawn up by the Provincial Court of Appeals and revisedby the Historical Archive of Girona.(Girona Provincial Court of Appeals, fonds)

4.5.D10 Rule authorship and responsibilities/ archive and author/If the output format was provided by another archive, it is necessary to include the relevant dataof the original centre, indicating the issue date of the output format; also, any subsequent actiontaken by the receiving archive needs to be included.

Example:Description of the records on a database at file-level by the Central Industrial Archive. Between1993 and 2000, the Archive of the Department of Industry transferred eight files in dvd for-mat, with a total of 74,876 computer records. In 2000, these records were transferred to theANC’s software application, where they are accessible for consultation.(Industrial Registry records, series)


4.5.D11 Rule Amount of material/The extent or size of the output format can also be included. If it is in hard copy, indicate the num-ber of pages and, if it is a database, specify the number of records described.

Example:(...) 424 records described using the Gestió d’Arxius Comarcals (GAC) software.(Prat family, fonds)

4.5.D12 Rule type of media/If the output format is available in more than one medium, indicate all the media used. If on elec-tronic media, it is necessary to specify the software used to store it. If there are elements that can lim-it access (use of specific software, etc.), this could be included.

Examples:There is a hard-copy catalogue that describes the records, in FileMaker and Access format, whichcan also be consulted at the headquarters of the Association.(Girona Naturalists’ Association, fonds)

There is a hard-copy inventory dating from 26th March 1996. The inventory is also availableon electronic media made with the Gestió d’Arxius Comarcals (GAC) software.There are recordbooks of all the civil and criminal proceedings.(Trial Court of First Instance no. 1 of Sant Feliu de Llobregat, fonds)

4.5.D13 Rule locations/If the output format can also be consulted at locations other than the describing centre, specifythis. If they can be accessed via computer networks, give the electronic address.

Examples:(...) can also be consulted at Sant Climent de Llobregat Town Council.(Sant Climent de Llobregat Town Council, fonds)(Note: the description is from the Baix Llobregat Regional Archive)

Information on the fonds and the catalogue of manuscripts and correspondence can be con-sulted at <http://biblioteca.udg.es/fl/bib/bertrana/index.htm> [Consulted: 13, March, 2005](Prudenci Bertrana i Compte – Aurora Bertrana i Salazar, fonds)


None

4.5.F PECIFIC RULES FOR TYPES OF DOCUMENTS

None


5. Related documentation area

This area has to contain precise information on documentation that, in one way or another, becauseit completes it, compliments it or because it makes it more comprehensible or accessible, has any sig-nificant relationship to the unit of description. It also includes the bibliography. It includes the fol-lowing four elements: Existence and location of originals, Existence and location of reproductions, Relat-ed documentation and Bibliography.

5.1. EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ORIGINALS

5.1.A OBJECTIVE

If the unit of description is a reproduction or includes a reproduction, indicate the existence, loca-tion, availability and/or destruction of the original(s).

5.1.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the Existence and location of originals element is optional (op) for all levels ofdescription.

5.1.C SOURCES

The unit of description, the centre’s output formats and documents referring to admissions. All out-put formats from other centres, bibliographic or others (oral, etc.), cross-referenced.

If the source is not the unit of description, specify this, when appropriate, in the element Sources sothat the information provided can be crosschecked.

5.1.D GENERAL RULES

5.1.D1 Rule known location and accessible originals/If the unit of description is a reproduction and the original is accessible (at the centre or else-where), indicate its location, if possible, as accurately as possible, together with its/their stan-dardised reference code(s), or any other code or reference that may be useful for its/their iden-tification.

Examples:The originals are kept at the La Segarra Regional Archive (CAT ACSG 12 59).(Massot-Dalmases lineage, fonds)




Existence and locationof originals

op op op op op op



The originals of this series are kept by the owner of the fonds.(Post cards, series)

The original is conserved in the Archive of the Parliament in Madrid, General Series, bundle1824.(Record of the approval of the Statute of Catalonia debated in the Spanish Parliament in 1979, File-Level Description)

The original is kept by Mrs. Mercè Dodas i Torras, granddaughter of Joan Casanovas i Bofill.(Book of records for use by the Mosso d’Esquadra Joan Casanovas, item-level description)

The original is preserved in the Archive of the Hérault Department in Agde (France), as partof document unit 2 W 622.(List of refugees at the Agde camp, item-level description)

5.1.D2 Rule known location and access restrictions/If the original is conserved and located but is not accessible or is of restricted access, indicate this.

Examples:The originals are preserved at the family home and can only be consulted from June to September.(Scripts, series)

The originals are kept by the heirs, who do not allow their consultation since the originalswere reproduced.(Correspondence, series)

The original is preserved in the archive of Territorial Court no. 13 of Valencia, summary pro-ceeding 1156-V-41. For consultation it is necessary to address the request to the Judge.(Summary military case against Joan Peiró i Belis, File-Level Description)

5.1.D3 Rule partial location or access/If only a part of the unit of description is a reproduction, apply the criteria established in the pre-ceding rules for this part.

Example:The originals of the documents from the years of the Second Republic (1931-1939) are inthe Historical Archive of Tarragona.(Massa Coral la Veu del Poble, fonds)

5.1.D4 Rule non-existent or “unlocated” originals/If the originals no longer exist or their location is unknown, where possible indicate their last knownlocation and the circumstances of their destruction or disappearance, in so far as it may be rele-vant for the evaluation of the interest of the unit of description.

Examples:The original glass plates were destroyed by the fire that affected the home of the producer’s heirsin 1915.(Portraits, series)


The originals are, at present, in an advanced state of decay as a result of the structural degra-dation of the medium.(Payment orders, series)

The location of the originals is unknown.(Photographs of Francesc Macià’s trip to Cuba, File-Level Description)

5.1.D5 Rule changes affecting originals/ assign to Archival history, Scope and content/Other events affecting the original of the unit of description have to be indicated, where appro-priate, in Archival history (if they are relevant to the history, authenticity or integrity of the repro-duction and facilitate its interpretation) or in Scope and content (if they can be useful in evaluat-ing the possible interest of the reproduction).

5.1.D6 Rule transfers, authenticated copies and others/ assign to Related documentation/If the unit of description is a transfer, an authenticated copy or any other type of document derivedfrom a pre-existing document whose contents are totally or partially reproduced, do not includeit as it is not a reproduction but a different document. In this case, any reference to the sourcedocument (the contents of which are reproduced) must be indicated, if appropriate, in the elementRelated documentation.

5.1.D7 Rule reference to originals/ Reference models and documental quotes/ assign to Related doc-umentation/For systematic reference to originals, you can follow the models for references and quotes of unitsof description proposed in chapter III on Reference models and Documental & bibliographic quotes,as indicated in rule 5.3.D2.


None


None


5.2. EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF REPRODUCTIONS

5.2.A OBJECTIVE

To indicate the existence, location, characteristics and availability of reproductions of the unit of description.

5.2.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Existence and location of reproductions is optional (op) for all levels ofdescription.

5.2.C SOURCES

The centre’s output formats and administrative documents referring to entries/admissions. All output for-mats from other centres, bibliographic sources or others (oral, etc) crosschecked.

If the source is not the unit of description, specify this, whenever possible, in the Sources element so thatthe information provided can be cross-referenced.

5.2.D GENERAL RULES

5.2.D1 Rule location and characteristics of reproductions/If the reproduction of a unit of description is accessible (in the same centre or in any other loca-tion), indicate the location and characteristics, together with its/their standardised reference code(s),or, if necessary, any other code or useful reference for its/their identification.

Examples:There is a digital reproduction of the entire fonds at the National Archive of Catalonia (CATANC ac-61)(Massot-Dalmases lineage, fonds)

All of the series are reproduced on microfilm and are available at the centre.(Sacramental books, series group)

There are reference photocopies of the entire series.(Books of approved minutes, series)

There is a reproduction on microfilm at the Diocesan Archive of Barcelona (parish no. 595,roll 212) and another at the Centre for Genealogical Research in Salt Lake City (Utah, USA),both done by the Mormons in the late 1970s.(Book of deaths 1667 – 1725, item-level description)




Existence and location ofreproductions

op op op op op op



Since 2005 the Regional Archive of the Pallars Sobirà has a copy for consultation of the pho-tograph taken during the official visit of president Lluís Companys to the town.(Inauguration of the Casino of Sort, item-level description)

5.2.D2 Rule partial reproductions/If the available reproduction is only a part of the unit of description, apply the criteria establishedin the preceding rule only to this part.

Examples:There is a digital reproduction of the documentation generated during the Second Republic(1931-1939), for consultation, at the Municipal Archive of Torredembarra.(Massa Coral la Veu del Poble, fonds)

Of the documentation generated in Paris between 1939 and 1940, a digital reproduction canbe consulted at the Sabino Arana Foundation’s Archive of Basque Nationalism, located in thetown of Artea (Biscaia, Basque Country); the reproduction was made by the ANC in 2002.(Layetana Office, sub-fonds)

The same centre has microfilm records of the documents on parchment before 1200.(Wills and manuascripts, series)

5.2.D3 Rule physical or technical characteristics of reproduction/Indicate the physical or technical characteristics of the reproduction(s) and its/their date, if signif-icant for evaluating its/their interest and possible uses and usability.

Examples:There is a digital reproduction at the centre, in b/w, and a reproduction on 35-mmmicrofilm,made in 2004.(Commonwealth of Catalonia, fonds)

There is a duplicate in U-matic format made in 1984 and a video in VHS format made in 1987.(Films, series group)

The entire series is reproduced on b/w microfilm, with duplicates at the University of Califor-nia at Berkeley (United States)(Manuscripts, series).

A photographic reproduction exists in colour and on b/w microfilm.(Priviledge of King Jaume I, item-level description)

5.2.D4 Rule circumstances of reproduction/ assign to Archival history, Access conditions/The circumstances that have prompted the reproduction, as well as the circumstances in whichreproduction was carried out, should be specified, if appropriate, in the element Archival history,or in the element Access conditions if associated with restrictions regarding access to the original.

5.2.D5 Rule uses of the reproduction/ use for consultation/It is necessary to specifically include reproductions made expressly for consultation, whether atthe centre or other institutions with regulated conditions of access or via computer networks.


Examples:Digital reproduction for consultation at the ANC.(Barony of Eramprunyà, fonds)

A reproduction of the documents providing a history of business permits can be consulted, inpdf format, at the Municipal Archive of Barcelona website <http://www.bcn.es/arxiu>.(Records of permits for business activities, series)

In keeping with the deposit agreement, the Centre Excursionista has a reproduction that it offersfor consultation via its website <http://www> [Consultation: dd,mm,yyyy](Photographs of itineraries of great journeys -GR-, series)

5.2.D6 Rule uses of the reproduction/ other uses/Optionally, include other reproductions made for different purposes (reproduction tools for thecreation of other reproductions, reproductions made for publications, etc.), indicating these uses.

Examples:The long-term conservation files are kept in CSV format and are audited regularly in accor-dance with the policy of the centre.(Census record on Property Tax (IBI), series)

A high-definition digital reproduction in colour exists of the ornamental entranceway forpublishing purposes.(Book of acords, file-level description)

5.2.D7 Rule privately owned or private-use reproductions/Do not include reproductions made for private use (for research or publishing, administrative orany other exclusively private use), except in those cases in which circumstances makes it advis-able. Similarly, only include reproductions found at institutions that do not have regulated pub-lic access or that are in private hands as subsidiary information or when there is some importantreason to do so.

Example:Mr. Pere Ponts at present keeps a photographic reproduction of all the series, made around1930, that includes some initial and final pages of volumes that were destroyed by the fire of 1936.(Privilidges, series)

5.2.D8 Rule multiple original/ assign to Related documentation/If the unit of description is a multiple original and there are other originals available (at the samecentre or elsewhere), it is necessary to indicate this, where appropriate, in the element Related doc-umentation.

5.2.D9 Rule transfers, authenticated copies and others/ assign to Related documentation/If the unit of description derives from other different documents that fully or partially reproduceits contents (transfers, authenticated copies, etc.), include these other documents, where appro-priate, in the element Related documentation.


5.2.D10 Rule Reference models and documental quotes/ assign to Related documentation/For systematic reference to the units of description that reproduce originals, follow the models forreferences and quotes of units of description proposed in chapter III on Reference models and Doc-umental & bibliographic quotes, as indicated in rule 5.3.D2.


None


5.2.F1 Rule electronic documents/ types of reproductions/If the unit of description is an electronic document, for the purposes of description it is only impor-tant to include those reproductions whose existence is necessary for conservation or access.

Example:There is a master reproduction and two reference copies of the scanned documentation, all onDVD, at the Historical Archive of the City of Barcelona.(Board of Commerce, fonds)


5.3. RELATED DOCUMENTATION

5.3.A OBJECTIVE

To identify the documentation related to the unit of description.

5.3.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Related documentation is recommended (RE) for the fonds and sub-fondslevels, and optional (op) for the remaining levels of description.

5.3.C SOURCES

The output formats of the centre or of other centres, bibliographical or other (oral, etc.) sourcescrosschecked.

If the source is not the unit of description, specify this, whenever possible, in the element Sources sothat the information provided can be cross-referenced.

5.3.D GENERAL RULES

5.3.D1 Rule related through provenance or other associations/Include information on documentation in the same archive or elsewhere that may be related dueto provenance or by any other association with the unit of description. Clearly and concisely explainthe nature of the relationship.

5.3.D2 Rule description of related documentation/ Reference models and documental quotes/Identify related documentation so that it can be located. This information can be regulatedin accordance with the guidelines for references and quotes of units of description proposedin chapter III on Reference models and Documental & bibliographic quotes.

5.3.D3 Rule objective and specific relationship/Only provide information about the documentation whose relationship with the unit of descrip-tion is as objective and specific as possible. Do not include documentation related to the unit ofdescription through generic, subjective or obvious circumstances or association.

5.3.D4 Rule relationship with an applicable output format/ assign to Output formats/If the related unit of description is a current output format, use the element Output formats toprovide information about this.




Related documentation RE RE op op op op



5.3.D5 Rule rrelationship with originals or reproductions/ assign to Existence and location of orig-inals, Existence and location of reproductions/If the related unit of description is the original of the unit that is being described, or if a repro-duction, use the elements Existence and location of originals and Existence and location of reproduc-tions, respectively.

5.3.D6 Rule relationship due to provenance/Provide information of documentation that is related due to its provenance but is currently dis-persed as a result of fragmentation processes.

Examples:There are other series, parts of series and loose documents generated by the same institutionthat are kept at the Archive of the Crown of Aragon and at the Historical Archive of the Cityof Barcelona.(Royal Court of Appeals of Catalonia, fonds)

The rest of manuals and books of this notary public are found at the La Garrotxa RegionalArchive.(Secundum [proto]collum, file-level description)(Note: protocol of the notary public Joan Andreu – who ran a notary’s office in Olot – that is keptat the Historical Archive of Girona)

5.3.D7 Rule affinity or relationship of producers/Documentation that maintains a close link with the unit of description dependant on the affini-ty or relationship between the producers: family relationships, persons holding more than one postor carrying out activities in several areas, bodies that participate in other activities (like consor-tiums), persons who are part of a same association, artistic or similar movement, etc, can also beincluded.

Examples:There are significant personal documents that can complete the information about the produc-er in the Jordi Pujol i Soley fonds, which is also kept in this Archive.(President Jordi Pujol, fonds)

Official ceremonies (1920/2005) Fonds: (TorredembarraTownCouncil (CAT AMTO G319).The series contains records starting in 1992 related to the act of delivery of the dowry tomaidens of the town in the year of their marriage, a ceremony that relates to the mayor due tohis status as president of the Board of the Association.(Records of the application for dowrys, series)

5.3.D8 Rule substitution or succession of producers/In accordance with the substitution or succession of producers in the exercise of certain func-tions, documentation that constitutes the predecessor or continuation of the unit of descriptionshould be included.

ExamplesThe Land Registry of Cervera succeeded the Mortgage Accounting Office, and therefore, gen-erally, its fonds provide comparable information.(Mortgage Accounting Office of Cervera, fonds)


The first book of the series starts in 1845, but via an inventory of the Secretary's Office oftheTown Council contained in this same book, we know that a previous volume (1828-1845)existed, which would complement the books preserved in the Town Council with the twobooks in the archive of the parish of Sant Pere de Rubí, namely the Book of approved min-utes of the Common Board (1783-1828) and the Book of approved minutes of the Univer-sity Board (1552-1678).(plenary Book of Approved Minutes of the Town Council, series)

The records completed before the transfer of services from the State to the Autonomous Gov-ernment of Catalonia are kept in the fonds of the Provincial Prefecture in Barcelona for Inte-rior Commerce of the Ministry of Commerce and Tourism.(Punitive records on consumption and market disciplin, series)

Since the creation of the electoral boards in 1979, the main documentation is kept in thefonds of the Area Electoral Board.(Record of municipal elections, series)

5.3.D9 Rule relationship due to the complementary nature of the subject matter or other content-related elements/Any documentation that, with regard to subject matter or other elements of its content, is ofa significantly complementary nature to the unit being described (different parts of a proce-dure, units of other fonds related to the same procedure, etc.) can also be included.

Examples:There are documents relevant to the institution at the fonds of the Town Council of Mont-blanc. Specifically, among the municipal building permit series, the following records make ref-erence to the institution:– Licence no. 14/49 Construction of social building, 1949 (reg. 1.178.4)– Licence no. 147/65. Construction of movie theatre, 1965 (reg. 1.191.2). Contains a b&wphotograph.– Licence no. 125/81. Construction of sports pavilion, 1981 (reg. 1.245.5) (...)(Suburb of Montblanquí, fonds)

– Cashbook. 1928-1936. (CAT ACBL 14 72 1 )– General ledger. 1938-1939. (CAT ACBL 14 72 2 )– Miscellaneous merchandise dispatch book. 1938-1939. (CAT ACBL 14 72 3 )– Ledger of suppliers’ current accounts. 1938. (CAT ACBL 14 72 4)These books, produced by the Sant Feliu de Llobregat AgriculturalUnion, provide significant infor-mation because some of the functions of this institution were also transferred to the Farmers’ andStockbreeders’ Syndicate, which was the forerunner of the present Chamber of Agriculture.(Sant Feliu de Llobregat Chamber of Agriculture, fonds)

Taking into account the vicissitudes that have affected the institution archive, the consultationof the following fonds is advisable:

– The personal fonds of Ventura Gassol Rovira (CAT ANC 165) and of Pere Bosch Gimpera(CATANC 66), including information on their activities as ministers of the Autonomous Gov-ernment of Catalonia (of Culture and of Justice, respectively).


–The Autonomous Government of Catalonia (Exile) fonds (CAT ANC 511). The oldest doc-umentation in this fonds (which dates back to early 1939) is in fact the continuation of previ-ous documentation added to the institution’s archive.– The Josep Tarradellas fonds, which is in the archive of the Montserrat Tarradellas i MaciàFoundation in the abbey of Poblet. It contains documentation on wartime industries (...) doc-umental evidence of which are lacking in the ANC’s fonds.– The Autonomous Government of Catalonia fonds at the General Military Archive of Avilacontain minutes of the Governing Council and documentation of the Antifascist MilitiaCommittee not kept at the ANC.– The fonds of the Provincial Council of Barcelona contain records opened by several differ-ent ministries of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia in Barcelona, but closed or resolvedby the Provincial Council after the war. Likewise, the fonds of the Provincial Councils of Girona,Lleida and Tarragona preserve records opened by the respective Delegate Commissaries butclosed by the corresponding Provincial Council after the end of the war.– Fonds of territorial offices and services that preserve different regional archives can completethe fonds of the ANC, which lacks evidential documentation regarding the activity carriedout by some departments of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia in various parts ofthe territory.(Autonomous Government of Catalonia [Second Republic], fonds)

The National Institute of Statistics (INE) regularly adds municipal census data transferred to it byeachmunicipality, updating the population census of the entire country based on this information.(Municipal population census, series)

The central services include aid grants records.(Extrordinary requests for aids due to flooding, series)

Indictments concluded in a ruling are kept in the fonds of the Provincial Court of Appeals ofBarcelona.(Indictments, series)

Pastoral visits. 1290-1921. 4,2 m (paper). Fonds: Mensa Episcopal (CAT AEV 01.01.01.03.)date of creation of documents, 1920-1921.This series conserved at the diocesion archive allowsthe breaks in the series to be filled (Pastoral visits, series)

The deeds indicated in this series are found in the corresponding notarial protocols.(Register of deeds of obligation, series)

5.3.D10 Rule relationship through documentary tradition/Provide information, where appropriate, of documentation related to the unit of description throughdocumentary tradition (transfers, certifications, authenticated copies and other general copies, etc.).

Examples:Lawsuit between the chapter and the community of beneficiaries. 1560-1565 (date of creation).Fonds: Chapter of the Cathedral of Vic (CAT AEV ACV 41/4). This is another transfer with-in the same process.(Dispute between the chapter and the community of beneficiaries, file-level description)


The depositing family has a copy dating from 1756, included in court proceedings, whichinclude parts currently damaged in the parchment.(Sales document of the area of Solei, item-level description)

The original from which the notarised copy was made is kept in the fonds of the Roca family.(Notorial transfer of matriage contract between Pere Casals and Elisenda Roca, item-level descrip-tion)

5.3.D11 Rule multiple original/If the unit of description is a multiple original and there are other originals available (in the samecentre or elsewhere), indicate the location, together with its/their standardised reference code(s),or, if this is not possible, any other code or useful reference for its/their identification.

Examples:The copies of the Committee members acting on behalf of the government of the Republicare most likely kept at the General Archive of the Administration, in Alcala de Henares.(Minutes of the mixed commission of the cross-over from state to Autonomous government, series)

Agreement on the boundaries of Camp de la Feixa. 1273 (date of creation). Fonds: Chapter ofthe Cathedral of Vic (CAT AEV ACV 6/2575). This is another copy split by ABC from thesame document.(Agreement, item-level description)

The Sant Sadurní d’Anoia Municipal Archive has another copy of this document.(Document of delimitation and demarcation between the municipal boundaries of Subirats andSant Sadurní d’Anoia)

5.3.D12 Rule historic or institutional circumstances of the relationship/ assign to Archival history,History of the producer(s)/If the relationship with the unit of description is for historical or institutional reasons, specify them,if appropriate, in the element Archival history or History of the producer(s).

Example:The books that cover the discontinuity of the series between 1606 and 1799 are in the Archiveof the Crown of Aragon.(Deaths, series)(Note: Archival history includes the historic circumstances that explain the presence of these units inthe other centre)

5.3.D13 Rule exclusion of essential and obvious links/Do not include as related documentation for possible inclusion in this element any documenta-tion that, although not a part of the unit of description, has an essential and obvious link (docu-ments from hierarchically related description units, from the same fonds, etc), unless there issome significant and non-evident circumstance that makes it advisable.

Examples:There is a sanction on record for making undue use of the facilities (Exp. GB.ASP.ES.03/1999).(Record for the authorisation for social use of the CEIP of Alfons XIII, file-level description)


In the same fonds, in the series of parchments from the Parbodia de Gener there is an interpo-lated copy dating from the late 13th century that lacks a notarial signature.(Dowry, item-level description)


None


None


5.4. BIBLIOGRAPHY

5.4.A OBJECTIVE

To identify any publication referring to the unit of description or based on its use, study or analysis.

5.4.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Bibliography is optional (op) for all levels of description.

5.4.C SOURCES

Bibliography and other cross-referenced sources (oral, etc.).

If the source is not the unit of description, specify this, whenever possible, in the element Sources sothat the information provided can be cross-referenced.

5.4.D GENERAL RULES

5.4.D1 Rule publications based on use, study or analysis/Refer to and/or provide information on any publication (any work made public, whether pub-lished or unpublished, in any type of medium and media) relevant to the unit of description orbased on its use, study or analysis.

Examples:PÉREZ GÓMEZ, Xavier. “Archive of the Carthusian Monastery of Montalegre: historic evo-lution, XVI-XIX century”. Bundle. No. 11 (1997). pp. 31-42.(Carthusian Monastery of Montalegre, fonds)

CONGOST, Rosa. The landlords and others: region of Girona, 1768-1862.Vic: Eumo, 1990.208 p.(Mortgage Accounting Office of Girona, fonds)

FRAGO PÉREZ, Pilar. “The programme of recuperation of documental fonds of the Gossyp-ium group, SA, the head of large holding Catalan textiles”. Butlletí de l’ANC. No. 8 (June2004). pp. 12-14. <http://cultura.gencat.net/anc/publicacions.htm> [Consulted: 2, May,2005](Tecla Sala e Hijos, SA, fonds)




Bibliography op op op op op op



TORRAS I SERRA, Marc. The parchments of the farm Salipota of Súria. Súria: Town Council;Manresa: Study Centre of Bages, 2003.(Manuscripts, series)

ROCAFIGUERA IGARCIA, Francesc. “Summary of the district of the castle of Brull of 1419”.Monografies del Montseny. Núm. 7 (1992). p. 211-226.(Summary, file-level description)

5.4.D2 Rule facsimile editions or published transcriptions/You can also make reference to facsimile editions or published transcriptions.

Examples:Military tribunal and death sentence of Lluís Companys, president of the Autonomous Govern-ment of Catalonia (October 1940)- Consejo de guerra y condena a muerte de Luís Companys, pres-idente de la Generalitat de Catalunya (octubre de 1940). (Catalan and Spanish) [Barcelona]:Autonomous Government of Catalonia, 1999. Facsimile of the record of the military tribu-nal, which includes the text signed by president Companys “On the eve of the court-matial”and its translation into Spanish.(Summary proceedings against Lluís Companys Jover, file-level description)

PAGAROLAS I SABATÉ, Laureà (ed.). Protocol of the notary Bonanat Rimentol (1351): Capi-brevium notularum, 13 July-24 October, 1351. Barcelona: Fundació Noguera, 1991.(Protocol, file-level description)

5.4.D3 Rule other publications of interest/Firstly cite any publications on the unit of description. If none exist, quote others that containinformation of interest.

Example:PUIGVERT, JoaquimM. (ed.). Pastoral visits: from their medieval origins to the modern era.Girona:CCG, Rural history association of the region of Girona, University of Girona, 2003.(Pastoral visits of the suffragan of Sant Martí, series)

5.4.D4 Rule exclusion of general or current publications/Do not make reference to publications that are too general or are current reference works.

5.4.D5 Rule comments on publications/Where appropriate, include comments that help evaluate or interpret the contents, the significanceor the validity of the publication referred to, especially in cases in which some element (title, date,etc.) can lead to misleading interpretation. To avoid confusion, these comments should always beseparated from the bibliographic references using a full stop and a line break.

Examples:OLLICH I CASTANYER, Imma. Town and country of Catalonia XIII: the development of thelayout of Vic. Vic: Eumo, 1988.

(The book is based on the analysis of the unit of description)(Book 1 of wills, file-level description).


5.4.D6 Rule selection of publications/If the known bibliography is very broad, select those items that can be of most use (classicalworks, recent works, works of a summary nature or that include contributions from other publi-cations, etc.).

5.4.D7 Rule order references/Order the bibliography in a systematic, logical and clear way, particularly if it is long. Arrangingin alphabetical order is very common because it makes it easy to quickly locate authors, and if thebibliography is not very extensive, it is the easiest method. Chronological ordering represents bib-liographical production over time. Thematic Ordering is useful when the works deal with differ-ent aspects and the bibliography is very extensive. If the bibliographies are very long ones, it isadvisable to combine these various methods of ordering.

5.4.D8 Rule indicate the location of unpublished works/You can also make reference to unpublished works when their particularities and suitability makethis appropriate, specifying their location.

Example:CANELA I GARAYOA, Montserrat. “Department of Culture Classification Table”. Direc-tion of work: Michel Roberge. Work on the I Masters in Archiving. Autonomous Universityof Barcelona, 1990. There is a copy at the headquarters of the Association of Archivists of Cat-alonia.(Department of Culture, fonds)

5.4.D9 Rule sources for description/ publication also used as a source/ assign to Sources/If the quoted publication has served as a source for the description, also refer to it in the elementSources.

5.4.D10 Rule sources for description/ publication used only as a source/ assign to Sources/If the quoted publication that has served as a source for any element of the description does notprovide any further information of interest for the unit of description, quote this only in the ele-ment Sources.

5.4.D11 Rule Output formats/ assign to Output formats, Archival history/If the publication is only a current output format, include this in the element Output formats; ifit is not applicable, use the element Archival history.

5.4.D12 Rule bibliographic references/ harmonisation with ISO 690/ assign to Bibliographic refer-ence models/When the information is provided in the form of bibliographic references, follow the latest ver-sion of ISO 69 Documentation – Bibliographic references – Content, form and structure.

ISO 690 establishes the criteria for the production of bibliographic references and regulates theorder of the elements of the reference and conventions for the transcription of the information.The above notwithstanding, given its international nature, it does not provide any detail of thetypographical characteristics or the punctuation of the reference elements. In a bid to seek uniformapplication of the rule, some specific themes are proposed in chapter III. Always used as guide-


lines, they can serve as a model for elaborating the bibliographical references in the correspondingelements of the present rule.


None


None


6. Notes area

This area has to contain the information that is not relevant for inclusion in any other area, orthat is only suitable for inclusion here, and that, because of the uniqueness that it bestows uponthe unit of description, is archivistically appropriate to include. It is made up solely of the ele-ment Notes.

6.1. NOTES

6.1.A OBJECTIVE

To provide information that could not be included appropriately in any of the other elements.

6.1.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Notes is optional (op) for all levels of description.

6.1.C SOURCES

Primarily the unit of description. Also, the specific associated bibliography and various cross-referencedsources.

6.1.D GENERAL RULES

6.1.D1 Rule information not included in the other elements/Indicate specialised or important information that could not be properly included in any of thepreviously defined elements of description.

6.1.D2 Rule other relevant information/Include as much information as necessary that may be related to any of the areas or elements ofdescription, or to any other aspect of the unit of description.

6.1.D3 Rule subsidiary or complementary information/This information must be subsidiary or complementary with respect to the information containedin the other elements of the description. Do not provide information for which the standards havea specific element.




Notes op op op op op op



6.1.D4 Rule information significant in other respects or for other reasons/Include, providing references, information related to the unit of description that does not cor-respond to the other elements of the description and that is significant in other respects or forother reasons: artistic, literary, economic, bibliographic, etc. It may be that some of these aspectshave already been taken into account when preparing other elements, but due to their unique-ness or significance it may be advantageous to include them more explicitly.Examples:Includes notes and personal annotations that often include reflections on the use of the wordsand the creation of neologisms.(Literary groups, series)

The cost of purchase at the auction was 3,000 euros.(Photographs, series)

The following poem appears on the reverse of the next-to-last page of the second notebook, pre-ceding the date of 25 February 1524: "All you who travel/ along this road of love/ relieving mypain// have mercy on my sadness/ which I bear from loving so much/ have mercy on my misfor-tune/ I was born to suffer.// you who have to walk/along this road of love/ relieving my pain.”(Handbook, file-level description)

On the cover of the notebook there is a religious poem in Latin, which starts with "RecordareJesu pie", formed by twelve verses in a single paragraph.(Register of the first words of the book of Vilagelans, file-level description)

On the cover there is the drawing of a quartered cruciform shield, with a rudimentary borderof fish, with a cross on the sides and a goat at the top and the bottom.(Negociorum regis aragonum 1356, file-level description)

The dating attributed to the years following 1808 is due to the contents of a note on page 6 ofthe document: “List of contents of some signed parchments with their numbers; those thatcontain some foundations and creations of censuses; said foundations and censuses are no longerof use, nor is there any mention of them in the papers and books found after the war and rev-olution of 1808.”(Pertaining to that containing some archival parchments, particularly those of the acts of sale ofland which today belongs to the convent, item-level description)

6.1.D5 Rule order the information/Present the information consistently, grouping, when necessary, the data referring to the same ele-ment or the same area. In such cases it is necessary to make it very clear to which element or areainformation refers.

Example:Notes in the Identity statement area:Title: Formal title on the cover, not contemporary (15th century): “Confessions to the curia ofMoncada”.


Dates: The second notebook indicates the change of year and it is demonstrable that, althoughat the time the usual calculation was based on the date of birth, the date of the circumcision(current calculation) was used.(Book of confessions of debts and of orders, file-level description)

6.1.D6 Rule non-current identification data/Identification data of the unit of description that is no longer current or valid including obsoletecodes (signatures or systematic references, topographic or other references), notable alterations ofvolume as a result of the archival processing, etc. can be included.

Examples:By replacing the original ring binders with permanent-conservation folders, the number ofmetres occupied by the documentation until now has been drastically reduced.(Economic management, series group)

Before the renumbering of the boxes, the record appeared in box 122 in the transfer list fromthe Central Archive of the Department of Industry (admission code 1727).(House of Vallromanes, file-level description)

Before entering the ANC, the signature attributed by the Archive of Nationalism of the Sabi-no Arana Foundation was K.00128,C.1.(Record concerning conflicting functions with the Ministry of Agriculture, file-level description)

A label is preserved on the spine bearing the number 1666, corresponding to an old signature.(Record of the censuses done by those of the town and monastic censuses after the Cabreo from 1617and 1618, item-level description)

6.1.D7 Rule rejected identification data/ assign to History of the producer(s), Scope and content/dismissed alternative or formal titles/Identification data of the unit of description that has been rejected or dismissed can also beincluded, such as possible rejected alternative or formal titles, as long as they have not been assignedto the elements History of the producer(s) (for fonds and sub-fonds) or Scope and content (for theother levels).

Examples:Formal title on cover: Santa Cruz de Palou.(Book of baptisms, marraiges and deaths, file-level description)

Formal title on cover: Capbrevium censualium elemosine pauperum claustri sedis Ilerdensisanni MCCCCLXXX noni de quo est procurator et reffector honorabile dominus ManuelDargentona prebiter sedis Ilerde benefficiatus. MCCCCLXXX, MCCCCLXXXII...(Summary of the Pia Almoina, item-level description)

6.1.D8 Rule formal or physical characteristics/Include formal or physical characteristics of the unit of description related to the context of itscreation, use or management that could be significant but not essential to identifying and givingcontext to the archival document such as: descriptions of a diplomatic and palaeographic nature(information about the internal structure of the documents, validation notes, references to unusu-


al scripts and other unique elements, etc.), re-use of documents, details on the state of preserva-tion, any peculiarities on the utilisation of the documents or of a specific type of medium, etc.,which, due to not directly affecting their access and use, have not been included in the other ele-ments of the standards.

Examples:On the left margin, printed in Catalan, is the type of legal claim: “I. Bras secular” or “II. Brassecular”. On the reverse side is the address and the name of the litigating parties, in Catalan,and a decorated capital “R”, meaning “lletre de reclam” (“legal claim”).(Ecclesiastical legal claims, of the mayors office of Terrassa, series)

Printed form with endorsement, mutual association seal (printed on glue-backed label) andmunicipal stamp (in cyclostyled copy) obliterated by a date stamp. Completed using a type-writer.(Applications, series)

The book begins under two headings, with income on one side and outgoings on the other.(Book of income and outgoings, file-level description)

The cover has a sketched drawing that seems to represent a scribe.(Repertorium sive manualet, unitat documental composta)

The cover is a re-used documental parchment that contains a deed of emphyteutic leasedating from 1355.(Notorial handbook 1403, file-level description)

Lists of chapters, articles, items and budget entries in hand-drawn squares in red pencil. Sig-natures of the auditor. Certifications undersigned by the secretary with the approval of theMay-or. All of the pages are stamped using blue ink from an inkpad.(Record of the ordinary budget, file-level description).

Date clause: DatumRomae, apud Beatum Petrum, per manum [.....], kalendas maii, indiccioneVIIª, anno Dominice Incarnacionis MºXCºIXº.(Bull “Piae postulatio”, item-level description)

There are some tiny holes made by woodworm that do not affect the reading of the docu-ment.(Edict of visits, item-level description)

It is the last section of a book, the rest of which contains documents concerning the mostas-saf,f inspector of weights and measures.(Treasurer, item-level description)(Note: This is a unit linked to other units of description)

6.1.D9 Rule errors or doubts in interpretation/Indicate any possible errors or doubts regarding interpretation in relation to the identification infor-mation or context of the unit of description, e.g. doubts about the date. the producer, etc.


Examples:The dating in the year 36 (ic) by king Robert places the document at 1032, during the reign of hissuccessor Enric.(Sales document, item-level description)

In some documents, on page 21 and subsequent pages, the date "MCCCLVII" appears; how-ever, in a later annotation, the year 1367 appears in Arabic numerals. This is probably due toan error of interpretation by the person who added the date in Arabic numerals rather thanthe correction of an error detected in the original annotation.(Liber notularum Petri de Puig de Johan auctoritate regia notarii, annorum MCCCLXVI usqueLXXII, file-level description)

The title is misleading: "Instructive papers on different matters of interest of the EpiscopalMen-sa of Vich", which does not correspond with the contents of the unit of description.(Property correspondence in Tarragona, file-level description)

6.1.D10 Rule Information on publication and dissemination/ assign to Bibliography/Include information on the publication and dissemination of the unit of description that has notbeen assigned, due to their partial or marginal nature, in the element Bibliography.

Examples:This dossier includes a handwritten memoir by Josep Torras, consisting of four pages, wherehe describes the events that he witnessed during the so-called Tragic Week, on the morning of27th July 1909, from the Town Council building. The document written by this municipalcivil servant was used as the centrepiece for the episode called “La violència” (“Violence”) ofthe programme Stories of Catalonia, broadcast by TV3 on 16 June 2003 (at 9:30 p.m.), whichalso broadcast fleeting images of the original document.(Dossier of divers documents and memos of Josep Torras Serra, file-level description)

The initial E of page 2, photographed by Foto Fris, was reproduced in a bookmark that wasgiven as a gift to the participants of the 5th European Conference on Archives: Back toBasics in the Profession/6th Archive Seminar of Catalonia, held in Barcelona on 27-30 May1997.(Book of priviliges of Cervera, file-level description)

A photograph of the parchment appears on page 177 of the book PUIG USTRELL, Pere.Documental manuscripts. Barcelona: Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Departmentof Culture. Archive Service, 1995.(Will of Arnau d’Oló, item-level description)

The image of the document (processed by reducing the contrast and modifying the tone) isused as a background for the pages on the www.abev.net website.(Certificate of baptism of Jacint Verdaguer, item-level description)

One of the initial letters of the document was used as a basis for the current logo of the cen-tre.(Town charter, item-level description)


6.1.D11 Rule highlight descriptive aspects/Make explicit reference to the implicit aspects in the description that are deserving of more atten-tion as a result of their significance.

Example:The gap in 1809 coincides with the period in which the city was occupied by the French army.(Book of approved minutes of the council, file-level description)

6.1.D12 Rule opinions and interpretations/If required opinions and/or interpretations regarding the usefulness of the unit of description canbe included. If these are not opinions of a legal or procedural nature, or concern the original func-tion of the documentation, but rather are subjective appraisal, make their subjectivity very clear.

Examples:Each record contains an incident report sheet indicating the admissions and releases to andfrom the prison. This makes it possible to determine the time of imprisonment. In the case ofthe political prisoners of the Franco regime, the information is useful for determining the lengthof the stay in prison and application for the corresponding compensation.(Personal records of inmates, series)

This documentation can be of didactic interest for secondary-school pupils because it allowsthem to extract information about the population of the town quickly and simply, and to estab-lish comparisons easily and construct age pyramids. The most appropriate educational levelfor working with this documentation starts with the second cycle of ESO (Compulsory Sec-ondary Education), provided that the students have a minimal knowledge of demographics.(Demographic statistics, series)

6.1.D13 Rule authorship and other responsibilities related to the creation of the documents/Include information referring to responsibilities related to the creation of the documents that hasnot been included in other elements of the description because it does not affect the identifica-tion, understanding or evaluation of the interest of the unit of description.

Examples:Includes the report on the works carried out Can Mascaró by Xavier Bellmunt.(Record of the restauration of Can Mascaró, file-level description).

The builder was Llorenç Molins i Serra.(Record of licences of works of the Bertrand flats in Laureà Miró road, file-level description)

Contains a budget signed by the engineer Pau Parellada that was never carried out.(Record of the geometric ground plan of the town, file-level description)

6.1.D14 Rule authorship and other responsibilities generating rights/Include all the responsibilities for creation or authorship from which rights can derive on the partof individuals or corporate bodies other than the producer or the organisation that is keeping theunit of description under its custody.

Example:Photographs of the evaluation made by Jordi Anguera.(Taxation records, file-level description)


6.1.D15 Rule authorship and other responsibilities/ restrictions or other factors conditioning access/assign to Access conditions, Reproductions conditions/The possible restrictions or factors conditioning access that derive from authorship must be includ-ed in the elements Access conditions and Reproductions conditions.

6.1.D16 Rule authorship and other responsibilities/ responsibilities regarding physical or formal aspectsnot related to the creation of the documents/Responsibilities regarding the physical or formal aspects of the unit of description, unrelated to rightsissues or of document production, such as responsibilities with regard to manual intervention, restora-tion, design of the formal layout of the information, etc can also be included.

Examples:The parchments have been restored by the Restoration section of the National Archive ofCatalonia.(Can Falguera, fonds)

The microfilm was produced by the Genealogical Society of The Church of Jesus Christ ofLatter-day Saints.(Reproduction of sacramental books, series group)

The application form that the Department places at the disposal of outside users since 2000(http://cultura.gencat.net/documents/ docs/K240-V01-02.dot) was drawn up in keeping withrequirements set out in the Manual for Documents and Forms coordinated by the Depart-ment of Culture’s Central Administrative Archive.(Application for archeological or paleantological excavations, series)

The extended form used since 1999 was designed by the company Docu-Consulting.(After-sales satisfaction questionairs, series)

The ANC restored the original in 2001. The initial state and the tasks carried out are describedin the report issued by Mireia Ricart (...).(Summary proceedings against Joan Peiró Belis, file-level description)

6.1.D17 Rule authorship and other responsibilities/ responsibilities related to archival treatment/Where necessary, include responsibilities related to the archival treatment of the unit of descrip-tion, such as the identification of the fonds and series, classification, indexing, etc.

Example:The toponymic index, which includes the hydro graphic basins, the municipalities, regions,provinces and demarcations, was drawn up by Josep Ferrer, Mireia Sort and Joan Martí, co-ordinated by Eulàlia Pons.(Technical projects, series)

6.1.D18 Rule Reference models and document quotes/ assign to Related documentation/For systematic reference to the units of description, the models for references and quotes of unitsof description proposed in chapter III on Reference models and Documental & bibliographic quotes,as indicated in rule 5.3.D2 can be followed.



None


None


7. Description control area

This area has the important function of documenting the authorship and the archival responsibilityof the description, indicating their sources, the rules and conventions taken into account and posi-tioning them with chronological accuracy, via the elements: Authorship and date(s), Sources and Rulesor conventions.

7.1. AUTHORSHIP AND DATE(S)

7.1.A OBJECTIVE

To indicate by whom and on what date the description was created and/or revised.

7.1.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Authorship and date(s) is obligatory (OB) for all levels of description.

7.1.C SOURCES

Not relevant.

7.1.D GENERAL RULES

7.1.D1 Rule authorship/ authorship by individuals, responsibility of corporate bodies/Include the individual or individuals responsible for the description. If appropriate, also indicatethe centre, company or institution where he/she/they work.

7.1.D2 Rule authorship/ authors by type of responsibility/When different people having different responsibilities have participated in the creation of thedescription, indicate this, where appropriate, including them all and their respective responsibil-ities.

Examples:Jordi Mas, under the direction of Carme Costa.

Description written by Roser Gort and revised by Montse Pons (2000)(Account books of Pia Almoina, item-level description)




Authorship and date(s) OB OB OB OB OB OB



7.1.D3 Rule authorship/ delimitation of authorship/If the authorship of a unit of description is neither individual nor joint, but rather differentiatedaccording to the authorship of areas or elements of the description, determine the part describedby each author. Also indicate, where appropriate, their respective dates.

Examples:History of the producer(s) and Archival history under Maria Puig (October 2004). Theother elements are under Andreu Martí (May 2005).(fonds)

Description made by Andreu Martí, except the area of Access conditions and use, which wasproduced by Josep Bosc.(series group)

7.1.D4 Rule authorship/ authorship by type of change or modification of the description/Wherever appropriate, include information of authorship with regard to the various changes ormodifications that may have beenmade to the description (updates, additions or extensions, amend-ments, etc.), in order to identify their respective authorship. Also indicate the dates and theextent of the changes.

Examples:Josep Bosc described the part of the documentation deposited in 1988 and Andreu Martídescribed the part that was deposited in 1999.(fonds)

Series described by Maria Puig and Josep Bosc, September 2003. Dating revision to specifymonths and days by Andreu Martí, January 2005.(Admission requests to meetings for the selection of work personnel, series)

7.1.D5 Rule authorship/ exceptional circumstances relating to the author/If the person or persons responsible for the description have made it within a framework of eventsor within a significant or exceptional context that have/has had an impact on the descriptionitself and that could be of significance, then it/they should be included.

Examples:Description made by Josep Font at the donor’s request and funded by the donor himself.

Description provided by Josep Font as part of the parish fonds description programme carriedout by the Episcopal Conference.

Description provided by Josep Font, as part of his practicum at the ESAGED.

Provisional description made by Josep Font, based on the old manual catalogue, without hav-ing been able to make suitable revision of the documentation.

7.1.D6 Rule other responsibilities for archival treatment/ assign to Archival history, Notes/References to responsibilities related to the archival treatment of the unit of description (identi-fication of fonds and series, classification, indexing, etc.) can be included, in the elements Archivalhistory or Notes.


7.1.D7 Rule date of the description/Record the date(s) on which the description wasmade, validated and/or modified (updated, expand-ed, corrected).

7.1.D7a Rule periods and dates/To indicate the date(s) of the description, the period of production of the description (startingand/or ending date) and/or the date of its last revision or modification can be included.

7.1.D7b Rule initial date/ date of last revision/Include, in descending order, the date of the initial description and that of the last revision. Ifnecessary, also indicate all the dates of relevant changes in order.

Examples:2001/01/25. Modified 2004/10/15(Parrish of Santa Maria de Folgueroles, fonds)

1995. Updates of the description due to additions to the series: 1997, 1999 and 2001.(Records of the register of industrial plants of Catalonia, series)

1999-2001. Description expanded in 2005.(Personnel records, series)

1999. Updated in 2004 to add the closing date of the record.(Teixits Bosch SA, file-level description)

7.1.D7c Rule indicate the date of the affected part/If the changes in the description only affect specific areas, elements or aspects, specify them.

Examples:1998/12/31. Revised and adapted to the second version of the ISAD(G) on 2005/03/30.(Baix Llobregat Regional Council, fonds)

2001/10/10. The closing date of the record was added on 2005/01/10.(Contracting records, series)


None


None


7.2. SOURCES

7.2.A OBJECTIVE

To explain how the description was made.

7.2.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Sources is obligatory (OB) for the fonds and sub-fonds level, and rec-ommended (RE) for the other levels of description.

7.2.C SOURCES

Not relevant.

7.2.D GENERAL RULES

7.2.D1 Rule sources of the description/Include the sources consulted to prepare the description.

7.2.D2 Rule sources/ sources other than the unit of description/ when the source is the unit of descrip-tion/Specify the sources used to prepare the information for the various elements of description. Explic-itly quote the sources that are not the unit of description. Only indicate that the source itself isthe unit of description when including a specific circumstance that is important to mention.

Examples:The titles of the item-level documents were obtained from the records of the author’s collection.(Antoni Esplugas, fonds)

The information on the current location of this building permit was obtained by consultingthe land registry files of the Figueres Town Council’s Revenue Office.(Permit granted to Vicenç Salleras to build a new house on Rambla no. 16, file-level description)

The final year of the chronological ambit of the book was specified by consulting its contents.(Book of souls of our lady of Vilabertran, item-level description)

The year was taken from page 124v of the document because only the day and themonth appearin the other ones (sic).(Book of reciepts, file-level description)




Sources OB OB RE RE RE RE



7.2.D3 Rule sources/ indicate the sources by elements/ assign to Reference models and bibliographicquotes/These sources have to be included in such a way as to make clear for which element(s) they havebeen used. If it is necessary to provide bibliographic references, apply the models proposed in chap-ter III on Reference Models and Document & Bibliographic Quotes.

Examples:For background information on the producer and the context in which the agricultural soci-eties appear, data has been taken from:– GAVALDÀ ITORRENTS, Antoni. Agrarian Associations in Catalonia:The model of the Agrar-ian Society of Valls: (1888-1988), 2 vol. Valls: Institut d’Estudis Vallencs, 1989.(Collbató Chamber of Agriculture, fonds)

To reduce the dates to the present calculation, we followed the criteria established in:– FELIU, Gaspar. “Crononologia”. In FELIU, Gaspar; SALRACH, Josep M. (dirs.). Parch-ments of the Archives of the counts of Barcelona of Ramon Borrell to Ramon Berenguer I, volume I.Barcelona: Fundació Noguera, 1999, p. 143-215.(Treaties, series)

For the element Archival history, the following was used:– DURAN i CAÑAMERAS, F. “The Palace of Justice of Barcelona and its Archives”. In Cata-lan University Sudies, vol 17 (Barcelona, 1932), p. 124-165.- DURAN i CANYAMERES, F. Judicial Archives of Barcelona. Barcelona: G. Casacuberta print-er, 1933.– UTGÉS i VALLESPÍ, M. “Civil processes of the Royal Court of Appeals of Catalonia of theXVII-XIX centuries held at the ANC”. In Archive. Archive Services Bulletin, no. 17 (Barcelona,spring 1998).- ZULETA y ALEJANDRO, F. General Archive of the High Court of the territory of Barcelona.Direction of the work: Joan Vintró i Castells. Work on the I Masters in Archiving at the UAB(1991).

For the element Related documentation, the following was used:– ALBERCH, R.; RIERA, S.; ROVIRA, M. (editorial board). Historic Archive of the City ofBarcelona. Barcelona: Barcelona City Council, 1995.– LARRUCEA, C; ZULETA, F. “General Archive of the High Court of Justice of Catalonia”.In Guide of the Archives of Catalonia, vol. 5. Barcelona: Autonomous Government of Catalo-nia. Department of Culture, 1992.– LÓPEZGÓMEZ, P.: Archive of the Crown of Aragon: A brief guide by the researcher. [Madrid]:Ministry of Education and Culture, [1997].– UDINA MARTORELL, F.: Historical and Descriptive guide to the Archive of the Crown ofAragon. Madrid: Ministry of Culture, 1986.(Royal Court of Appeals of Catalonia, fonds)

7.2.D4 Rule sources/ differentiate sources/If different types of sources (documentation from other units of description or other levels ofdescription, bibliographical sources, legislative sources, etc.) have been used for a single element,they can be grouped in order to clearly identify them.


Example:For the element History of the producer(s) the sources used were:Bibliography– CAMPILLO, Maria. La institució de les Lletres Catalanes 1937-1939. La primera Institucióde les Lletres Catalanes: situació i sentit d’un compromís amb la cultura. Barcelona: AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia. Institution of Catalan Letters, 1999.Legislation– CATALONIA. Decree of 13 of September 1937 on the creation of The Institute of CatalanLetters. Diari Oficial de la Generalitat de Catalunya, 16 September 1937, no. 259, pp. 1150-1152. (...)Units of description– Minutes of the inaugural session of 22 September 1937, first document of the Book of approvedminutes of the Institution (CAT. ANC. 209, uc.1) (...)(Institute of Catalan Letters, fonds)

7.2.D5 Rule sources/ sources included in other elements/If the sources have already been included in the elements Related documentation and/or Bibliogra-phy, direct reference can be made to this.

Example:The bibliography quoted in the element Bibliography was used as a bibliographical source forthe element History of the producer(s).(Mare de Déu de la Mercè de Calldetenes parish, fonds)

7.2.D6 Rule sources/ do not include common and general sources/If information comes from common knowledge or from general bibliography (encyclopaedias, dic-tionaries), they need not be included.


None


None


7.3. RULES OR CONVENTIONS

7.3.A OBJECTIVE

To identify the regulations on which the description is based.

7.3.B ALLOCATION

The allocation of the element Rules or Conventions is optional (op) for all levels of description.

7.3.C SOURCES

Not relevant.

7.3.D GENERAL RULES

7.3.D1 Rule specify rules or conventions/Specify the international, national, local and/or internal (of the centre itself ) rules or conventionsapplied in preparing the description.

7.3.D1a Rule identify title, author and date/Rules or conventions, especially if they are national, local or internal, must be explicitly identi-fied, including the title, author and date where relevant.

Example:Standards of Archival description in Catalonia (NODAC). Barcelona: Autonomous Governmentof Catalonia. Department of Culture. General Archive Office and Association of Archivists ofCatalonia, 2006.

7.3.D1b Rule indicate centre-specific rules or conventions/If specific use has been made of any of the rules or conventions that are particular or specific tothe centre (manual of description, treatment report, dating models, etc.), mention this, includ-ing, where appropriate, the rule or convention it derives from.

Example:TheDescriptionMethodManual of the AIDA systemwas followed in the description of the fonds.Municipal Archive. Barcelona: City Council, 2003.This is a specific proposal for application of the International Standard Archival DescriptionISAD (G).(Sant Martí de Provençals Town Council, fonds)




Rules or Conventions op op op op op op



7.3.D2 Rule indicate where applied/If a specific standard has been used to prepare the information of a specific element, clearly indi-cate this.

Examples:The coding established by the ISO 639-1 and ISO 639-2 standards was used for the elementLanguages and Scripts: International Standards for Language Codes.(Consumer advice, series)

To prepare the element Title, the following working document was used: “Standards for theclassification of documental fonds of municipal, peace, regional and district courts ”. Barcelona:Autonomous Government of Catalonia, Department of Culture, Archive Service, 1999.(Evidential information, series)


None


None


F. Glossary

The terms and definitions of this glossary are an integral part of the standards and must be under-stood in this particular context.

The Standards Committee on description and the different working groups have participated in thedrafting of this glossary, with the latter suggesting modifications to the definitions or the inclusion ofnew terms in the committee’s initial proposal.

In building the glossary, a database was created including the terms defined by ISAD(G) in theEnglish (2000) and French (2000) versions, as well as the Spanish (2000) and Catalan (2001) ver-sions; the ISAAR(CPF) in the English (2004) and French (2004) versions, and the Catalan (1996)and Spanish (2004) versions; the international standard ISO 5127: 2001(E) Information and doc-umentation-vocabulary; and the Rules for Archival Description, second edition (RDDA2) drafted bythe Canadian Committee on Archival Description, commissioned for this purpose by the Cana-dian Council of Archives (CCA) (2004), in its two versions (English and French), both pendingapproval.

The final glossary of terms included in NODAC was drafted by the Standards Committee takinginto account the terms and definitions of other standards and the proposals of the working groups.

AccessThe act of use of the documents of a fonds, usually subject to rules and conditions. Access may belimited by the type of data contained in the documentation or by its physical characteristics.

Archive1. Organisation or institution that specifically performs the functions of organisation, guardianship,management, description, conservation and dissemination of documents and of documental fonds.2. Documental fonds or group of fonds.3. Place of storage of in which an individual’s or corporate body’s fonds is kept.

ArchivingManual andmechanical operation of installing and preserving documentation in folders, bundles, box-es, etc.

AuthorPerson or body responsible for the intellectual contents of a document. The author should not bemistaken with the producer.

EvaluationThe process of determining the conservation period of archival records.

CrateA relative large, parallelepiped-shaped container for archive documents, particularly for transportpurposes.


BoxA rigid, variably shaped but rather small container, generally made of cardboard, for containing andprotecting archive documents and facilitating their conservation and ordering.

FolderCovers, generally made of cardboard, joined on one side, which constitute a receptacle of variable thick-ness for the grouping and preservation of documents. This term is similar to that of "sleeve", which isalso used on occasion.

CatalogueOutput format that describes the final level of a documental fonds, the file- or item-level unit, com-posed from the information of compulsory elements of description from higher levels. For the pur-pose of these standards, the output format that deals with units of description as specific items, with-out determining the hierarchical context in which the fonds to which they belong is organised, is nota catalogue, it is a directory.

Archival citationA brief form of archival reference intended to identify an archival document.

Bibliographic citationA brief form of bibliographic reference intended to identify where a text has been taken from, wherean idea has been paraphrased from, where certain information has been obtained from, etc., and toindicate the precise location of the text, idea, data, etc., in the bibliographical document.

ClassificationA process that serves to identify the different groups of documents that make up a fonds and theirrelationships in accordance with recognised archival principles.

Reference codeSet of alphabetical and/or numeric signs that unequivocally identify the unit of description.

CollectionAn inorganic set of documents joined and sorted according to subjective criteria, regardless of theirorigin.

Authority controlControl of the regulated forms of terms, including names (of persons, bodies and toponims) used aspoints of access.

CustodyResponsibility of taking care of documents, deriving from their physical possession. Custody does notalways include legal ownership or the right to establish the means of access to the documents.

Date of update of a descriptionDate on which new data is added to the unit of description or on which existing data is modified orvalidated.


Date of aggregationDate on which the documents making up the unit of description were gathered together by the pro-ducer in the pursuit of his activities. This date cannot be earlier than the starting date of the existenceor activity of the producer (or of the preceding producers).

Date of creationDate on which the documents of a unit of description were generated in the medium on which theyare found. In the case of electronic documents, this corresponds with the date of production of theoriginal first-generation document with the original information content.

Date of captureFor photographic or audio-visual documents, this is the date on which the images that will later beplaced in the medium on which they are found were taken or filmed.

Date of modificationDate on which the contents of an existing document are modified.

Date of processingDate on which photographic or audio-visual documents were put in the medium on which they arefound. This is the equivalent of the date of creation of the document.

Archival descriptionThe drafting of an accurate representation of a unit of description and, where appropriate, of theparts that compose it, through compilation, analysis, organisation and recording of any informationthat serves to identify, manage, locate and explain the documentation in the archive, as well as thecontext and the systems in which it was produced.

Audio-visual documentDocument in which the attached information can be perceived or reproduced as images with soundthat convey the effect of motion. These also include motion pictures without sound.

Archive documentThe recorded information, regardless of the medium or its physical and intellectual characteristics, pro-duced or received and preserved by an body or a person in the pursuit of their activities.

Cartographic documentDocument in which the information is represented using a technical and mathematical base (geomet-ric or photometric), which attempts to objectively represent all or part of the earth’s surface, of theglobe, a celestial object or comparable body, real or unreal. They contain, therefore, the attemptedobjective representation of geographical or astronomical surfaces (maps, geographic plans, plans ofplots of land, marine charts, portolanos, orthophotos, astronomical charts, etc).

Electronic documentDocuments in which the information is manipulated, transmitted or processed by means of com-puters and has content, context and sufficient structure to demonstrate the activity that generat-ed it.


Iconic documentDocuments in which the information is presented by images representing subjective perceptions, asmuch as they reflect a perception, a perspective or a point of view. They include drawings, posters,prints, graphics, photographs, etc.

Summary documentFor evaluation and selection purposes, a summary document is a document that contains the essen-tial data of the evaluated series. These may include, for example, reports, books of record specific tothat specific series, census books, reports, statistics, databases, files, or publications.

Sound documentDocuments in which the information recorded is reproduced using sound.

Technographic documentDocument in which the information is represented using a technical and mathematical base (geomet-ric or photometric), which attempts to objectively represent structures (buildings or architectural ele-ments, substructures, etc.), machinery (appliances, gadgets, components, etc), organisms (micro-organ-isms, animals, anatomical elements, etc.) or objects (minerals, crystals, etc.).

Text documentDocument in which the information is represented using one, or more than one, system of alphabet-ic symbols (via manuscript, typewritten, printed or projected), readable with or without the assis-tance of a machine.

Folio1. Page of a book that is numbered only on the front.2. Sheet of paper measuring 22 x 32 cm.

FondsGroup of documents, regardless of form or medium, organically created and/or accumulated and used byan individual, family, or corporate body in the course of that producer's activities and functions.

FormatDimensions, proportions and other characteristics relative to the medium of the document.

Data formatIn electronic documents, the indicator of the software tools and resources that have been used to cre-ate the documents, and which determine the logical layout of the data (DOC, TIF, HTML, MDB,JPG, PDF, etc.).

Sheet1. Each of the quadrangular pieces of paper that make up a book, notebook, etc.2. A section of a book printed upon one piece of paper.

GuideOutput format intended as a general guide to the user of a fonds and sub-fonds or collection. Thedescription only affects the upper levels (fonds, sub-fonds) and contains information about the


producer and the context of creation of the documentation. The length of the description of thedocuments that comprise the fonds is brief. For the purpose of these standards, only the fonds guideis accepted as the guide of a single fonds. The fonds and collections guide of one or more archivecentres is the sum of the fonds guides treated individually. Guides can also be made to jointly describea group of fonds referring to the same theme, subject matter, period, geographical area, etc., or toa certain type of document (cartographic fonds, photographic fonds, etc.). This would apply, forexample, to a corporate fonds guide at one or more archive centres. These types of guides can alsoinclude general information about the services that the centres that preserve the documentation offerto users.

Series GroupSet of documents grouping together two or more organically or functionally related series. The seriesgroup is to be found between the fonds, or sub-fonds, and the series, and the series that form part ofit have to be clearly identified and individualised one in relation to the others. In its turn the seriesgroup could contain other sub-ordinate series groups.

AdditionsDocuments added to an already existing unit of description.

IndexAlphabetical lists containing names of persons, organisations, places, subjects, materials or other keywords (points of access) for the purpose of searching, identifying and locating an archival description.

AdmissionAct of incorporating or admitting a document to a centre.

InstallingAct of placing the units of installation within the archive.

Output FormatGeneric term for any descriptive or reference tool created or received by an archive service in the processof establishing administrative intellectual control over the documentation.

InventoryOutput format that describes the group of documents that are part of a documental fonds, from thefonds level down to and including the series level. The description is organised around the series andmust determine the hierarchical context in which the fonds is structured. Exceptionally, the invento-ry can also be used to describe at unit of installation level when this is a fragment of the series. In thiscase, it must have the necessary elements to facilitate the location of the file- or item-level descriptionwithin the fonds and series described.

BookSet of sheets bound or tied together, generally with covers, that constitutes a unit of installation.

BundleA unit of installation that is bound by means of a ribbon or string.


Level of DescriptionPosition of a unit of description in the hierarchy of a fonds.

OrderInstalling archival documents according to a predetermined order: alphabetical, chronological, numer-ical. Group.

BodyOrganisation or association of persons, identified by its own name, that acts or can act as a group.

OrganisationIntellectual and physical operations consisting of analysing and processing documents in accordancewith archival principles. This is also a term for the result of the operation.

OriginalDocument that constitutes the primary and immediate product or evidence of an action, activity orfunction of a producer. It also includes any type of document that, in spite of being derived from anoth-er document (whose contents it can fully or partially reproduce), it constitutes an archival documentin its own right.

Multiple originalSet of identical originals generally produced by each of the parties participating in an act.

Fold1. Each of the sheets of paper folded in half one or more times as appropriate to fit the size of thebook, which sewn together forms a notebook.2. Term traditionally used to distinguish a bundle from a group of physically individual documents.

ProducerBody, family or person that has produced, gathered and/or preserved documents in the pursuit oftheir personal or corporate activity. The producer should not be confused with the author.

ProvenanceRelationship between the archival documents and the bodies and persons that created, accumulatedand/or conserved and used them in the exercise of their personal or corporate activity.

PublicationDocument that contains any work made public, published or unpublished, and made public by anytype of medium and means.

SectionSet of sheets, folded, fitted and generally sewn together, that, together with other sections, forms abook.

NotebookSet of sheets bound in the form of a thin and/or small book without covers. Can also be called a notepad.


Archival referenceOrdered group of elements that allows an archival document to be identified. The archival referenceshould not be confused with an archival citation.

Bibliographic referenceOrdered group of elements that allows a bibliographic document to be identified, and which canconstitute a bibliographic entry. The bibliographic reference should not be confused with a biblio-graphic citation.

DirectoryOutput format which describes a group of documents which could form part of one or more thanone fonds or collection, sub-fond, series group, series or unit of installation. The units of descriptionare treated as individual entities, without determining the context of creation and organisation thatthey depend on, and they are presented in list form, generally, with a correlative number that identi-fies them and/or with a topographical signature.

ReproductionAct of generating a document that exactly represents another considered to be the original, and thatcontains both the unedited contents and the formal disposition, but not necessarily the appearance.This term also applies to the result of this operation.

SeriesHomogenic group of documental units organised according to a system of classification or conservedas a unit in order to result in the same process of assemblage or of classification, or of the same activ-ity, because they have the same form, or from any other relationship derived from its production, recieptor use.

Related seriesFor evaluation and selection purposes, these are those documental series that could contain duplicat-ed or recapitulated information of the evaluated series.

SignatureNumbers or letters, or a combination of the two, which correspond to a hierarchical and logical sys-tem of organisation of the documents or to a topographic system, and serve to identify, physically orderand locate the documents. There are two types of signatures: systematic or topographical. The for-mer incorporates elements of the classification and the latter only includes elements of location.

Sub-fondsPart of a fonds, which has a body differentiated from the rest and could correspond to sub-ordinateadministrative units that have a certain level of autonomy or to bodies incorporated by reason of suc-cession. The sub-fonds has its own producer and other specific characteristics of a fonds and can havea similar organic structure to that of the original fonds to which it belongs, including the possibilityof having subordinate sub-fonds.

MediumThe physical medium used to record the information. The most commonly used materials are paper,parchment and plastic.


FormType of document that is distinguished for its physical (e.g., watercolours, drawings) and/or commonintellectuals (e.g. newspapers, diaries, notebooks) characteristics.

TitleA word, phrase, character, or group of characters that names a unit of description.

Attributed titleA title supplied by the archivist for a unit of description either in full or varying little or greatly froma formal title. A title can also be considered to be attributed when it is written in a language otherthan the one used in the unit of description or in the rules for creation, organisation or operation ofthe organisation that has generated the documentation. The summary of a long title, the standardis-ation of script and the systematisation of terms are also deemed attributed titles. These are indispen-sable when the unit of description does not have a formal title.

Formal titleA title that appears prominently on or in the archival material being described. Formal titles can beoriginals, that is, contemporary to the creation of the unit of description, or given later by the pro-ducer or by the producer’s successor in the management or custody of the documentation.

TomeAny unit of installation in book form into which a very extensive documental unit or a group of doc-uments is divided. Also known as “volume”.

SelectionSelection process of documents in order to effect their deletion or conservation.

Unit of descriptionA document or group of documents in any physical form, treated as a body, and as such, forming thebasis of a single description.

Unit of installationGroup of documents assembled or preserved in the same physical unit (container, book).

File-level descriptionOrganised unit of documents assembled by their producer for their day-to-day use, or assembled dur-ing the process of archival organisation because they refer to the same subject, activity or process. Afile-level description is normally the basic unit of a series.

Item-level descriptionThe smallest intellectually indivisible archival unit (for example, a letter, a memo, a report, a photo-graph or a sound recording).

Physical unitFor the purpose of these standards, a physical unit is a unit of measure that is defined by the externalmaterial characteristics of the documents described.


Logical unitFor the purpose of these standards, a logical unit is a unit of measure that is defined by its intellectu-al, conceptual or content-related characteristics.

VolumePhysical mass of a unit of description in any medium. For the purpose of these standards, this termshould not be used when referring to a book or tome.

III. Reference models and documental and bibliographic citation 187

III. Reference models and documental and bibliographic citation

In the application of NODAC, when a documental and/or bibliographic reference or citation has tobe made in one of the elements, it is advisable to use the models below:

REFERENCE AND CITATION MODELS OF UNITS OF DESCRIPTION

The elements marked with an asterisk (*) are optional, and those marked with two (**) asterisks arecompulsory for the levels below the fonds level.

Regarding dates, it is advisable to indicate in brackets the type of date after the assigned date: cre-ation, aggregation, capture, etc.

MODEL.1 reference model of units of descriptionArchival referenceTitle of the unit of description. Date(s) (type of date)*. Volume and medium*. Producer*.Author or other references to responsibility*. Fonds: Title**. (reference code of the unit ofdescription)

Examples:Molins de ReiTownCouncil. 1732-2005 (date of creation). 1,000metres, approximately. (CATAMMR)(fonds)

Student academic records. 1940-2005 (date of creation). 378.6metres (102,988 records). Fonds:Autonomous University of Barcelona. (CAT AGUAB XD22)(series)

Record no. 1160. 2005 (date of creation). General Office of the Patrimony. Immaterialand Financial Assets and Integral Inventory Area. Fonds: Department of the Economy andFinance of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia. (CAT AADF F0796 11602005.pdf )(file-level description)

“The Corchera Industry” album. 1925 (date of aggregation). Photos by Ricard Mur. Fonds:Ricard Mur Dargallo. (CAT AMSFG 17 2.2.1 7283 1)(file-level description)

Reduced-scale tracing for the mosaic of the choir and the allegory of the façade of the Palaude la Música Catalana. [1905-1910] (Date of creation). Drawing by Lluís Bru. Fonds: Tallerde mosaics Lluís Bru. (CAT AMEL 11 3.2 A2.1 PMC 1487)(item-level description)


MODEL.2 model for citation of units of description/Archival citation

Title of the unit of description. Date(s) (type of date)*. (reference code of the unit of description)

Examples:Fuixet-Porta. 1699-1838 (date of creation). (CAT ACP 12 Fuixet-Porta)(fonds)

Group for the defence of nature. 1987-2004 (date of creation). (CAT ACBR 10 Group forthe defence of nature)(sub-fonds)(Note: sub-fonds of the Ambit of the research of Berguedà fonds)

Records of the twinning of Torredembarra with Villars. 1984-2004 (date of creation). (CATAMTO 01-09.02.06 C117)(series)

Permit granted to Vicenç Salleras to build a new house on Rambla no. 16 in Figueres. 1904(date of aggregation). (CAT AMF 01 01 06.07.01 1904/012 UI000111)(file-level description)

Minutes of the inaugural session of the Institution of Catalan Letters. 1937 (date of creation).(CAT ANC 209 uc1)(item-level description)

BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCE MODELS

bibliographic reference models/ harmonisation with ISBD, AACR and ISO 690-2 standards/ guidelines/

In accordance with ISAD(G), the bibliographic references in archival description must follow the latestversion of ISO 690Documentation – Bibliographic references – Content, form and structure.

ISO 690 establishes the criteria for the elaboration of bibliographic references and establishes the order ofthe elements of the reference and the conventions for the transcription of the information. However, giv-en its international nature, it does not provide any detail of the typographical characteristics or the punc-tuation of the reference elements.

In order to consistently apply the ISO 690 standard, the establishment of certain specifications is required,always in the formof recommendations, which can serve as a guide to archivists for elaborating bibliograph-ical references that may arise through description using NODAC.The model being presented is the resultof an effort to adapt the ISO 690 standard to the needs of archival description in Catalonia.

For the standardisation of some elements of the reference, reference to the ISBD (International StandardBibliographic Description) or the AACR (Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules) rules was required.


The ISO 690-2 standard specifies the elements that need to be included in the bibliographic references ofelectronic documents, which, in general, follow the same models as printed documents.Guidelines for drafting bibliographic references:

– The reference data will be taken from the document to which they refer, mainly from the title page.– When several authors exist, they should be separated by a semicolon, and if more than three, onlythe first will be indicated followed by the abbreviation "et al.”.

– If the author is an body, indicate its name as it appears in the bibliographic document, although forgovernment bodies the geographical name is indicated first followed by the name of the institution(for Example: CATALONIA. AUTONOMOUS GOVERNMENT).

– In the case of anonymous works, the first element of reference must be the title.– The title is written preferably in italics, as it appears in the source, and the subtitle can be writtenafter the title, separated from it by a colon.

– The number of the edition should only be indicated if it is not the first edition.– If the place of the publication is unknown, s.l. (sine loco) can be added.– For the publisher’s name, omit generic terms like “publisher” of “publishing company” unless theyare part of the name. If the name does not appear, use s.n. (sine nomine).

– With respect to the extent of the work, for printed documents indicate the number of pages or ofvolumes. For non-print documents, indicate the extension in items (for Example: 2 CDs).

– In the case of serial publications, the reference can be taken from the first or last available issue. If itis not the first issue of the periodical publication, you can add a note indicating the issue you havebased your choice on, as well as any minor changes detected throughout the history of the publica-tion in the elements of the reference (title, publisher or reference of responsibility), provided that theseare significant in the context of the archival description.

– If changes in the title are significant, this could give rise to a new serial publication, and therefore anew reference. In such cases, add a note indicating that the publication is a continuation of the oth-er one. In any case, it is also important for this type of reference to obtain the data from ISBD descrip-tions available in collective library catalogues.

– For abbreviations, consult:TERMCAT,Centre deTerminologia.Criteris de bibliographic citation [online]. <http://www.termcat.net/productes/documents/citaciobiblio.pdf> [Consulted: 9, February, 2004]

The criteria offered describe the elements that must be included in a bibliographic reference, theorder of these elements, the punctuation and the typographical rules of presentation of the informa-tion. Reference models and some examples of their application are provided in each case, both onhard copy and electronic format, for each of the following types of publication:– Monograph– Part or chapter of a monograph– Serial publication– Article from a serial publication– Legislative reference– Conference– Communication, presentation or contribution to a conference– Doctoral thesis or research work– Facsimile edition


In the bibliographic reference models, the elements marked with an asterisk (*) are optional, andthose marked with two (**) asterisks are compulsory for electronic documents.

MODEL.1 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ monograph/MonographLAST NAME(S), Name. Book title in italics [type of medium]**. Edition no.*. Place published:publisher, year published. <availability and access>** [date of consultation in online documents]**.No. of pages*. (Collection, no.)*. Notes*. ISBN*.

Examples:VILÀ i SALA, Anton. Els arxius parroquials. La seva importància, ordenació, classificació y cat-alogació dels seus documents. Manresa: Printed and bound by Sant Josep de Viuda and Son ofTorrella, 1912. 25 p.

GRUPO DE TRABAJO DE AUTORIDADES DE ARAGÓN (GTAA). La normalización yel control de los puntos de acceso en la descripción archivística fórmulas de colaboración para el con-trol de autoridades [en línia]. <http://www.ayto-mostoles.es/ARCHIVOS %20MUNICI-PALES/7,8,9/2%20Ponencia%20GTAA.pdf> [Consulta: 15, December, 2004].

Correspondència de Jacint Verdaguer: Col·lecció Verdaguer – Panadès. 1878 – 1892: Fons comple-mentari de l’Arxiu Nacional de Catalunya [computer file – on cd-rom]. [Barcelona]: AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia. Department of Culture. National Archive of Catalonia.

MODEL.2 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ part or chapter of monograph/Part or chapter of a monographLASTNAME(S), Name. “Title of the part”. In: RESPONSIBILITY FORCOMPLETEWORK.Book title in italics [type of medium]**. Edition no.*. Place published: publisher, year published.<availability and access>** [date of consultation in online documents]**. Place within the work.Notes*.

Examples:MAYANS, Antoni. “Danés a l’Arxiu”. In: Joaquim Danés i Torras (1888-1960). Olot: Ed. deBatet, 1989. p. 103-110.GÓMEZ-MARTÍNEZ, José Luís. “Eugenio d’Ors (1881-1954)” [en línia]. In: Proyecto EnsayoHispánico. [Athens, Georgia]: Georgia University. Department of Romance Languages, 1997/2003.<http://www.ensayistas.org/filosofos/spain/Ors/> [Consulted: 16, December, 2004].

MODEL.3 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ serial publication/Serial publicationTitle of the publication in italics [type of medium]**. Responsibility*. Edition no.*. Place published:publisher, date of first issue. - date of last issue. <availability and access>** [date of consultationin online documents]**. Notes*. ISSN*./


Examples:Arxius: Butlletí del Servei d’Arxius.Barcelona: Department of Culture, AutonomousGovernmentof Catalonia, 1993-. <also available online: http://cultura.gencat.net/arxius/ butlleti/ index.htm>[consulted: 3 March 2006]. Starting with issue 42 (2004), the subtitle changes to Butlletí de laSubdirecció general d’Arxius.

Arxibar: butlletí de l’Arxiu municipal de Barcelona. Barcelona: City Council, 1999-.<also avail-able online <http://www.bcn.es/arxiu/publicacions/>[consulted: 9 April 2006].

BiD: Textos universitaris de biblioteconomia i documentació [online]. Barcelona: Faculty ofLibrary Economics andDocumentation. University of Barcelona, 1998-.<http://www.ub.es/bid/>[consulted: 16, December, 2004]. Half-yearly.

Diari de Tarragona. Tarragona: PROMICSA, 1986-. <also available onlinehttp://www.diaridetarragona.com/ >[consulted: 2 May 2006].Continuation of: Diario español de Tarragona.

MODEL.4 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ article from a serial publication/Article from a serial publicationLASTNAME(S), Name. “Title of the article”.Title of the publication in italics [type of medium]**.Secondary responsibility*. Location in the publication. <availability and access>** [date of con-sultation in online documents]**. Notes*.

Examples:SANABRE, Josep. “L’arxiu de la Generalitat no ha de dependre de l’Estat espanyol”. El Matí.Year V. No. 1.129 (Barcelona, 7 January 1933), pp. 8-10.

BARÓ, Mònica; MAÑÀ, Teresa. “Eugeni d’Ors i les biblioteques: una aproximació a partir delGlosari” [online]. BiD: Textos universitaris de biblioteconomia i documentació. No. 12, (June,2004). <http://www2.ub.es/bid/consulta_articulos.php?fichero=12baro.htm> [Consulted: 16,December, 2004].

MODEL.5 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ legislative reference/Legislative referenceCountry. Title. Publication in italics, date published, number, pages.

Example:Catalonia. Law 10/2001 (13 July) on Archives and Documents. Diari Oficial de la Generali-tat de Catalunya, 24 July 2001, no. 3437, pp. 11538 – 11544.

MODEL.6 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ conference/ConferenceTitle in italics [type of medium]**. Responsibility. Edition no. Place: publisher, year published.<availability and access>** [date of consultation in online documents]**. No. of pages or volumes*.Notes*. ISBN*.


Examples:Les Corts a Catalunya: actes del congrés d’història institucional: 28, 29 i 30 d’abril de 1988.Barcelona: Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Department of Culture. General Officeof Cultural Heritage. Archive Service, 1991. 411 p.

Primeras jornadas nacionales de gestión del patrimonio local: El Patrimonio Documental del 22 al24 de octubre: 2001 Córdoba [on cd-rom]. [Cordoba]: Cordoba City Council. Department ofCulture. Municipal Archive.

MODEL.7 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ communication, presentation or con-tribution to a conference/

Communication, presentation or contribution to a conferenceLAST NAME(S), Name. “Title of the contribution”. In: Title of the complete work in ital-ics [type of medium]**. Responsibility. Edition no*. Place: publisher, year published. <avail-ability and access>** [date of consultation in online documents]**. Place within the work.Notes*.

Examples:PONS I GURI, J. M. “Aspectes judicials de la Cort General a l’època medieval”. Dins LesCorts a Catalunya: actes del congrés d’història institucional: 28, 29 i 30 d’abril de 1988. Barcelona:Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Department of Culture. General Office of CulturalHeritage. Archive Service, 1991, pp. 142 145.

VERDÚ PERAL, Ana. “El Patrimonio Documental como factor de dinamización social y cultur-al” [on cd-rom]. In Primeras jornadas nacionales de gestión del patrimonio local: El PatrimonioDocumental del 22 al 24 de octubre: 2001 Córdoba. [Cordoba]: Cordoba City Council. Depart-ment of Culture. Municipal Archive.

MODEL.8 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ doctoral thesis or research work/Doctoral thesis or research workLAST NAME(S), Name. “Title of the work”. Directed by. Type of work [type of medium]**.Academic institution presented, place, year. <availability and access>** [date of consultation inonline documents]**. Notes*.

Examples:GÓMEZ CALDAYA, Alicia. “Catàleg de documentació mercantil (s. XVIII - XIX)”. Director:Ramon Alberch. Work on the I Master in Archiving. Autonomous University of Barcelona,1990.

FERNÁNDEZLUZÓN,Antonio. “LaUniversidad de Barcelona en el siglo XVI”. Director: Ricar-do García Cárcel. Doctoral thesis [online]. Autonomous University of Barcelona, Departmentof Modern and Contemporary History, 2003.<http://www.tdx.cesca.es/TDX-1202103-143846/> [Consulted: 13, January, 2005]


MODEL.9 bibliographic reference models/ type of publication/ facsimile edition/Facsimile editionQuoted as with the monograph, adding in a note: facsimile edition. Place published: publisher,year.

Example:DERCH, Francisco. La Contribución de sangre: relación detallada de los sucesos ocurridos enBarcelona y pueblos circunvecinos en la última insurrección (abril de 1870): folleto escrito por HJ.R.y R. Redactor de La Razón con un dietario del ciudadano Francisco Derch, gefe[sic] de las fuerzassublevadas de Gracia. Barcelona: Librería española de I. López, 1870. 48 p. Edició facsímil.Barcelona: Taller d’Història de Gràcia, 2004.


IV. Complete examples

This chapter gives a list of complete examples that illustrate NODAC’s rules. The examples are onlyillustrative, not preceptive, and are intended to clarify the standards, not broaden them.

For the various examples, different types of fonds have been chosen: municipal, notarial, institutio-nal, religious, of associations and foundations, commercial and corporate, and personal fonds.

The examples include descriptions from the highest level, that of fonds, to the lowest, that at item-level, combining the distinct elements of the seven descriptive areas for different types of fonds. Althoughthe examples include all the levels of description identified by NODAC, they do not necessarily con-tain the twenty-six elements of description of the standards.

For a description to be regulated, information must be included in all the levels and elements whichNODAC rules as obligatory. Therefore, a description which only gives information at fonds level andexclusively in those obligatory elements, giving concise and succinct information, can be as regulatedas one which is extensively described at all levels and gives information in all twenty-six elements con-tained in NODAC.

In application of the rule of the system of description at various levels, not to repeat information, ifin one of the elements the same contents are included which have already been included at a higherlevel, despite the fact that it is obligatory to include it at a certain level, it is not to be included againas that information can be considered as having been already incorporated.

The purpose is to show certain contents within different elements of description in accordance withthe rules set by NODAC. However, there is no intention of laying out possible models of how infor-mation should be presented. The way in which the information is formally presented in the examplesis not preceptive, nor is the order in which the elements of description appear, which is the same asthe order followed by the NODAC’s text.

IV. Complete examples 195

Type of fonds: MUNICIPAL

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMMR 01 01

Level of description Fonds

Title Molins de Rei Town Council

Date(s) Dates of creation: [ca. 1715] - 2005Date of aggregation: 1812 - 2005(very sparse documentation between 1715 and 1840)

Volume and medium 1,185.45 metres (9,450 boxes + 2,097 books), paperApprox. 11,000 photographs (mostly positives, b&w and colour)Approx. 450 signs, paperApprox. 250 plans, paper5.17 metres or programmes and two fold leaflets (45 boxes), paper

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Molins de Rei Town Council

History of the producer(s) Although the origins of the town of Molins de Rei date back to the endof the 12th century, initially under royal jurisdiction and definitively,from the 15th century onward and up to 1834, under baronial jurisdic-tion, news of the existence of a municipal institution only exists as ofthe 15th century. Of the Comú or Universitat de la Vila there is a smallnumber of documents kept dating from the 18th century in the samefonds, which provide information about only a few of the activitiesthat it carried out, ad well as its location in a building next to the parishchurch of Saint Michael, which no longer stands.

The modern Town Council of Molins de Rei was constituted for the firsttime in 1812, with the enactment of the first Spanish liberal Constitution,but it was not definitively consolidated until after the abolition of the abso-lutist system in1833 (sic).TheTownCouncilwill be in charge of the admin-istrationof the townandwill be governedby amunicipal government formedby a mayor and town councillors who, according to the historical period,will be chosen through an electoral process, directly nominated by supra-municipal authorities, or by a combination of both methods.

The municipal government will be exercised by the mayor, as the high-est municipal authority and individual body, and the Plenum, formedby the mayor and the town councillors, as the highest body of govern-ment. Both will have continuity until the present time, with brief peri-


ods of exception, and will both be complemented by other bodies, amongwhich it is necessary to highlight, given its pre-eminence and continu-ity, the Permanent Municipal Commission, formed exclusively by themayor and a small group of town councillors. Created in 1924 withthe approval of the Municipal Statute, it has been maintained until thepresent, with successive changes of attributions and denomination: Gov-erning Commission, as of 1985, and Local Executive Council, as of2001. During the Second Republic the permanent commissions wereconstituted and organised around major areas of competence (Promo-tion,Treasury, Governance...) and formed by town councillors, and thesewere maintained during most of the pro-Franco dictatorship, underthe denomination of “informative commissions”, and they were defin-itively consolidated in the present democratic period. During the 19thcentury and the first third of the 20th century, a major body was theMunicipal Board of Associates, formed by the mayor, town councillorsand an equal number of greater contributors (sic), constituted in 1873and dissolved in 1924, as well as the sector-based boards and commis-sions (education, health, charity...), which, besides the mayor and towncouncillors, also included distinguished townspeople.

From its origins, the Town Council has centred its activity around thosecompetences and activities attributed to it by the legislation that was inforce at all times during each historical period. In particular, starting inthe mid-19th century and continuing up to the first decades of the 20thcentury, the town councils have had competences in matters of publichealth, provisioning, safety, instruction, charity, works and infrastructures,besides those delegated to them by the State (population, military servic-es, electoral processes and certain taxes), as well as those arising from themanagement of their financial (treasury and municipal taxation) andhuman resources. Over time, these competences and services have beenadapted and extended according to social needs and to the political man-dates of each historical period. Noteworthy years during this time include1924, with the approval of the Municipal Statute; 1931, with the procla-mation of the Second Republic; 1979, with the reinstatement of democ-racy; and 1985, with the approval of the Law regulating the basis of localgovernment. All of these are significant dates in the historical evolutionof the municipal legislation and of local government that regulates thecompetences and the organisation of the town councils. The year 1979marked a veritable boom in new services aimed at assuring and improvethe quality of life of the citizens, up to the transfer of the competences andservices of a compulsory nature attributed by the regulations in force. Fromthis date onward, a wide range of new services have been developed inthe areas of health, education, social assistance and personal care, culture,sports, cooperationwith development, employment and the environment.

Originally, the geographical area where the Town Council exercised itscompetences was limited virtually to Molins de Rei proper. It was notuntil 1915, when the township of Santa Creu d’Olorda was dissolved


and the municipality was split up and absorbed by the townships of Sar-rià, Sant Feliu de Llobregat and Molins de Rei, that the surface area ofthe latter increased drastically.

The denomination of the Town Council (Ajuntament), derived fromthat of the town, has also undergone variations over time. Its currentname was used during most of the Second Republic (1931-1936) andwas restored in 1978, although formally the official recognition of thisdenomination was not approved until 1981. During a brief period from1936 to 1938 the Town Council denomination Ajuntament de Molinsde Llobregat was approved. The longest-lasting official denomination isAyuntamiento de Molins de Rey, which had always been in effect whenCastilian was the only official language (1812-1931 and 1939-1978).

As for the municipal organisation structure, it was first structured organ-ically in the 1950s, with the structure being marked by the prevalenceof State-appointed civil servants (Secretary's Office, Intervention, Depos-itory), complemented with Technical Services and General Services. Ahierarchical organic structure based on functional specialisation emergedstarting in the 1980s, and particularly in the 1990s, achieving consoli-dation in the late 1990s with a structure very similar to the presentone: four major areas (Mayor's Office, Economics and General Servic-es, Personal Services, Environment andTerritory), with a total of six sec-tions and thirty-two departments. Also in the area of administrativeorganisation, a cautious process of decentralisation began in the 1980swith the creation of the Municipal Board of Culture (1982-1989), sub-sequently refashioned as the Autonomous Municipal Culture Agency(1989-1995), to which the Municipal Archive belonged.

On the other hand, since the mid-19th century, the Town Council hashad its headquarters at the present building, logically enlarged and refur-bished on several occasions. During the present democratic period, withthe consequent increase of municipal competences and services, workbegan to relocate the main areas and services to different buildings. Inthe 1980s, the Personal Services Area was moved to the Ca n’Ametllerbuilding, which also houses theMunicipal Archive. In 2003, the Environ-ment andTerritory Area wasmoved to another building, so that onlyMay-or's Office and the Economics and General Services Area remains at theTownHall building. In addition to these threemain buildings, other loca-tions house specialised equipments and services (Municipal Police, Eco-nomic Promotion, Municipal Radio, Home for the Elderly...).

Archival history Until 1983, the documentation of the fonds was kept at the Town Hallbuilding. Specifically, and at least during the Franco dictatorship, thespace set aside for the documents was limited to a room located in thebasement of the Town Hall. The Municipal Secretary was in charge ofits custody.The various inventories and accounts of theMunicipal Archive


that we find in the same fonds dating from 1889 to 1970 bear witnessto this.

These inventories and accounts also allow us to gauge with a certaindegree of accuracy the documentation that has not survived until thepresent day. The losses include document units corresponding to theseries of correspondence from 1847 to 1926. It seems that, at someunspecified date between the 1940s and 1960s, these documents weredestroyed as a result of insufficient space in the room that was destinedfor the Archive.

In 1983, all the documentation kept in this basement room of theTownHall, which included most of the administratively closed records before1980, was moved to what would become its current location in the Can'Ametller building, acquired by the Town Council in 1982. Since itspurchase, several phases of rehabilitation work have been carried out inthis building. This involved the physical installation of the documentsin provisional and changing locations throughout this building, untilfinally, in the late 1990s, it was situated definitively in its present spaceon the ground and first floor levels.

In spite of these vicissitudes, the documents are in relatively good stateof conservation. No circumstance that may affect its integrity in a sig-nificant way has been detected.

It was starting in 1980, coinciding with the nomination of the firstmunicipal archivist, that the first documented archival processing of thefonds took place. In successive stages, through the end of the 1990s, thisprocessing focused on cleaning the documentation and replacing theoriginal containers with standardised Archive boxes, as well as the order-ing and the development of output formats. These successive interven-tions were directed by the first municipal archivist and executed by var-ious professionally qualified staff members under very diverse contractualarrangements.

Admission information The documents deposited in the Archive after the change of venue in1983 have usually been entered following a transfer procedure, althoughthere is documentation that was deposited directly, without any suchtransfer being placed on record. Exceptionally, some documents thatwere in the hands of private individuals have also been included, alsowithout formalising their admission. Starting in 2005, all documenta-tion entering themain deposit of the Archive does so following the trans-fer procedure.

Regarding the documentation that is kept in intermediate storage untilthe planned spaces are consolidated and their system of management isformalised, the documentation has entered, and continues to do so, fromthe office archives, without there being a formal transfer.


CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The fonds contain the documents produced and received by theTown

Council in the performance of its functions, competences and servic-es throughout its history. In this regard, the documents are a testimo-ny to the relations between the Town Council and the citizens, indi-viduals or corporate bodies, and also of its relations with otherinstitutions and administrations.

Only a small but significant set of documents is preserved from the 18thcentury and of the first half of 19th century, the most noteworthy ofwhich are those corresponding to the Property Register, which provideinformation about the agricultural wealth and the population of thetown, in addition to municipal accounts, assets and rights, and some ofthe activities that were developed by the municipal institutions of thisperiod (education, public safety, provisioning, charity, etc.). The seriesof documents that include the fonds of the Town Council of Molins deRei started in 1840 and have continued to the present day.

There is one large block corresponding to the series deriving from theoperation of theTown Council’s governing bodies (minutes and recordsof the municipal plenary sessions, boards and commissions), admin-istrative organisation (record books and correspondence...), and man-agement of economic resources (budgets, accounts, censuses and col-lection of municipal taxes, funding...), human resources (staffing,personnel and recruitment records, etc.) and assets (deeds and recordsof purchase, transfer and sale of municipal assets, etc.).

The fonds also includes the documentation produced by the per-formance within the municipal boundaries of competences and activ-ities delegated by the State to the Town Council, including the pop-ulation count (population census taking...), the organisation of thedifferent electoral processes (municipal, general...) the initial enlist-ment of citizens with military duties (draft records...), and the alloca-tion assignment and collection of certain taxes.

Another major block found in the fonds consists of documents arisingfrom the performance of the functions, competences and services thatlegislation attributes to the town councils. Starting in the second halfof the 19th century, and particularly during the last third of century,we find document series produced in the performance of the compe-tences attributed with regard to public health, charity, provisioning,municipal works, town planning policy (building permits for privateindividuals...), safety, education and farm services. From the 20th cen-tury, and particularly from the second half of the century, the fondsincludes documentation deriving from the development of competencesand services in areas like consumer affairs (rationing, commercialisa-tion of drinking water, etc.), social services targeting individuals, health,waste processing, town planning, construction andmaintenance of pub-


lic spaces, equipment (cemetery, market, slaughterhouse, etc.) andmunic-ipal infrastructures (sewage, distribution of water, street lighting, etc.),town planning discipline, public safety (municipal police, civil protec-tion, etc.), culture (historical heritage, festivities, etc.), education, pub-lic transport, traffic, sports, economic promotion, promotion of employ-ment, environmental intervention (licences for exercising economicactivities...), protection of the natural environment, etc.

The documentation contained in the fonds refers to the geographicalarea where the Town Council exercises its| competences (the munici-pality). In this regard, it is necessary to note that although originallythe territory of the municipality was virtually limited to the town prop-er of Molins de Rei, in 1915, with the dissolution and incorporation ofpart of the municipal territory of Santa Creu d'Olorda, the township’ssurface area grew 75% compared to its previous boundaries. With thisenlargement, the population centres of Sant Bartomeu de la Quadra,La Rierada and Vallpineda (the latter two being developed only recent-ly), were included in the municipality.

System of organisation All of the documentation that makes up the Town Council fonds isorganised around series or groups of documents, which derive from thesystematic, ongoing processing of administrative activities and proce-dures, in accordance with legislation currently in effect from time totime. Within each series or group, the documents are usually arrangedby order chronological, although there are significant series arrangedaccording to other criteria (geographic, alphabetical, etc.).

At the same time, these procedures or activities that give rise to thedocument series are related to the competences and the functions exer-cised by the Town Council. All of the above, together with the waythey are interrelated, which from the upper levels (corresponding to com-petences and functions) and at successive levels arrives at the series,constitutes the internal structure of the fonds, which is what is logical-ly and hierarchically reflected in the classification table implementedby the persons in charge of the Municipal Archive.

From the early 1990s, the standardised classification table that theDepart-ment of Culture of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia proposedformunicipal documentation in 1989 (Rules for the classification of munic-ipal documentation) has been applied. Following this table, the docu-mentation is classified according to organic-functional criteria.The firstlevel of classification structures the fonds into thirteen major areas

1. General Administration2. Treasury3. Provisioning4. Welfare Services5. Healthcare6. Urban Works and Planning


7. Public Safety8. Military Services9. Population10. Elections11. Public Education12. Culture13. Agriculture and Fisheries Services

In spite of the changesmade in this table to adapt it to themost recent doc-umentation, its scope of application has always been limited to the docu-mentation of the fonds that is kept in the main deposit of the Archive.

The process of designing a new functional classification table began in2005, coinciding with the development of the Town Council’s docu-mentmanagement system, following the proposal of theQuebec archivistMichel Roberge for universal classification of administrative documents(the classification universelle des documents administratifs, 1985).

This new classification table will end up substituting the table currentsince the early 1990s, but in the present they both coexist. The newtable is already being applied to documents of the Personnel, Public Safe-ty and Environmental Intervention in Activities series groups.

In accordance with Law 10/2001 on archives and documents, in all pub-lic documents, including documentation pertaining to the fonds of theTown Council of Molins de Rei, the standards concerning evaluation,based on which their conservation or deletion (either partial or total) isdetermined according to their value (cultural, legal, etc.), must be appliedafter a specific period of time. As a general rule, archive documentsdating from before 1 January 1940 are kept on a permanent basis, andas for documents generated after this date, the standards establish thatno document can be eliminated if the established standards and proce-dures are not followed.

Decree 117/1990 on the evaluation and selection of documents per-taining to the Public Administration (DOGC no. 1297 – 25.05.1990),as amended byDecree 128/1994 (DOGCno. 1907 – 10.06.1994), definesthe procedure for the evaluation of the documentation, and constitutesthe National Commission on Document Access, Evaluation and Selec-tion (CNAATD). This Commission is the technical body, pertaining tothe Department of Culture, that is responsible for deciding on the eval-uation proposals submitted by the different archives of Catalonia, aswell as for promoting and coordinating the drafting and revision of thedocument evaluation tables, which it then forwards to the Minister ofCulture for approval. These tables, which are periodically published inthe Official Gazette of the Autonomous Government of Catalonia, indi-cate the resolution of the evaluation, which determines its conservationor deletion, at the series or group of documents level.



At present we have a considerable number of document evaluation tablesrelated to local administration series approved of by the CNAATD.Thesehave been used to apply the criteria for deletion regarding certain spe-cific series, particularly those having the largest volume (admission orders,payment orders, etc.).

Additions Every year some twenty metres of permanent conservation hard-copydocuments are transferred to the main deposit from the different inter-mediate deposits or directly from the different departments and organ-ic units.The transferred documentation has an age that fluctuates betweenfive and thirty years.

The documentation kept in the intermediate deposits increases everyyear by sixty metres of hard-copy documents from the different depart-ments and organic units. Pending development of the conservationcalendar, the transfers to the main and intermediate deposits are basedon physical space needs.

Exceptionally, it is not discarded that some documents from the TownCouncil fonds still in the possession of private individuals can be added..

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions In accordance with the regulations currently in force, and taking their

status as public documents into account, access to the documents thatintegrate the Town Council fonds will be unrestricted, with the excep-tion of those that contain personal information. In the latter case, untilthe reservation deadlines established by the corresponding legislationhave elapsed, they will only be accessible to the owners of the data andto any third parties who can prove a legitimate or scientific interest inthem, with the prior authorisation of the competent body.

Reproductions conditions The reproduction of documents in the Town Council fonds, providedthat their access is unrestricted, is only conditioned by their state of con-servation and, if the documents of a creative nature (photographs, maps,posters, etc.), by the obligations stemming from the application of rightsof exploitation in each specific case.

Document languages and script Catalan in documents from the 1931-1938 period, and from 1979 tothe present. Spanish in the 1812-1931 and 1939-1978 periods.

Output formats Starting in 1980, and in successive phases up to the late 1990s, the archivalprocessing of documentation kept in themain deposit of the archive result-ed in a series of output formats on hard copy (approximately twenty-fiveof them, including those corresponding to collections of posters, maps,programs and triptychs), where at the unit of installation or documentunit level, having been ordered using the classification table in effect atthat time, the initial year, the title and the topographic signature of the


units must be indicated. These output formats, which are only availableto Archive staff members, were created by different staff members underthe supervision of the chief municipal archivist. Most of these outputformats have been updated with the addition of the corresponding trans-fer sheets.

For photographic support there is a database, Access 97, with eleventhousand entries at item-level including reference code, date, format,donar, content, subject, location, author and physical and technicalrequirements. Compiled between October 2001 and March 2002, itcontains virtually all of the photographs dating from 1900 to 2001that are kept in the main deposit of the Archive.

These output formats are still in effect, with the exception of those relat-ing to Personnel, Public Safety and Environmental Intervention in Activ-ities series groups. For these series groups, there are new output formatscreated by SusanaCarrillo, AleixViñas,Màrius de Juan andAlberto Biarge,under the supervision of David Lobato, between mid-2005 and 2006.These two new catalogues, one for the Staff and Public Safety groups andthe other for environmental Intervention in Activities, were created ontwo Access 2000 databases, with approximately six thousand recordsbetween the two.

These output formats weremade using the draft version of NODAC andtherefore include the description of different levels and elements, theobligatory ones as indicated by these standards as a minimum, except atfile-level which additionally includes specific fields to assist in the auto-matic retrieval of documents.

For each of the different intermediate deposits, which include documentsgenerated by the various departments and organic units and are agedbetween two and thirty years, there are lists ordered according to the clas-sification table that, at unit of installation level, indicate the title, startand end dates and topographic location.These lists were compiled between2005 and 2006.

Active documents include summary documents, such as records of reports,on different media and systems (summary lists, databases, spreadsheets,etc.) enabling superficial control of the generated documentation.Thesesummary documents are constantly updated by the respective depart-ments and organic units.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation The Arxiu Palau de Requesens, located in the Centre Borja in Sant Cugat

del Vallès, contains documentation produced by the various lineagesholding lordly jurisdiction (sic) over Molins de Rei during the medievaland modern periods, and during the first third of the 19th century.


The fonds of the Town Council of Santa Creu d’Olorda, a part of themunicipality that was integrated into the municipality of Molins deRei in 1915, is kept at the Municipal Archive of the District of Sarrià-Sant Gervasi, in Barcelona, although some documents from this fondsare in the Municipal Archive of Molins de Rei.

Bibliography There is no bibliography on the fonds.

There is, however, extensive bibliography about the institutional histo-ry of contemporary town councils, most notably the bibliography usedto provide information in the History of the producer(s) and the Scopeand content elements:

ARGULLOL MURGADAS, Enric; MARTÍN-RETORTILLO,Sebastián:Descentralización administrativa y organización política. Aprox-imación histórica. 1812-1931, Madrid: Alfaguara, 1973

CASTRO, Concepción de: La Revolución liberal y los municipios españoles(1812-1868), Madrid: Alianza, 1979.

COSCULLUELA,MONTANER, L.; ORDUÑAREBOLLO, E.: Leg-islación sobre administración local. 1900-1975, Madrid: Instituto de Estu-dios de la Administración Local, 1981.

FERNÁNDEZ RODRÍGUEZ, T.R.; SANTAMARIA PASTOR, J.A.:Legislación administrativa española del siglo XIX, Madrid: IEA, 1977.

MIR BAGÓ, Josep: El sistema español de competencias locales, Madrid:Marcial Pons, 1991.

RODÀ, Isabel. [et al.]: El govern de les ciutats catalanes, Barcelona: Edi-cions La Magrana; Ajuntament de Barcelona, 1985.

Of those publications that have used the documentation that includesthe fonds as their main source, we highlight those of the most generalnature on the town:

El meu llibre de Molins de Rei. Síntesi de coneixements. Barcelona: Abbeyof Montserrat Publications, 2000. 142 p.

Aportacions a la història de Molins de Rei. (II Jornades de Història local).Barcelona: Abbey ofMontserrat Publications – AutonomousMunicipalCulture Agency –Molins de ReiTownCouncil, 1992. 2. 375 p. (LlorençSans d’Estudis del Baix Llobregat Collection, 2)

CARBONELL PORRO, Joan-Anton:Molins de Rei: Vida social i política(1868-1936). Barcelona: Abbey of Montserrat Publications, 1991. 478 p.


Coneguem la història de laVila. Ponències de les Primeres Jornades deHistòrialocal.Molins de Rei: Centre deNormalització Lingüística “Ca n’Ametller”– Molins de Rei Municipal Archive, 1986. 201 p.

Revista de recerca i divulgació L’espai. Molins de Rei: Espai de Recerca,1998-2006. (L’Espai de Recerca Publications, 1-9)

Other complementary bibliography of a general nature regarding thetown, which is not based on the use of the documentation, but hasbeen used in certain instances to report on very some elements, includes:

FERNÁNDEZ TRABAL, Josep: Política, societat i economia en unavila catalana medieval. Molins de Rei 1190-1512.Molins de Rei: Molinsde Rei Town Council, 2005. 248 p.

JORDÀ I CAPDEVILA, Josep M.: Santa Creu d’Olorda. Història d’unpoble que no pogué reeixir. Molins de Rei: Santa Creu d’Olorda Parish,2002. 511 p.

El Llaç: Molins de Rei, 800 anys: 1190-1990. Molins de Rei: 800 anysde Molins de Rei Special Edition, 1991. 60 p.

ARMENGOL i SOLÉ, Assumpta:Molins de Rei: Notes històriques, doc-umentació i bibliografia.Molins de Rei, 1986. 478 pàg.

TORT i MENSA, Joan: Breu història de Molins de Rei. (On behalf ofJosep Ma. Riera i Bagué). Molins de Rei: Molins de Rei Town Council– Molins de Rei Municipal Museum, 1981. 85 p. Molins de Rei Muse-um Publications, 5).

NOTES AREANotes Date(s).The initial date of aggregation (ca. 1715) was deduced from the

historical context in which the oldest document kept in the fonds wascreated, the date of which is not indicated. Specifically, this documentis the reply by the individuals of the Comú de la Vila to the Patiñointerrogation before the implementation of the Property Register inthe 18th century.

Volume and medium. The volume indicated in this element includes thesix hundred and eightymetres kept at themain deposit of the Archive, plusthe five hundred and five found in the different intermediate deposits.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) David Lobato Buil, July 2006Sources The unit of description itself, and to report on the History of the pro-

ducer(s) and the Scope and content elements, works about the institu-


tional history of the contemporary town councils quoted in the Bib-liography element.

Rules or Conventions Norma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya (NODAC). Barcelona:Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Department of Culture,General Archive Office and Association of Archivists of Catalonia,2006.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREALevel of description CAT AMMR 01 01 R200

Level of description Series Group

Title Environmental intervention in activities

Date(s) Date of aggregation: 1904 - 2004 (predominantly 1947-2004)

Volume and medium 61.4 metres (534 boxes, 3,703 records), paper (starting in 1985, somerecords include photo positives of the premises)

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Activities Department

Archival history In the mid nineties of the XX century the Municipal Archive initiatedthe first archival treatment of the records for the licences for classifiedand unclassified business activities conserved in the principal deposit,which included records begun between 1904 and 1990. This treat-ment was focused on the preparation of an output format which, atfile-level, indicated the start year, names and surname of the applicant,the topographic signature and the number of the unit of installation.Lists of records were then added with the same informative elements asthe output format plus data on the location of the business activity, wherethose that were effectively entered in the main deposit, and which couldcorrespond to records started in years before or after 1990, were indi-cated.

At the end of the 1990s, the Activities Department, another processingmethod was implemented coinciding with the implementation of a data-base developed with the Access programme for administrative controlof all valid records.This newmethod was focused on some of the admin-istratively closed records (approximately seven hundred records cover-ing several years and several series), but it involved a new coding or recod-ing of the records started before 1981. The new assigned codes wereconsigned as valid reference codes on the cover of all the records, aswell as in the corresponding database records.


The coding of the records started before 1964 was not systematic, andthe criterion used is unknown. From 1964 to 1980, the records werearranged according to the date of the granting of the licence, and theywere coded correlatively by year and document series (classified andunclassified business activity permits).The corresponding code, formedby a number and the year, was consigned to the cover of the recordsand in the corresponding registry books.

Admission information The records started between 1904 and 1980 were entered togetherwith the rest of documents that were transferred from the Town Hall in1983.Most of the records produced between 1981 and 1990were enteredwithout formal transfer in the mid-1990s from the offices of the creat-ing unit. A few records initiated between 1959 and 1998were also entered,accompanied by lists indicating that they were being entered (sic).Most of the records initiated between 1991 and 1996 were entered in2001 without being formally transferred. The records started between1997 and the first semester of 1999 were entered in 2005 by means ofthe ordinary transfer procedure.

The documentation produced between the second semester of 1999 and2004 was entered in the intermediate deposit of the Area of Environ-ment andTerritory, coming from the same offices, without formal trans-fer (sic).

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Includes the series deriving from the administrative intervention that

the Town Council – as an environmental administration and throughprevention and control mechanisms – exercises in relation to all activi-ties developed within the municipality by public or private individualsor corporate bodies, particularly in relation to those that can affect theenvironment, the safety and the health of persons.

The documentation of this series group consists of evidence of admin-istrative function of theTownHall in the prevention, minimisation, cor-rection and control of serious risk which could affect the security ofpersons (exlosion, fire, radiation), and the contamination generated bythe residue, vibration, radiation, smell or noise in the water, the atmos-phere or the sun, and which could have a prejudicial effect on the nat-ural environment and for public health, or constitutes a nuissance to thecommunity.

It basically includes series of records of different types of licences, whichmust previously be subject to the exercise or exploitation of an activity(sic). These records can range from new building permits to changes ortransfers of title, enlargement, modification, transfer, removal, legalisa-tion or refurbishment. This group also includes, to a lesser degree, thedocumentation derived from revision and control procedures (reports,


complaints, inquiries, requests, notifications of fines, etc.), and frommanagement output formats (records, inventories, censuses, etc.) thatthe Town Council engages in to perform its function of administrativeintervention.

The initial set of rules, the Instrucció General de Sanitat Pública (GeneralInstruction of Public Health), which came into force in 1904 and repre-sented the beginning of the Expedients de llicència d’activitat classificada(Classified-Activity Licence Records) series, and the Reglament i Nomen-clàtor d’Establiments Incòmodes, Insalubres i Perillosos (Regulations andNomenclature of Harmful, Unhealthy and Hazardous Establishments)approved in 1925, only intervened in activities that could affect the envi-ronment, safety and the health of persons. With the implementation in1961 of the Reglament d’Activitats Molestes, Insalubres, Nocives i Perilloses(Regulations onAnnoying,Unhealthy,Harmful andHazardous Activities)and of the relevant Instruction for their application in 1963, all activitieswere subject to prior granting of a licence, including those qualified asinnocuous or unclassified. However, the Expedients de llicència d’activitatno classificada (UnclassifiedActivity LicenceRecords) series started in 1946,coinciding with the entry into force of the Decret d’ordenació provisionalde les hisendes locals (Decree for the Provisional Regulation of Local Treas-uries), which established the faculty of the town councils to impose dutiesand taxes on the concession of licences for opening establishments.

The approval of Law 3/1998 on the integral intervention of the Environ-mental Administration (sic) led to the closing of both pre-existing seriesof licenses on 30 June 1999, and the initiation of new series correspon-ding to new types of licences. This law classifies the activities into differ-ent groups depending on the environmental impact they can have, as estab-lished by all the prior regulations, but assigning a specific type of licenceto each group of activities. Its enactment coincidedwith the approval, alsoin 1999, of theOrdenança reguladora de la intervenció integral de l’admin-istració municipal en les activitats i instal·lacions (Regulatory Ordinanceon the Integral Intervention of the Municipal Administration in Activi-ties and Facilities), which extends the intervention of the Molins de ReiTown Council to all activities, regardless of whether or not they have animpact on the environment. Thus, the series containing records of envi-ronmental authorisation, environmental municipal licence, environmen-tal municipal permit, authorisation of temporary activity and records ofprior communication began on 1 July 1999.

All manner of activities are subject to licences or permits: industries,industrials establishments or facilities, establishments or facilities relat-ing to energy, mining, farming and stockbreeding, commerce, hostelry,etc. Thus, for example, we can find documentation referring to com-panies that have a distinguished place in the history of the town, par-ticularly in of the textile industry, like Moorish Ferrer y Mora, Malve-


hy, Samaranch, Iborra, Torra Balari, Balanzó Textil, Naturana Iberica,and companies belonging to other types of sectors, like Indústries Mar-ca, Laboratorios UCB,Transports Soler Sauret, ArtesaniaMolins, Gasos-es Mallorca, Metalurgica Yes, etc. In this sense, it constitutes one of themain sources for researching and learning about the evolution of qual-ity of the environment and of the town’s economic development, enablingstudies on industrial siting, business structure, technology and energychanges, etc.

System of organisation The development of the new classification table for this group was basedon administrative procedures, and includes the following series:

R211 Classified business activity licence recordsR212 Unclassified business activity licence recordsR213 Environmental authorisation recordsR214 Municipal environmental licence recordsR215 Municipal environmental permit recordsR216 Prior communication of business activity recordsR217 Temporary business authorisation recordsR221 InquiriesR222 Complaints from private partiesR223 RequestsR224 Records of fines

All records are arranged according to the starting date of the record andnumbered correlatively by year and document series, except recordsinitiated between 1981 and 1997, where the numbering is correlativeby every year and common to all types of records processed during thatperiod by the Activities Department. In all cases, the resulting refer-ence code includes the record number, the abbreviation of the series andthe year in which the record was started.

Additions Approximately four metres of documentation (35 boxes, 250 records)are generated every year. Pending development of the conservation cal-endar, the transfers to the main and intermediate deposits are based onphysical space needs.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions Over and above the general rules governing the access to public docu-

ments, the method of access to these documents is determined by itsown standards which regulate the system of intervention in activities,and by the regulated standards concerning access rights to informationconcerning the environment.

Output formats There is an automated catalogue based on a database, developed by thesame Activities Department with the Access 2000 programme, which at


file-level describes all the records for licence applications. It includes theReference code, Title, Dates, Applicant, Representative, Location, Typeof Procedure, Type of Activity, Related documentation, Notes, Topo-graphic Signature and Unit of Installation elements, along with almostfifty more fields that the Activities Department uses for the control of theadministrative processing of records.

From the end of the 1990s, and intermittently through 2002, the Activ-ities Department carried out the automated description of some of theadministratively closed records (approximately seven hundred recordscovering several years and series). Thereafter, between October 2005and June 2006, the Document Management and Archive Service, withthe participation of Màrius de Juan and Alberto Biarge under the super-vision of David Lobato, completed the catalogue with the descriptionof all records prior to 1999 that had not been included in the database(approximately two thousand records). Beginning in mid-1999, theDepartment undertook the automated description of all the records fromthe very moment they were opened. The catalogue now includes threethousand seven hundred units of description corresponding to the samenumber of records.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation Business Tax. 1844-2000 (date of aggregation). Fonds: Molins de Rei

Town Council. (CAT AMMR 01 01 02.04.02.14.). Until 1999, theopening of a classified business activity licence record required that theactivity be duly registered in the census of this tax. The documents ofthese series (registrations, removals, modifications, etc.) provide rele-vant, and often unique information to determine the evolution of theactivities.

Major building permit records. 1871-2001 (date of aggregation). Fonds:Molins de ReiTownCouncil. (CATAMMR01 01 06.07.01.01.). Busi-ness permit records are often processed jointly or simultaneously withmajor building permit records. These records include significant infor-mation that is complementary to that contained in the classified activ-ity licence records.

NOTES AREANotes The previous title of this series group was Classified Activities and the

opening of businesses.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) David Lobato Buil, July 2006.Sources The unit of description itself and the following legislation:


Catalonia. Decree 143/2003, of 10 June, modifying Decree 136/1999,of 18 May, which approved the General Regulation for the deploy-ment of Law 3/1998, of 27 February, on the integral intervention ofthe Environmental Administration (sic), the annexes of which are adapt-ed.Diari Oficial de la Generalitat de Catalunya, 25 June 2003, no. 3911.

Catalonia. Regulatory Ordinance on the Integral Intervention of theMunicipal Administration in Activities and Facilities. Molins de ReiTown Council. Butlletí Oficial de la Província de Barcelona, 30 Novem-ber 1999, no. 286, p. 62 (text of the model Ordinance published in theButlletí Oficial de la Província de Barcelona, 2 June 1999, no. 131, annex1, pp. 1-136)

Catalonia. Decree 136/1999, of 18 May, approving the General Regu-lation for the deployment of Law 3/1998, of 27 February, on the inte-gral intervention of the Environmental Administration (sic), the annex-es of which are adapted.Diari Oficial de la Generalitat de Catalunya, 21May 1999, no. 2894.

Catalonia. Law 1/1999, of 30May, modifying the fourth final provisionof Law 3/1998, of 27 February, on the integral intervention of the Envi-ronmental Administration. Diari Oficial de la Generalitat de Catalun-ya, 6 April 1999, no. 2861.

Catalonia. Law 3/1998, of 27 February, on the integral intervention ofthe Environmental Administration. Diari Oficial de la Generalitat deCatalunya, 13 March 1998, no. 2598.

Spain. Order of 15 March 1963 by which an Instruction is approveddictating complementary rules for the application of the Regulations onAnnoying, Unhealthy, Harmful and Hazardous Activities. Boletín Ofi-cial del Estado, 2 April 1963, no. 79, pp. 5553-5557.

Spain. Decree 2414/1961, of 30 November, approving the Regulationson Annoying, Unhealthy, Harmful and Hazardous Activities. BoletínOficial del Estado, 7 December 1961, no. 292, pp. 17259-17271.

Spain. Order of 13 November 1950 derogating the Nomenclature ofclassified industries and establishments appended to the Regulationson Annoying, Unhealthy and Hazardous Establishments. Boletín Ofi-cial del Estado, 25 November 1950, no. 329, pp. 5471-5472.

Spain. Decree of 25 January 1946 provisionally regulating the Local Treas-uries. Boletín Oficial del Estado, 4 February 1946, no. 35, pp. 971-1006.

Spain. Order of 20 April 1944 superseding the Order of 20 May 1940and dictating new rules regarding the opening of establishments where


food and beverages are served to the public. Boletín Oficial del Estado,21 April 1944, no. 112, p. 3116.

Spain. Royal Order of 17 November 1925 approving the Regulations,inserted therein, concerning establishments deemed to be annoying,unhealthy or hazardous.Gazeta deMadrid, 27November 1925, no. 331,pp. 1066-1076.

Spain. Royal Decree of 12 January 1904 definitively approving the Gen-eral Public Health Instruction. Gazeta de Madrid, 22 January 1904,no. 22, pp. 273-275.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMMR 01 01 R211

Level of description Series

Title Classified business activity licence records

Date(s) Date of aggregation: 08.03.1904 – 30.06.1999 (predominantly 1963-1999)

Volume and medium 30.8 metres (268 boxes, 1,392 records), paper (starting in 1985, somerecords include photo positives of the premises)

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Includes the records deriving from the processing of licence applications

for performing activities in the municipality considered to be annoy-ing, insalubrious, harmful or hazardous to the environment, healthand the safety of persons.

Most of the records up to 1950 are applications for the installation ofmotors (sic). With the exception of the foregoing, which undergo a sig-nificantly more simplified procedure, most classified activity licencerecords contain the following documents, with variations, depending onthe period, the public information phase, the supervisory provincialorganization and the informative bodies andmunicipal government bod-ies that revise and decide on the application:– Application form, accompanied by technical project and descriptivereport.

– Decree of admission.– List of neighbours of the place where the activity is to be located.– Edict opening the public information period.– Personal notification of affected neighbours.– Certificate from the Secretary's Office reporting on the result of thepublic information process.


– Technical questionnaire.– Questionnaire for qualifying the activity.– Transfers to the technical and health services.– Report by the local Health Commissioner.– Report by the municipal engineer.– Report by the municipal architect.– Ruling by the Governing Committee.– Agreement for approval of reports by the Governing Committee.– Notification to the interested party.– Certification of the forwarding of the record to theTerritorial Commis-sion on Classified Industries and Activities in Barcelona (CTIACB).

– Certification of the return of the record and report by the CTIACB.– Resolution by the Mayor’s Office granting or refusing the licence orpermit.

– Notification to the interested party.– Payment of duties and taxes.– Voucher of payment of duties and taxes.– Application by the interested party requesting an inspection visit.– Record of verification.– Notification to the interested party.

Of the set of records that integrate this series, the following could not be locat-ed: 189-AR-1993, 44-AR-1991, 36-AR-1990, 154-AR-1989, 62-AR-1988,233-AR-1986, 216-AR-1985, 147-AR-1983, 119-AR-1982, 289-AR-1981.

System of organisation Records ordered chronologically by the start date of the record, and numberedcorrelatively for each year, except records initiated between 1981 and 1997, forwhich the numbering is not correlative. The resulting reference code includestherecordnumber, theabbreviationof theseriesandtheyear inwhichtherecordwas started.

Documentation preserved on a permanent basis applying DocumentEvaluation Table code 63, approved by the National Commission onDocument Access, Evaluation and Selection (CNAATD). (Diari Ofi-cial de la Generalitat de Catalunya no. 2012 – 15.02.1995).

Additions Closed series. New entries may only take place if the missing recordsare found.

NOTES AREANotes Different formal titles on the covers of the records have been found:

Sol·licitud llicència d’activitats (1994-1999), Expedient de llicència per al’establiment, obertura i funcionament d’activitats reglamentades (1988-1994), Activitats molestes, insalubres, nocives i perilloses: Expedient (1981-1988), Expedient de llicència d’obertura d’establiments i exercici d’activi-tats reglamentades (1968-1981), Expedient de llicència d’oberturad’establiment i exercici d’activitats (1963-1968).



DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) Description by Màrius de Juan Escuder, December 2005. Revised and

edited by David Lobato Buil, July 2006.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMMR 01 01 R211 1-AR-1935

Level of description File-level description

Title Record of the installation of a dye and colourant factory at No1 Manco-munitat road, via the application of Antoni Marca Caricchio

Date(s) Date of creation: August 1935 – 19-12-1935Date of aggregation: 02.10.1935 – 19.12.1935

Volume and medium 1 record (19 pages), paper and tracing paper

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content This record concerns the first installation of this company in Molins de

Rei, in the preserves factory it purchased from Fills de Pedrerol. TheMolins de Industrias Marca factory, better known for its product brandnames (Tintes Iberia, Insectida Orion, Norit, Gior...), engaged in themanufacture of dyes.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREABibliography IINDUSTRIASMARCA 1922-1997. Barcelona: INDUSTRIASMAR-

CA, S.A., 1996. 131 p.

1916-1996 Les transformacions d’una indústria singular. Molins de Rei:Molins de Rei Town Council. Municipal Archive – Molins Park, 1997.(Triptych)

NOTES AREANotes Application missing. In its absence, the Municipal Secretary consigned

an admission certification on the back cover of the report on 02.10.1935.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) DLB, 03.07.2006.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference Code CAT AMMR 01 01 R211 1-AR-1935 doc 1

Level of description Item-level description

Title Installation of a dye and colourant factory by Dn. Antonio Marca Caric-chio in Molins de Rei. Descriptive memo.

Date(s) Date of creation: August 1935Date of aggregation: 02.10.1935

Volume and medium 1 record (6 pages), paper

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Author: B. Tremosa, Industrial Engineer.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) DLB, 03.07.2006.


Type of fonds: NOTARIAL

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AHG 5 3.5


Title Notary’s Office of Castelló d’Empúries

Date(s) Dates of creation and aggregation:1260-1799

Volume and medium 2,271 volumes

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Notary’s Office of Castelló d’Empúries

History of the producer(s) The first news we have of the notarial institution of Castelló d’Empúriesconsists of a privilege by king Peter II of 6/8 March 1210, as a resultof the treaty of aggregation of the county of Empúries to the Catalan-Aragonese confederation, in which it was agreed that the earl HughIV would retain the royalties and sovereignty of the county. One ofthe royalties exclusive to the earl was precisely the power to createpublic notaries.In actuality, in Castelló there were two notary public’s offices that wereowned by the earl of Empúries. These two notary's offices could not becombined or joined to form a single notary’s office, and the notaries ofone office could not associate themselves with those of the other one,although this did not prevent some notaries from switching successive-ly from one service to the other. Both were public in nature and wereentirely independent from the county curia clerk's office, whose docu-mental fonds nourished the archive that is kept today in the Arxiu Ducalde Medinaceli, in the "Ampurias" section.Over the years the notary's offices were known by the names of BofillandMallén, respectively.The first time that the name ofMallén appearsamong the preserved documentation is in a book of the notary PereSerra dating from 1294.In 1544 the notary's office of Mallén was transferred to the Communi-ty of Presbyters of the high church of the town of Castelló, maintain-ing its public status.Record of the presence of substitute notaries at the other notary pub-lic’s office exists from 1279.The notaries and clerks joined the fraternity of traders and shopkeepersof Castelló, founded in 1427, and later constituted the Association of


Notaries Public of the town of Castelló and the county of Empúries,documented in 1512.The Association enjoyed the privilege of exclusivecompetence in its area of jurisdiction and subsisted until the modernorganisation of the notarial profession in 1862.The notarial demarcation of 1866 assigned a single notary’s office toCastelló d’Empúries, such notary’s office being suppressed temporarilyin the demarcation of 1929.

Archival history As in other cases, the notaries of Castelló had to preserve the doc-umentation in their dwelling and studio. Apparently, the notary’soffice of Bofill was located on Gra square, next to the Cúria clerk’soffice.The vicissitudes affecting the documentation of the notary's office ofCastelló d’Empúries in recent years are the same as those that affectedthe rest of the notary's offices in the district of Figueres. The reorgani-sation of the profession carried out in the 19th century, with the cre-ation of the notarial districts, led to the concentration in Figueres ofthe fonds existing in the various notary's offices.The first news concern-ing the steps taken to locate the widely dispersed protocols in the handsof private individuals makes reference to an inventory made by the dis-trict notary archivist Ramon de Pagès around 1872, but this inventorywas not preserved. His office was at no. 13, baixos, on Alt de Sant Perestreet of the aforementioned town, and he kept all the protocols priorto 1855 there.In 1903, Salvador Candal i Costa, the district notary archivist, drew upa second inventory of protocols, which is still preserved by the mod-ern-day notarial archive.This inventory has been subject to annual addi-tions of tomes that have periodically entered the Arxiu de General deProtocols de Figueres.In 1928, the documentation of Castelló, like that of the rest of thedistrict’s notary's offices, was found at Carrer Alfons XIII (modern-day Carrer Nou), no. 18, which at the time was the headquarters ofthe Arxiu General de Protocols de Figueres, which remained there until1938.On 6 July 1938, after the bombardments by the pro-Franco aviationaffected neighbouring properties, the Autonomous Government of Cat-alonia decided to transfer it to Viladrau, in one of the centres authorisedto safeguard archive fonds.This deposit safeguarded the documentationof the notary's office of Castelló d’Empúries dating from before 1800.After the end of the war, the Servicio de Recuperación Bibliográfica y Doc-umental ordered its transfer to the Archive of the Crown of Aragon, whereit remained until August of 1952.

Admission information The documentation of the notary's office of Castelló d’Empúries wasentered in the AHG together with that of the rest of notary's offices ofthe district of Figueres in 1952, a few months after the inauguration ofthis Archive.


CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The AHG fonds contains the books that were kept by the various notaries

who worked in the notary's offices of Castelló d’Empúries between 1260and 1799.The contents are heterogeneous and diverse, with a very widerange of document forms. In addition to the notarial records themselves(protocols, manuals and notebooks) and the books of the local curia, thedocumentation of the notary's office of Castelló was enriched for thebooks that the notaries themselves kept for other institutions, like theUniversity of Castelló, the Community of Presbyters, theCaritat Major,etc., as well as by the business administration books of private individ-uals.Some notarial books reveal a specialisation based on the type of docu-ment (books of wills, census books, inventories and auction books) orsometimes on the territorial area involved (books from inside or out-side the town proper). Most of them are intus villam (literally, “fromwithin the village”), although in many of them this circumstance is notexplicitly stated. The opposite case is usually indicated by the noteextra villam.The prosperous and important Jewish community of Castelló d’Em-púries was reflected in the Libri iudeorum.

System of organisation The books found in the notary's office of Castelló are classified accord-ing to the period of tenure of each notary. Within each tenure period,the books are presented in the following order: firstly the general books(protocols, manuals and books), followed by the special books accord-ing to document forms (wills, censuses, inventories and auctions, etc.),followed by the series of books of institutions and private individuals(books on administration of the lordship, curia, university, religious com-munities, etc.), individual business books and, finally, auxiliary accountbooks and indices. The units of each series are arranged in chronologi-cal order. The books corresponding to unidentified notaries are at thebeginning (sic).

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions Unrestricted access

Document languages and script Documents from the Middle Ages are written mostly in Latin. Cata-lan has progressively gained ground over time. Starting with theDecret de Nova Planta notes in Spanish were found, but in general,Latin was abandoned in the 18th century and notes in Catalanprevail.

Output formats FORT I OLIVELLA, Joan; SERNA I COBA, Èrika; SOLER ISIMON, Santi. Catàleg dels protocols del districte de Figueres (I).Barcelona: Fundació Noguera, 2001. p. 91-341 (Inventari d’ArxiusNotarials de Catalunya; 26).


RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation The Alt Empordà Regional Archive keeps under its custody the notar-

ial books from the 1800-1903 period from this notary’s office.The protocols of Castelló d’Empúries from 1904 to 1978 are found inthe General Archive of Protocols of the District of Figueres.A protocol of Castelló d’Empúries from 1448 is found in the ArchivesDépartementales des Pyrénées-Orientales.

Bibliography BASSAS, Andreu. “Els privilegis de Castelló i del comtat d’Empúries”.Estudis Universitaris Catalans. No. 3 (Barcelona: Els Estudis, 1914). p.250-305.

MIRAMBELL I BELLOC, Enric. “Els protocols notarials històrics deCastelló d’Empúries”. Annals de l'Institut d'Estudis Empordanesos. No. 12(Figueres: Institut d’Estudis Empordanesos, 1977). pp. 215-246.

PUJOL I CANELLES, Miquel. "Un inventari de la notaria d'en Bofillfins al primer terç del segle XVII a Castelló d'Empúries". Annals de l'Insti-tut d'Estudis Empordanesos. No. 21 (Figueres: Institut d’Estudis Empor-danesos, 1988). pp. 57-109.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) Santi Soler i Simon, July 2005. Description revised in March of 2006.

Sources History of the producer(s) and Archival history:FORT IOLIVELLA, Joan; SERNA I COBA, Èrika; SOLER I SIMON,Santi. Catàleg dels protocols del districte de Figueres (I). Barcelona: Fun-dació Noguera, 2001. p. 25-39.

Rules or Conventions Norma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya (NODAC). Barcelona:Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Department of Culture. Gen-eral Archive Office and Association of Archivists of Catalonia, 2006(in print).

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AHG 5 3.5.97

Level of description Sub-fonds

Title Tenure of the notary Vicenç Falcó

Date(s) Dates of creation and aggregation:1629-1657

Volume and medium 83 books


CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Vicenç Falcó

History of the producer(s) Vicenç Falcó, notary by authority of the king and of the count, notaryof the town and the county of Empúries, substitute in the notary pub-lic’s office known by the name of Mallén, of the aforementioned town.We find that he begins to act in 1629. He acts sporadically with thenotaries Miquel Pastell and Jaume Pagès. Abundant material by VicençFalcó has been preserved.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Contains the books produced by this notary during the period he

practised as notary of Castelló d’Empúries. The bulk of these booksconsists of three series corresponding to general books (protocols,manuals and books), which preserve their original numbering. Italso contains three special books of wills and four books of invento-ries and auctions, as well as some processes, curia records and a landregistry from the Provost ship of Llançà, from the monastery of SantPere de Rodes.

System of organisation These books are presented in the following order:– Protocols– Manuals– Notebooks– Special books according to document type (wills, censuses, invento-ries and auctions)

– Curia books– Administrative books of private individuals

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREADocument languages and script Latin and Catalan


Sources The unit of description

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AHG 5 3.5.97 01.02


Title Manuals


Date(s) Dates of creation and aggregation:1630, December, 27 – 1655, December, 21.

Volume and medium 23 books

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The series of manuals contains the second copy of the notarial records

received by the notary, after their first recording in the book called pro-tocolum and before being copied in the corresponding book of notes(liber notularum). The first book of the series preserved corresponds tothe second manual, and therefore the manual that headed the series ismissing. The 19th (corresponding to the years 1647-1648) and 22nd(1650-1651) manuals are also missing.

System of organisation The books are arranged in chronological order, following the originalnumbering of each manual.

NOTES AREANotes An error is detected in the original numbering given to the manuals,

specifically the duplication of a Sextum manuale.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AHG 5 3.5.97 01.02 1306

Level of description File-Level description

Title Secundum manuale

Date(s) Dates of creation and aggregation:1630, December, 27 – 1631, December, 22

Volume and medium Book in folio format, 144 f. + 4 loose documents.Bound in document parchment.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREADocument languages and script Latin, with the exception of a few documents in Catalan.

The conservation of the manual is good except the back cover, whichpresents a longitudinal tear along the parchment.



RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation Most of the records registered in the present manual are found in

the Secundum protocollum (1630-1631), the Primus liber notularum(1629-1631) and the Secundus liber notularum (1631-1633) by thesame notary.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AHG 5 3.5.97 01.02 1306 f. 47v-48


Títol Sale by Jaume Jordà to Francesc Roca of a house located in Castellód’Empúries.

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation:1631, April, 8. Castelló d’Empúries.

Volume and medium 2 f.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Sale made by Jaume Jordà, a shoemaker of Castelló d’Empúries, to

Francesc Roca, a horticulturalist of the same town, of a house locat-ed in the Plaça de la Fruita of the aforementioned town, for the priceof 120 pounds. The house is known as the “casa petita” (small house)and is adjacent to another house also owned by the seller, known asthe “casa gran” (big house). The property being sold bounds as fol-lows: to the east with the square and the public road, to the southwith the barn owned by Pere Roca, to the west with the bakery, andto the north with the aforementioned “casa gran”. It belongs to Mr.Jordà by purchase fromMiquel Ramonell of Banyoles (as recorded bythe same notary on 1 April 1631). For the price of the aforementionedsale, Francesc Roca creates an annual royalty of 120 sous in favourof Mr. Jordà.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREADocument languages and script Latin



Type of fonds: INSTITUTIONAL

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236


Title Men’s Prison of Barcelona (Model Prison)

Date(s) Date of creation: 1890-1993Date of aggregation: 1904 -1993 (significant gaps between 1904 and1939)

Volume and medium 524.2 m, paper

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Men’s Prison of Barcelona

History of the producer(s) Located on Carrer Entença, the Presó Cel·lular de Barcelona (Celled Prisonof Barcelona)was inaugurated on 9 June 1904. It was designed to be amod-el centre of imprisonment, and for that reason it became popularly knownas the Presó Model (Model Prison). The new penitentiary replaced the oldmen’s prison of Barcelona that, since 1839, had been located on CarrerReina Amàlia (near the ancient city wall, on the Ronda de Sant Pau, occu-pying the old Sant Sever i Sant Carles Borromeu convent).The construction of the new prison, which began in 1888, was in linewith the prison reformist trend of the late 19th century, which, in accor-dance with the liberal ideology of the period, attempted to create new“cellular prisons” in a departure from the old system of overcrowdingprisoners, the idea being to humanise the prisons and make them moreuseful for the prisoners as well as for the society. The cells were notdesigned to provide absolute isolation, but rather a mere separationbetween inmates, promoting a decent and hygienic life for them.As a penitentiary reform project, theModel Prison of Barcelona empha-sised modernity and hygiene, in contrast to the rest of the prisons inSpain, and was intended to surpass the Model Prison of Madrid, whichhad been completed in 1884.Throughout the 20th century, the different ways of understanding andmanaging penitentiary policy, with more or less emphasis on payingfor one’s crimes or on personal regeneration, conditioned the officialname of the institution. Thus, the Model Prison has undergone numer-ous conceptual name changes, ranging from cellular prison to correc-tional prison, correctional services, preventive judicial centre, prison orpenitentiary centre, according to the conception about what its mainfunction had to be: watching over and punishing, guarding, reforming,or rehabilitating and re-inserting.


The main official denominations of this centre include: Prisión Celularde Barcelona (first third of the 20th century and during the Franco regime),Serveis correccionals (1936-1939), and Centre Penitenciari d’Homes deBarcelona (since 1983). However, during all these phases, it has alwaysbeen known as the “Presó Model”.Its organic structure has also undergone changes. During periods of polit-ical autonomy, the Model Prison came under the Administration ofthe Autonomous Government of Catalonia (Department of Justice),while during periods of political centralisation, it was under State Admin-istration (Ministry of Justice).During the Second Republic, Decree 11.4.1934 regulated the transferof the penitentiary services to the Autonomous Government of Catalo-nia, but the transfer had not yet been effected when war broke out on18 July 1936, so the Autonomous Government of Catalonia took overthese services by virtue of a Decree of 12.8.1936, justifying its actiongiven the exceptional events of the time. At the end of the war, with theabolition of the Statute of Autonomy and the dissolution of theAutonomous Government of Catalonia, the centre went back to beingrun by the central State government. Then, with the arrival of democ-racy and the approval of the Statute of 1979, the prison services wereagain transferred to the Autonomous Government of Catalonia by Roy-al Decree of 28.12.1983, with the State reserving for itself the exclusivecompetence with regard to drafting the relevant legislation.Men have almost always been imprisoned there, for political or socialreasons, either serving sentences or on a preventive basis as they awaitsentencing. Exceptionally there have also been women, in particularbetween 1955 and 1963, while the Trinitat Prison in Barcelona (whichat the time was a women’s prison, but is now a penitentiary centre foryouths) was undergoing construction work.During the Franco regime, theModel Prison centralized and channelledthe communication of the prisons of Barcelona with the General Direc-torate for Prisons. This affected the prisons of the judicial districts ofManresa, Mataró, Sabadell, Terrassa and Vic, among others.It was initially designed to hold 600 prisoners. During the Civil War – asof the events of May 1937 – and the post-war period – especially the firstyears of the repression (1939-1943) – the great increase in the prison pop-ulation led to the fitting out of various spaces in the city as annexes of theModel Prison. The number of prisoners jailed there in 1938 was estimat-ed at over 7,000, and the figure reached 13,000 by 1940.During both peri-ods, the following were used as annexes: the Palau de les Missions in Mon-tjuïc (pavilion of the Fira de Mostres or fairgrounds), the El Cànem factoryin the Poblenou borough, and the Convent of Sant Elies in Sant Gervaside Cassoles (which is now the Parish Church of Santa Agnès). Moreover,during the first years of the Franco regime’s repression, the work camps ofthe penal colonies of Barcelona and Viella, as well as the Sant Sadurníd’Anoia detachment, also came under the aegis of the Model Prison.The Provincial Board of Parole was attached to theModel Prison between1939 and 1966. This it was an official body in that, in accordance with


the penitentiary legislation of the time, was in charge of studying theprobation or parole proposals submitted by the boards of the differentprisons, which proposed the political or common prisoners who couldbe awarded time off from their sentences due to good behaviour or work.The proposals by this provincial commission were submitted directlyto the General Directorate for Prisons in Madrid.Given the events of the 20th century, there were many instances in whichpolitical and common prisoners spent prison time together. Primo deRivera’s dictatorship (1923-1930), the CivilWar (1936-1939), and par-ticularly the Franco dictatorship (1939-1975), which carried out anintense, long, systematic and indiscriminate repression, meant years ofimprisonment for ideological reasons affecting citizens from all the socialstrata, with different levels of responsibility and very diverse schools ofthought and ideologies: anarchists, socialists, republicans, communists,Falangistas, Catalan nationalists, military personnel, trade union mem-bers, representatives of the Catholic church, etc. The extent of thepolitical repression exercised throughout the 20th century made theModel Prison a very well-known penitentiary to themajority of the Cata-lan population, and some of its prisoners were or later became distin-guished political, social or intellectual leaders.As of the Political Amnesty Law of 1977, the prison population basi-cally comprises people detained for common offences. In this regard, theModel Prison bears silent witness to the different types of offences andcrimes committed over the last century, and has been home to some verywell known criminals.By their very nature, penitentiary institutions are a unique world, more orless self-contained.The needs of the prison population and of the civil ser-vants who mind them have been solved, depending on the period, in anautarchic way or in collaboration with outside forces. As a result, the man-agement autonomy of the prison authorities has often been very great.Indeed, the prison staff has had to manage what amounts to a small city.They have had to take care of all matters affecting the prison population24 hours a day: accommodation, mobility in and out of the prison, organ-isation of productive work, procurement and preparation of food and oth-er consumer goods, health and hygiene, control of the dwellers’ assets, etc.

Archival history The treatment afforded to the documents preserved by this institutionis not very different from that of many other institutions’ documents:abandonment, humidity, dust, fire, water damage, uncontrolled changesof location, and even voluntary destruction (either due to lack of spaceor to other reasons).Until 1988, the fonds was at the building onCarrer Entença in Barcelona,and in spite of the deteriorated state of conservation of some of thedocuments, the volume of the existing documentation is considerable.The interest of the historians Josep M. Solé Sabaté, Joan Villarroya andFrancisco Marín in consulting the fonds and the consciousness of thecivil servants of the Office of the Regime (sic) of the Model Prison, inparticular of Eduardo Vicente, who always ensured the conservation of


the documents, highlighted the need to transfer the documentation tothe historical archive. The Departments of Culture and Justice set pro-cedures in motion to make the fonds available to both researchers andto the general public.The transferred fonds were neither classified nor arranged in any order, sofrom the outset, the ANC undertook the appropriate archival works inorder to guarantee the conservation of, and access to, the fonds. More-over, administrative needs made it necessary to speed up the ordering ofthe records dating from 1939 to 1960. Specifically, as a result of the enact-ment of the State Budget Law for 1990, whose 18th additional provisionestablished the right to compensation for peoplewho had been imprisonedfor the political reasons contemplated under the Amnesty Law 46/1977,it became a matter of urgency to arrange the records concerning politicalprisoners during the years of the Franco regime.Documents illustrating the pressure to which Catalonia was subjectedwere loaned to the permanent exhibition of the Museum of the Histo-ry of Catalonia.

Admission information Thanks to the steps taken by the historians Josep M. Solé Sabaté, JoanVillarroya and FranciscoMarín, inMay of 1988 the General Directoratefor Penitentiary Services and Rehabilitation of the Department of Jus-tice delivered the documentation prior to 1960 kept at theModel Prisonto the director of the ANC, Casimir Martí.From that point onward, other admissions took place and the stan-dardisation of ordinary transfers of inactive documentation to the ANCbegan. (See the ANC’s Record of Admissions, codes 117, 358, 381, 398,647, 969, 1632 and 1702).

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The fonds contains above all the documentation generated by the Model

Prison during the Franco regime (1939-1975). The operation and activi-ties of the centre during this period are well documented, regarding bothgeneral aspects (management, administration, accounting, staffing, mate-rial resources) and those aspects deriving from the specific function of thepenitentiary (control of the inmates, meals and direct sale of items, healthcare, inmates’ assets, rehabilitation).The books of approvedminutes (1939-1972) of the Prison Board and the personal records of the prisoners (1939-1975) areworthy of note, given their chronological continuity and inform-ative value.The account books of the centre andof the prison store documentthe economic management of the prison, particularly from 1940 to 1960.Very little documentation remains regarding the old prison (the precursorof the Model Prison), all of it referring to release orders dating from 1890.Regarding the annexes, penal colonies and penitentiary detachments,there is only documentation from the early 1940s, when the centre’sprison population was greater (sic).The documentationmakes referenceto the procedures carried out in these places of imprisonment under


the control of the Model Prison (day-to-day duties of the civil servants,rationing of food, prisoner headcounts, among others).The documentation of the prisons of the judicial districts of Manresa,Mataró, Sabadell, Terrassa and Vic mostly dates also from the 1940s,although some documentation frombefore and after this period also exists.In all cases, the largest series in terms of volume is that containing pris-oner records.Themost important documentationof theProvincial BoardofParole, name-ly the books of approvedminutes from 1939 to 1966, have been preserved.

System of organisation The fonds is divided into 8 sub-fonds, according to the provenance of thedocumentation:1. Old Prison2. Model Prison (with the Palau de les Missions, Poble Nou and SantElies annexes, the Barcelona and Viella penal colonies, and the SantSadurní d’Anoia detachment)

3. Prison of the judicial district of Manresa4. Prison of the judicial district of Mataró5. Prison of the judicial district of Sabadell6. Prison of the judicial district of Terrassa7. Prison of the judicial district of Vic8. Provincial Board of Parole

In addition, the documentation of each sub-fonds is classified accord-ing to a functional classification table. The first level of classificationincludes the following series groups:1. General Coordination2. Human resources management3. Material/economic resources management4. Prison store and canteen5. Detainment and guarding of inmates6. Prisoner assets7. Rehabilitation8. Health and hygiene

These general functions can be subdivided into activities and sub-activ-ities, depending on the case.Only in the case of the Presó Model sub-fonds is there documentationpertaining to all classification levels.

The documentation from before 1940 is permanently preserved, as isthe Expedients personals dels interns (Personal Records of Prisoners) series(appraised by the National Commission on Document Evaluation andSelection). The rest of the document series is pending evaluation.

Additions New admissions of records that have been closed but are for permanentconservation are expected.



CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions Access to this documentation is unrestricted, with the exception of series

containing individual data or data capable of being individualised, thedocumentation of which can be consulted provided it exceeds the termsof reservation established by the legislation in effect.

Reproductions conditions Authorisation to access the consultation of reserved documentation doesnot imply the authorisation to reproduce this documentation for thepurpose of public dissemination. For such cases, express authorisationis required.

Document languages and script Spanish, when the centre depended on the State Administration. Cata-lan, when the centre depended on the administration of the AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia, that is, from 1936 to 1939 and from 1983onward, resulting from the transfer of penitentiary services.

Output formats A summary inventory of the document series compiled by Anna Durani Armengol in 1995 is available to users.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREAThe books of approvedminutes and some individual prison records havebeen reproduced on microfilm.

Related documentation The Pere Armengol i Cornet fonds (CAT ANC 559) contains docu-ments concerning the prison world in the 19th century and its reform,and on the Board of Construction of the Model Prison.The Pere Bosch i Gimpera fonds (CAT ANC 66) contains informationabout Correctional Services in Catalonia during the Second Republic.The Delegació Provincial a Barcelona del Patronat de Nostra Senyora dela Mercè fonds (CAT ANC 229) provides information about the con-trol of inmates on probation during the Franco regime.

Bibliography BALCELLS, Albert. “Justícia i presons, després de maig de 1937”. In:Catalunya: intents regularitzadors del conseller Bosch i Gimpera. Barcelona:Rafael Dalmau, 1989.BERNAL, Àngels; CIRERA,Mercè; DURAN, Anna. “Els fons dels Cen-tres Penitenciaris de Barcelona que es conserven a l ‘Arxiu Nacional deCatalunya”. In:Miscel·lània en honor del Doctor CasimirMartí.Barcelona:Rafael Dalmau Editor, 1994. pp. 125-142.GIRBAL JAUME, F. Les presons de Barcelona. Barcelona: Antoni López[1926]. 2 vol.La Model: Cent anys i 1 dia d’històries. Barcelona: Centre Penitenciarid’Homes de Barcelona, 2004.PAGÈS I BLANCH, Pelai. La Presó Model de Barcelona. Història d’unCentre penitenciari en temps de Guerra (1936-1939). Barcelona: Abbeyof Montserrat Publications, 1996. (Abat Oliba Collection, 163)



SANAHUJA, JosepM. Les Conselleries de Governació i Justícia de la Gen-eralitat de Catalunya. 1931-1934. Barcelona: Autonomous Governmentof Catalonia. Department of Governance –Department of Justice, 1992.SOLÉ I SABATÉ, JosepM. Et al.Història de la PresóModel de Barcelona.Barcelona: Pagès Editor, 2000.

NOTES AREANotes The classification of the fonds was by Anna Duran between 1992 and

1995.The restorations and reproductions of documents were performedby the ANC.The interest in learning more about repression under the Franco regimeand disseminating it has led to the dissemination of the fonds throughthemedia (both print and television), with some documents being repro-duced in publications that deal with the subject matter.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) ABC, 2006.

Sources The works quoted in the Bibliography element were used as a biblio-graphical source for reporting the History of the producer(s) element,together with the following legislation:– Spain. Royal Decree 14.11.1930, approving the Rules of the PrisonService. Gaceta, 21.11.1930, no. 325, pp. 1029-1086.– Catalonia. Decree of 16.5.1934, approving the Prison Service Rulesfor their adaptation and enforcement by the Autonomous Governmentof Catalonia complementary to the transfers to it of the Justice and Pub-lic Order services. BOGC, 16.5.1934, no. 136, pp. 1002-1005.– Catalonia. Decree 12.8.1936, by virtue of which the AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia assumes the powers attributed to the Govern-ment of the Republic by the laws and regulations concerning prisons,and all the prisons existing in Catalonia are brought under this Depart-ment. BOGC, 14.8.1936, no. 227, pp. 1045-1046.– Spain. Decree of 5.3.1948, approving the Rules of the Prison Serv-ice. BOE, 15.5.1948, no. 136, p. 1902 up to BOE, 9.6.1948, no. 161,p. 2388. Amendment BOE 30.11.1948, no. 335, pp. 5387-5391.– Spain. Decree of 2.2.1956, approving the Rules of the Prison Serv-ice. BOE, 15.3.1956, no. 75, pp. 1178-1817.– Catalonia. Royal Decree 3482/1983, of 28 December, on the trans-fer of State-run penitentiary services to the Autonomous Governmentof Catalonia. DOGC, 24.2.1984, no. 410, p. 403.



IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236 02

Level of description Sub-fonds

Title Model Prison —attributed—

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1904 - 1993 (significant gaps between1904 and 1939)

Volume and medium 500 m (5000 boxes, ca.), paper

CONTEXT AREAHistory of the producer(s) The cornerstone of the building was laid on 3 June 1888, but it was

inaugurated sixteen years later.A Board of Construction was created to carry out the project. Expenseswere borne by the Barcelona City Council and the Barcelona ProvincialCouncil. The specialist on criminal law and magistrate of the ProvincialCourt of Appeals of Barcelona, Pere Armengol i Cornet (1837-1896), wasthe soul of the Board and the theoretician behind the newly implement-ed penitentiary system at the Model Prison. The attorney Ramon Albó iMartí (1872-1955), a disciple of Armengol’s, gave the centre’s inaugura-tion speech and drafted the first set of rules approved by the Local prisonBoard. The architects were Salvador Vinyals i Sabater (1847-1926) andJosep Domènech i Estapà (1858-1917).Although the building has undergone several reforms over time, the basicstructure of the Model Prison has remained unchanged. It still preservesits most singular characteristics: the radial structure of the cell blocks andthe large rose windows providing natural lighting.After a hundred years of operation, plans call for the transfer of the pen-itentiary centre to a new location; however, the plans also call for the build-ing to be preserved, as it is considered to be of architectural value, and des-tined to other social uses.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The scope contains the documentation of the main producer of the

fonds, the Centre Penitenciari d’Homes de Barcelona. Its documentationconstitutes a separate sub-fonds in order to differentiate it from the doc-umentation of other prisons that the Model Prison has accrued overthe years in accordance with its attributions.From the beginning up to the 1930s, this basically consists of accountbooks and books used to control the material and economic resources(journals, ledgers, securities accounts, medicines, etc.) and books fromthe prison store and canteen (journals, ledgers, food and drinking wateraccount books, etc.).


From the Civil War period there is the general series of personal recordsof prisoners (more than 13,000) and some account books from thecentre and the prison store and canteen.From the Franco regime and the period of transition to democracy (1939-1984) the documentation is abundant and varied, enabling the documen-tation of virtually all the centre’s functions and activities: administrativeduties, personnel management, management of material and economicresources, administration of the prison store and canteen, control of inmatesand of their assets, rehabilitation tasks and health care.From the current period (since 1984), when administration of theMod-el Prison fell to the Autonomous Government of Catalonia, only doc-umentation deemed for permanent conservation has been admitted,that is, the personal records of prisoners that have been definitivelyclosed.

System of organisation As for provenance, the documentation was divided according to the placewhere it was generated:2.0 – Presó Model (central building)2.1 – Palau de les Missions Annex2.2 – Poble Nou Annex2.3 – Sant Elies Annex2.4 – Barcelona Penal Colony2.5 – Viella Penal Colony2.6 – Sant Sadurní d’Anoia Detachment

As for the classification of the documentation, the functional classifica-tion table that is common to all the fonds applies.


Sources The bibliography quoted at the fonds level and the unit of descrip-tion.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236 02 05


Title Detainment and Guarding of Inmates —attributed—

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1936-1993 (predominantly 1939-1960)

Volume and medium 373.5 m (3,735 boxes), paper


CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Thedocumentation concerning the detainment and guarding of the inmates

is the largest in terms of volume, both at the sub-fonds and fonds levels.This bears witness to a specific function that the centre has always per-formed: the control of the inmates. The most common types of doc-uments used to exercise this control include: files (cards with basicidentification information, fingerprint cards), books of record on dif-ferent items (internment and release records, records of movementbetween cell blocks, records of departures for trials or services, etc.)and the personal records where the background information on theinmate is recorded. Communication of the inmates with the exterior(primarily with attorneys and judges) or with centre authorities (sub-mitting applications, requests or complaints) is also recorded.

System of organisation This series group is sub-divided into:5.1. Identification5.2. Individual inmate records5.3. Movement of inmates5.4. Control of inmates5.5. Rewards and sanctions5.6. Communications of inmates

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREABibliography BERENGUER, Marc Aureli. “El Registre d’ingressos i filiacions i els

expedients d’interns del Fons de la Presó Model de Barcelona a l’ArxiuNacional de Catalunya”. In: Congrés els camps de concentració i el mónpenitenciari a Espanya durant la Guerra Civil i el Franquisme. Barcelona:Museum of the History of Catalonia; Crítica, 2003. pp. 960-968.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) ADA, 1995. Update: ABC, 2006.

Sources The prison service rules published in 1948 and in 1956, included inSources at fonds level, and the unit of description.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236 02 05.02

Nivell de descripció Level of description

Title Inmates records —attributed—

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1936-1993

Volume and medium 353.7 m (3,537 boxes), paper


CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREASystem of organisation The sub series group is is sub-divided into:

5.2.1. Personal records of the inmates5.2.2. Lists of prisoners of military age5.2.3. Calendars for processing of records

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) ADA, 1995. Update: ABC, 2006.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236 02 05.02.01


Title Personal records of the inmates

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1936 - 1993

Volume and medium 353.2 m (3,532 boxes, ca. 250,000 records), paper

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content It is the largest series in terms of volume of this sub-fonds and of the entire

fonds. Records dating from before 1936 have not been kept, but from thisdate up to the present, the series is preserved almost integrally.An estimated 13,000 records from 1936 to 1939 exist, together with187,000 from 1939 to 1977, and 50,000 starting in the 1980s.It includes common and political prisoners, from the Civil War up tothe present time. Some are very well known.It should be noted that when a person is moved from one prison to anoth-er, the record travels with the prisoner. As a result, the series does notcontain all the records of the persons who have been inmates at theMod-el Prison; rather, it only contains the records of all those who complet-ed their sentence in this prison, whether because they died or were releasedor for other reasons.The records are very thorough.They usually contain the following infor-mation: 1) personal identification (name and surnames, place of birthand of residence, name of parents, age, civil status, number of off-spring, training, profession); 2) procedural and penal information (jury,offence, sentence); and 3) penitentiary information (date of intern-ment and of release, incidents during the prison term, completion of thesentence).As for the document forms, the most common are: personal descriptionsheets; incident sheets; orders, notices and memos between the court andpenitentiary authorities; probation or enforcement proceedings.They can


also contain copies of court rulings, writs by the inmates or attorneys,authorisations for transfers or to receive visits, among others.For archiving purposes, between 1939 and 1975, when a recordwas closed,a capital “B” was written on the cover or front page of the documentation.And if the reason for closing the recordwas the inmate’s execution, in addi-tion to the capital “B”, the word “EJECUTADO” was added.

System of organisation The records are grouped by periods, in the same form as they were trans-ferred to the ANC. Those dating from 1936 to 1939 and from 1939 to1960 are arranged in alphabetical order, so that any single box can con-tain records that may be freely accessed together with records whoseaccess is still restricted in accordance with the terms established by law.It is necessary to consult each record to know its closing date, sinceonly the opening date figures on the cover.Starting in 1960, the records were arranged numerically. In this case,there are also unrestricted-access and restricted-access records in any sin-gle box; however, the transfer list issued by theModel Prison to the ANCindicates the opening and closing date of each record, enabling thedate when unrestricted access commences to be established.

Documentation preserved on a permanent basis applying DocumentEvaluation Table code 452.

Additions New entries are expected to occur as the records are closed. Closed recordsthat can be transferred include are those closed due to death and those dueto release,whennore-openingshave takenplaceafter sixteenyearshaveelapsed.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions For unrestricted-access records less than 50 years old from the date of

closing, it is necessary to sign an agreement not to disclose the infor-mation about other inmates who may be included in the record, unlessmore than 25 years have elapsed since the death of the mentionedinmate(s) or unless authorised to do so.

Output formats There is a computerised catalogue that provides a summary descriptionof the records dating from 1936 to 1939 and those generated as of 1960,but in order to abide by privacy rights, this output format is not avail-able to users.Carme Palacín made the computerised description of records from 1936to 1939.The description of records after 1960 was transferred in comput-erised format by the Office of the Regime (sic) of the prison, and MariaUtgés later migrated the data to the ANC’s software system. Records from1939 to 1960 are now being catalogued.Exceptionally, the detailed cataloguing of some records of individual inmateswas performed, with all the documents pertaining to the record beingdescribed one by one.These are unrestricted-access records that have beencopied and can be consulted on a substitute medium.



NOTES AREANotes Each record contains an incident report sheet indicating the entries

and exits of the penitentiary centre. The information contained there-in makes it possible to determine the time of imprisonment. In thecase of the political prisoners of the Franco regime, this information isuseful for determining the length of the stay in prison and applying forthe corresponding compensation.Records from 1936 to 1960 were adequately ordered and archivedbetween 1988 and 1992 (see the fonds’ processing record).

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) ADA, 1995. Updates: MBC, 2002 and ABC, 2006.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236 uc68718


Title Record of Salvador Puig Antich

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 2.10.1973 – 6.3.1974

Volume and medium 1 record (53 written pages, including the covers), paper

CONTEXT AREAArchival history The record was part of the temporary exhibition at the Museum of

History of Catalonia titled Les Presons de Franco (Franco’s Prisons) betweenNovember 2003 and April 2004.

Admission information According to the transfer list, it was entered on 20.6.2001 for restora-tion, but was registered together with the records transferred in Novem-ber of 2002 (admission record 1632).

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Personal Identification Information

Place and date of birth: Barcelona, 30.5.1948Place of residence: BarcelonaFather’s name: Joaquim / Mother’s name: ImmaculadaBackground: member of theMovimiento Ibérico de Liberación (MIL)

Procedural and Criminal InformationOffence: armed robberywith homicide/subversive activities and terrorism.Jurisdiction: from civil (Trial Court no. 21 of Barcelona) to militarycourt (Permanent Military Court no. 3 of the General Captaincy ofthe 4th Military Region)


Type of proceeding: court-martial, ordinary case no. 106-IV-73.Sentence: death penalty.

Penitentiary InformationDate interned: 2.10.1973 / Age: 25Record no. 76.890 / Closed: executed on 2.3.1974The documents in this record are very formalised, with stamps, seals andsignatures. Among others, it contains: an application form petitioningthe warden of the prison, handwritten and signed by Puig Antich; a copyof the judgement-decree of the Military Captaincy of the 4th Regiongiving instructions to apply the sentence handed down by the SupremeCouncil of Military Justice condemning him to death, and a list of hislast belongings (books and objects).

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREADocument languages and script Spanish

Of a total of 42 folios, 35 are numbered. Excerpts annotated in theincidents sheet refer to this numbering.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREAReproduction on microfilm for consultation at the ANC.

Related documentation Two ordinary proceedings against Salvador Puig Antich are included inthe archive of the Third Territorial Military Tribunal.

Bibliography Antología poètica popular a la memòria de Salvador Puig Antich; recerca,recopilació de poemes, notes i introducció de Ricard de Vargas-Golarons.Barcelona: Ateneu Enciclopèdic Popular, 1991.ARCARAZO, Lluís. Salvador Puig Antich. Guió de Lluís Arcarazo.Barcelona: Mediaproducción, 2006. Movie script.ESCRIBANO, Francesc. Compte enrere: la història de Salvador PuigAntich. Barcelona: Edicions 62, 2001.ESCRIBANO, Francesc (director).Dotze hores de vida: l’execució de PuigAntich i Heinz Ches. Barcelona: Televisió de Catalunya; EnciclopèdiaCatalana, 2005. (Els documentals de TV3: Dies de transició, 1). [1videodisc]TAJUELO,Telesforo. ElMovimiento Ibérico de Liberación, Salvador PuigAntich y los Grupos de Acción Revolucionaria. Internacionalistas: teoría ypráctica. Paris: Ruedo Ibérico, 1977.TOLOSA, Carlota. La torna de la torna: Salvador Puig Antic i el MIL.Barcelona: Empúries, 1985.Information and various articles can be found at the Confederació Gen-eral del Treball de Catalunya website. <http://www.cgtcatalunya.org>[Consulted: April, 2006].




NOTES AREANotes Restoration (cleaning and conditioning) and microfilming performed

in 2001 by the Restoration and ReproductionDepartments of the ANC.The cover of the record was reproduced in the catalogue of the exhibi-tion Les presons de Franco (p. 150), organised by the Museum of Histo-ry between November 2003 and April 2004.At the end of the dictatorship (in what was known, using a play on words, astheDictablanda), the execution by garrotte of Puig Antich had amajor polit-ical and social impact, especially in Europe. The theatre company Els Joglarsexplained the events in a play called LaTorna, for which the members of thecompany were condemned in summary court-martial proceedings.The subject continues to generate historic interest nowadays. In addi-tion, Puig Antich’s family has filed an appeal for review of the legal pro-ceeding brought against him.


Sources For reporting in the Title and Date(s) elements the description trans-ferred by the Office of the Regime (sic) of the Model Prison was takeninto account. For the rest of the elements, the unit of description.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT ANC 236 uc68718 doc 3

Level of description Item-Level description

Title Full de vicissituds (Incident Sheet) —attributed—

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 2.10.1973 – 6.3.1974

Volume and medium 3 pages, paper

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content There are 15 excerpts of incidents during the incarceration period. The

first of them corresponds to the date of intake and the last when, afterthe inmate’s death, his belongings were delivered to his next of kin.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAThere are only 4 written pages.




Type of fonds: RELIGIOUS

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AEV 02.098.


Title Parish church of Santa Maria de la Pobla de Claramunt

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1518/07/04 – 1936/01/12.

Volume and medium 1.32 m (43 file-level descriptions)Medium: paperMeasurements: folio and quarto

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Parish church of Santa Maria de la Pobla de Claramunt

History of the producer(s) The parish church of Santa Maria de la Pobla de Claramunt belonged tothe bishopric of Barcelona until 1957, when it switched to the bishopricof Vic.Santa Maria de la Pobla de Claramunt emerged as a parish church along-side the castle of Claramunt. The first parish church was Santa Maria deClaramunt, documented since the year 986, which was built within thewalls of the castle. In 1463, during the “War of the Redemptions”, the cas-tle of Claramunt was demolished and the church was partially destroyed.As a result, the parish functions were transferred to the església de la San-tíssimaTrinitat (church of theHolyTrinity), built in 1379 in themedievalsection of La Pobla, at the base of the mountain crowned by the castle.The altarpieces and images were also moved to the new church. After thewar the church within the castle was rebuilt from 1465 to 1492, but theparishioners refused to restore its parish functions.The chapel of theTrini-tat underwent various reforms over the following centuries. By the mid-18th century talk of the need to enlarge the chapel began, as it was smalland in poor state of repair. However, it was finally decided to build a newchurch in front of the existing chapel. Construction of the new templestarted in 1789 and finished in 1794. It underwent various repairs andreforms in the 19th century, and after the SpanishCivilWar (1936-1939),during which the parish church was plundered.The parish of La Pobla had Sant Hilari de Vilanova del Camí, Sant Martíde Carme and Sant Joan de laTorre de Claramunt as suffragans in the ear-ly 17th century. In addition to the former, the parish of Sant Salvador d'E-spoia orVilanova d'Espoia ismentioned as a suffragan in the early 17th cen-tury, although apparently the pastoral function of Espoia was performedat Sant Joan de laTorre. In 1729, the hamlet of La Font de la Reina, which


pertained to the township of Capellades but was in the parish of La Pobla,was segregated and attached to Capellades. According to the "Diccionarid'història eclesiàstica de Catalunya" (Dictionary of the Ecclesiastical Histo-ry of Catalonia), Sant Martí del Carme was segregated from La Pobla deClaramunt in 1779,whileVilanova delCamíwas segregated in 1851.How-ever, in the documentation of the fonds from the early 19th century, onlythe parish of Sant Joan de la Torre de Claramunt appears as a suffragan ofLa Pobla de Claramunt. The latter was emancipated in 1868, no longerdepending hierarchically on La Pobla, and in the modification of dioceselimits of 1957 it remained in the bishopric of Barcelona.

Archival history The fonds was under the custody of the parish church until its admissionto the Episcopal Archive of Vic (AEV). According to the documentation,the archivewas kept in a chest at the rectory during the 17th century. Fromthis archive the firstmarriage records dating frombefore 1613were removed,purportedly tomake use of the blank paper. Later on, the fonds was affect-ed by the assault on the rectory on 13 May 1840, during the First CarlistWar Seven-Year War. As a result of the attack, only the books then in useat the time (baptisms since 1831, marriages since 1805 and deaths, appar-ently, since 1810) were destroyed (at least with regard to the sacramentalbooks). Attempts were later made to recuperate the lost entries, based oneyewitness testimony, and noting them down in the corresponding books,but this reconstruction is notoriously partial, especially for the years fur-thest removed from the time of the destruction. During the 1936-1939Civil War the municipal court of La Pobla de Claramunt seized the bap-tism,marriage and death record books, which were recovered by theTownCouncil and restored to the parish church after the end of the war. Giventhe fact that the church had been looted, it can be presumed that the restof the parish archive documentation was also lost at this time, that is, themunicipal court had not seized the documents, since according to the rec-tor’s indications andwhatwas seenwhen the fondswas collected, the parishchurch did not have any old sacramental documentation or parish admin-istration documentation or any notarial documentation (sic).

Admission information Entered in the AEV on 30/09/2004 following transfer from the parishchurch. A receipt of the deposit is issued to the rector.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The documentation on record consists only of sacramental books and

some fragmentary notarial documents.

System of organisation Chronological series of baptisms, confirmations, marriages and deaths.The fragmentary notarial documentation has been factually groupedinto a single unit.

Additions Documentation from the parish church may be added in future.


CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions The part of the fonds kept at the AEV is not subject to any limitations

regarding consultation.

Reproductions conditions Reproducible.

Output formats Catàleg de fons parroquials de l’Arxiu Episcopal de Vic (Manual invento-ry-catalogue, the first version of which was drafted in 1984 by MiquelS. Gros, Josep M. Masnou and Ramon Ordeig; this fonds is includedin the 2005 update).

Organised according to significant alphanumerical topographical names: each physical unit is attrib-uted the letters representing the forms of documents they contain; (A:Baptisms, B: Confirmations; A-B: Baptisms and Confirmations, etc.)and the number in chronological order among units of homologous con-tents (A-B/1, A-B/2...). The starting and end dates appear in each phys-ical unit.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation The most recent part of the fonds remains at the parish church.

For the entire period before 1957, the complementary documentationof relationships with the bishopric, pastoral visits, etc. is found in theDiocesan Archive of Barcelona, since the parish pertained to the bish-opric of Barcelona up to this date, when it was transferred to the bish-opric of Vic.

Bibliography RIBA i GABARRÓ, Josep. Bicentenari de l'església de Santa Maria de laPobla de Claramunt (1793-1993). [Igualada] : Centre d'Estudis Comar-cals d'Igualada, 1992.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and Date Date: 2004-10-13

Author: RGM

Sources The unit of description, and History of the producer(s), also the bibliog-raphy quoted in the element Bibliography.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AEV 02.098.53.



Title: Marriages

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1613/06/07 - 1919/06/08

Volume and medium 7 books.Comments: For theperiod running from1613 to1748, themarriage recordsarebound togetherwith the contemporarybaptismandconfirmation records.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The series contains themarriages that took place both at the parish church

and at the other suffragans pertaining to it.The certificates initially include:date, name and first surname of the male spouse (and often his trade orprofession), usually accompanied by his place of origin, his father’s nameand first surname (often with his trade/profession and place of origin),and hismother’s name (without the surname); name of the female spouse,her father’s name and first surname (often with his trade/profession),usually accompanied by his place of origin, and her mother’s name (with-out the surname); witnesses (generally two), sometimes indicating theirtrades/professions and places of origin. The information is progressivelysystematised and extended, and by the end of the series it usually includes:name, both surnames, trade/profession and place of origin of the spous-es and of their parents, name and first surname of their grandparents,name, first surname and places of origin of the witnesses, and name andposition of the official presiding over the ceremony.

System of organisation Chronological

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation The units continuing this series remain at the parish church.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) Date: 2004-10-13

Author: ARG

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AEV 02.098. ABC-1/2

Level of description File-Level description

Title: In this book there will be entered those married in the parish of SantaMaria de la Pobla de Claramunt and of the suffragan churches.

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 1613/06/07 - 1680/09/24


Volume and medium [150] f.Measurements: folioComments: Bound together with baptisms and confirmations, the mar-riages constitute the central portion of the book.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREASystem of organisation Chronological

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREADocument languages and script Catalan

ÀREA DE NOTESNotes Annotation on the cover: “Advertesca's que se'n han aportat, o robat,

o falta lo llibre fet fins así dels dits esposats y de 6 ho 8 quadernsque hi havia no n'i avia de escrit sinó mix ho lo hu és més llarch, ypot ésser que per lo paper blanch se'l ne hauran aportat de la arquime-sa".


Author: RGM

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AEV 02.098. ABC-1/2;135-2


Title: Bover-Coca Marriage

Date(es) Date of creation and aggregation: 1659/07/22

Volume and medium [1] p.

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Jacint Ferrando, rector.

History of the producer(s) Jacint Ferrando became the rector of La Pobla de Claramunt around Julyof 1646, and left the post between 29 June and 17 September of 1671,when his successor was already exercising the post.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Marriage between Jaume Bover, a farmer from Vilanova del Camí, and

Maria Coca, from Els Moratons (Vilanova del Camí).



Author: RGM


Type of fonds: ASSOCIATIONS

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 6


Title Formal: Confraria de Pescadors de Torredembarra (Torredembarra Fisher-men’s Guild)

Date(es) Date of creation: 1933/1995Date of aggregation: 1944-1995 (predominantly of documents from the1950s to the 1980s)

Volume and medium 3,4 m; paper

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Confraria de Pescadors de Torredembarra (Torredembarra Fishermen’s

Guild)

History of the producer(s) The first board of the Torredembarra Fishermen’s Guild was formallyconstituted on 14 October 1944.The origins of this body go back to the mutual associations and con-sumer groups that the fishermen and the inhabitants of the borough ofBaix a Mar created from the late 19th century up to the end of the Civ-il War (1939).The mergers and splits that took place between associations lend makegleaning the past of this body a very confusing endeavour.The various associations of which there exist records are presented below:The Sociedad de Socorros Mútuos de San Juan Bautista was born in 1877with a view to providing aid to association members in case illness orsome other event prevented them from working. The regulations of theassociation were restated in 1901, and Antoni Rovira Pijuan was elect-ed president.In 1895, the Cooperativa Marítima (Maritime Cooperative) was foundedby approximately thirty fishermen who joined forces in order to guaran-tee various services to its members, ranging from the supply of food prod-ucts (both for their families and for their fishing activities) to the con-struction or purchase of houses or ships. When the bylaws were updatedin 1927, the chairman at the time was A. Rovira Pijuan.There are references relating to the Unión Industrial de Pesca dating backto 1909. According to its 1933 regulations, it was absorbed by SecciónMutua de Socorros del Barrio de Pescadores and its subsidiaries, from theSociedadCooperativa laMarítima.The chairmanwasMr. A. Rovira Pijuan.There are references dating from 1935 that, in addition to the SeccióSocors Mutus de la Marítima, the Societat Patronal de Pescadors and the


Societat Obrera de Pescadors, all of them from Torredembarra, attendedthe Assemblea d’Associacions Nacionals de Pescadors del Mediterrà (Assem-bly of the National Associations of Mediterranean Fishermen).The consumer-based cooperatives in Torredembarra joined togetherunder the name ofUnió de Cooperadors de Torredembarra in 1936. Thatsame year the Sociedad Patronal de Pescadores was created to defend theinterests of its members and expand the culture among them (sic).In spite of the foregoing information, it seems that the Llotja (Fisher-man’s Auction), created by theUnión Industrial de Pesca (Industrial Fish-ing Union), did not lose its autonomy since, in 1939, in an inventorydating 1 April, the Pòsit de Pescadors is included as a separate body, andthe latter would later join with the Confraria de Pescadors.Starting in 1940, all the associations were integrated under the Sindi-cato Vertical, until in 1944 the board of the Cofradía de Pescadores waselected, always under the control of the local head of the FET and theJONS. In the general assembly held on 20 November 1944, the nameCooperativa del Mar de la Cofradía de Pescadores de Torredembarra wasapproved. We find Mr. Antonio Rovira Pijuan once again at the fore-front of the guild, holding the title “Jefe de la Confradía”.The new bylaws of the associationwere approved in 1978, and its namewasinscribed and registered as the Confraria de Pescadors deTorredembarra.In 1983, a group of members from the Baix a Mar borough began theprocess of restoring La Cooperativa la Marítima as a sovereign body,which they achieved in 1987.From 1987 on, the Confraria de Pescadors followed its own path, as dis-tinct from that of the Cooperativa.

Archival history The documentation was kept under the custody of the body itself, onits premises, known as the “Local del Pes”, located in the seaside quarteron Passeig Colom, no. 26, until the spring of 2001, when the Con-fraria de Pescadorsmoved to a new facility (Port Esportiu-Moll Pesquer,s/n) and handed over the historical building to theTorredembarraTownCouncil for social and cultural uses, on condition of rehabilitating thebuilding. The documentation was moved in order to perform the reha-bilitation work. The chairman of the Confraria de Pescadors took thedocumentation that it was required by law to safeguard to the new head-quarters, and therefore part of the fonds is still at the premises of theConfraria de Pescadors. The rest was taken to theTorredembarra Munic-ipal Archive and was stored in boxes, without following any order, onthe third floor of the municipal building.The documentation had been damaged by water before its transfer to theAMTO due to leaks and flooding, and when it arrived at the archive wasa seriously affected by mould. A first measure intended to stop the plague(sic) started on 3 January 2005.That same year the classification, arrange-ment and inventory processes were performed, ending in July of 2005.

Admission information In the spring of 2001 the chairman of the Confraria de Pescadors hand-ed over part of the fonds to the Torredembarra Town Council, which


verbally accepted the commitment of taking care of the documentation.The admission was not formalised due to the urgency of the process.The transfer agreement is currently being processed.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Although the Confraria de Pescadors was heir to previous associations,

the documentation has not been preserved as a result of the multiplefusions and/or absorptions, and therefore the fonds kept at the AMTOcovers only the period during which the body had the legal status of asole juristic person, as ascertained by analysing the documentation.The fonds bears witness to themutual activities, consumption and depositfunctions that were developed by the Confraria de Pescadors, as well asits internal administrative management and external relations withother institutions and administrations.

System of organisation Since it was impossible to restore the internal order of the fonds, the clas-sification table is the result of the identification of the series from ananalysis of the activities denoted in the documentation:

1. Governance of the guild1.1 Minute books1.2 Rules1.3 Consultations

2. Administration and management2.1 Personnel

2.1.1 Workforce2.1.2 Apprenticeship contracts (trade)2.1.3 Social Security contributions2.1.4 Payrolls2.1.5 Trade-union organisation

2.2 Finance2.2.1 Assets2.2.2 General revenue and expenses

2.3 Correspondence2.3.1 Torredembarra Town Council2.3.2 Autonomous Government of Catalonia2.3.3 State institutions2.3.4 Record books

2.4 Questionnaires2.5 Inspections2.6 Granting of maritime and fishing licences

3. Mutual Activity3.1 Members and insured parties

3.1.1 Identity cards3.1.2 Registro del Seguro Insurance books (for ships)3.1.3 Members’ lists3.1.4 Entries in the Instituto Social de la Marina3.1.5 Membership status amendments


3.2 Mutual association finances3.3 Control of contributions and employment-related information3.4 Social benefits

4. Commercial activity: economic management of sections4.1 Shop

4.1.1 Storeroom: suppliers4.1.2 Accounting

4.2 Auction house4.2.1 Lists of fish caught/sold4.2.2 Fish auction4.2.3 Cash

Permanent conservation status for all the documentation.

Additions El fons correspon a una entitat que encara està activa en l’actualitat,per tant és possible que es realitzin noves incorporacions de docu-mentació.En una conversa amb l’actual president ja s’ha pactat un futur ingrés.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions Although it has yet to be legally formalised, the Confraria de Pescadors has

accepted the general conditions set by the archive service, namely: unre-stricted consultation, though the documentation is subject to the legisla-tion in force concerning access to and protection of personal information.

Reproductions conditions In the absence of a written agreement with the Confraria de Pescadors,the general rules of the archive shall apply to the documentation. More-over, theTorredembarraTownCouncil will seek the authorisation of theConfraria de Pescadors deTorredembarrawhenever the documentation ofthe fonds is to be used for exhibition, reproduction or publication (com-plying with the provisions of the sixth pact of the agreement currentlybeing negotiated).

Document languages and script Spanish in general, with some documents in Catalan.Some series are handwritten.

The ink is faded in some documents, making them slightly difficultto read.The use of gloves is recommended to consult documents affectedby mould.

Output formats Users can consult an inventory-catalogue identifying all the series andsome file-level descriptions the title of the unit of description and therespective start and end dates, and it is organised hierarchically accord-ing to the systematic signatures of the classification table. Drafted inJuly of 2005.




Hard-copy for on-site consultation and on electronic medium for onlineconsultation:www.torredembarra.org > l’Ajuntament > Àrees i Serveis > Arxiu Municipal > Quina

informació conté l’arxiu? > Quadre de fons. Fons d’associacions i d’entitats.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation • Part of the fonds is found at the current site of the Confraria de

Pescadors de Torredembarra.

• The Historic Archive of Tarragona contains several records of asso-ciations from the fonds of the Civil Government of Tarragona, whichcontain the rules and the respective records of approval of some of theentities that were precursors to the Confraria de Pescadors:– Sociedad de Socorros Mutuos de San Juan Bautista. 1901-1902 (dateof creation). (CAT AHT Civil Government Fonds. Associationsnumber 1553)– SociedadCooperativaMarítima deTorredembarra. 1927 (date of creation).(CAT AHT Civil Government Fonds. Associations number 1118)– Sección Mutua de Socorros del Barrio de Pescadores y sus anejos, de laSociedad Cooperativa. . 1933 (date of creation). (CAT AHT Civil Gov-ernment Fonds. Associations number 604)– Sociedad Patronal de Pescadores. 1936 (date of creation). (CAT AHTCivil Government Fonds. Associations number 1782)

• The following building permit records bear witness to the socialaction of the cooperative movement:– Licence granted to Cooperativa la Marítima for the construction of 3single-storey houses in Baix a Mar. 1 October 1925-6 October 1925(date of creation). There are no plans, only a blueprint. (CAT AMTO01 14.4.1 1032/12)– Licence granted toCooperativa laMarítima for the construction of theEscoles de Baix a Mar. August 1932 (date of creation). Only the plan ispreserved. (CAT AMTO 01 14.4.1 411/6)The permit is approved in the minutes of the Permanent MunicipalCommission of 24 September 1932 (date of creation). (CAT AMTO01 1.2.2 93)

• The relationship between theTorredembarraTownCouncil and theConfraria de Pescadors (or its precursors) can be tracked through the seriesof books of approved minutes of the Municipal Plenum. 1875/1995(date of creation) [CAT AMTO 01 1.2.1] and the Permanent Munic-ipal Commission 1924/1995 (date of creation) or Governing Com-mission 1985-1995 (date of creation). (CAT AMTO 01 1.2.2), aswell as in the municipal correspondence series. 1880/1995 (date of cre-ation). (CAT AMTO 01 1.7).

• The fishing activity in the sea was recorded in the following films,of which the archive preserves a copy on DVD:


– Els pescadors de Torredembarra by Kit Colfac. (1955 date of creation,2005 date of copy). (CAT AMTO 09 4. 29).

– Pesca d’arrastre by Lluís Roig Lloveras. (1974 date of creation, 2006date of copy) (CAT AMTO 09 4. 31)

Bibliography ALEGRET, Joan Lluís; NADAL, Berta. “Confraria de Pescadors deTorre-dembarra”. In: Les confraries de pescadors. La dimensió social de la pescaa Catalunya [Pdf ]. Barcelona: Autonomous Government of Catalonia,1987. <http://biblioteca.udg.es/gespm/gespm/cofradias> [Consulted:27, February, 2006]

SUÑÉ MORALES, Jordi. Miquel Mestres Avinyó i el Cooperativisme aTorredembarra. (1895-2004).Torredembarra: Municipal Board of Cul-ture, 2005. 175 p. (Memòries de la Torre, 3).

NOTES AREANotes • Date of creation:

A single book is preserved with threeminutes dating from 1933, unsigned,of the board meetings of the Cooperativa la Marítima.

• History of the producer(s):The continuity of the Pòsit de Pescadors within theConfraria de Pescadorsbecomes clear through the documentation, as the same book started in1939 was used continuously through the end of its pages. The struc-ture is the same, and only the seal changes: it starts with the seal of thePòsit and goes on up to 1944, when we find the seal of the Confrariade Pescadors.

• Related bibliography:To learn more about the world of fishing in Torredembarra the follow-ing books can be consulted (containing many photographs):

COMES NOLLA, Gabriel. Vara, Vara! La pesca de la sardina a Baix aMar. Torredembarra. Barcelona: Noticias y Documentos de Moda S.A,1997. 195 p.

COMES NOLLA, Gabriel. Adéu, Sorra! L’última activitat pesquera alBarri Marítim de Torredembarra. Barcelona: Noticias y Documentos deModa S.A, 2002. 202 p.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) NCV. March 2006.

Sources • The quoted bibliography was consulted for the History of the pro-ducer(s) element, in addition to the following books:


ANGUERA, Pere; ROVIRA, Salvador J. “La gent de mar” and “L’activ-itat marinera”. In: Història de Torredembarra segles XVIII-XX.Torredembarra: Torredembarra Town Council, 1984. pp. 43-48 and83-87.

CORTÉS, Cosme. “Unió Industrial de Pesca La Marina”. La Sínia.No. 4 (Torredembarra, April 1994). p. 18.

GUASCH, Roser et al. “Activitat pesquera.” In: Imatges per recordar.Torredembarra: 1900-1975.Torredembarra:TorredembarraTownCoun-cil, 2002. pp. 77-87.

MERCADÉ I JOSÉ, Emili. “Les botigues de mar I”. Torredembarra:Butlletí Municipal. No.19 (September-October 1990), pp. 3-6.

MERCADÉ I JOSÉ, Emili. “Les botigues de mar II”. Torredembarra:Butlletí Municipal. No. 20 (November-December 1990), pp. 3-6.

MERCADÉ I JOSÉ, Emili. “Les botigues de mar III”. Torredembarra:Butlletí Municipal. No. 21 (January-February 1991), pp. 13-14.

MERCADÉ I JOSÉ, Emili. “Les botigues de mar IV”. Torredembarra:Butlletí Municipal. No. 22 (March-April 1991), pp. 4-6.

MERCADÉ I JOSÉ, Emili. “Fa cent anys, pescadors, pagesos i boterscreen La Marítima”. Torredembarra al Dia. No. 4 (July 1995). p. 3.

VALLS I GUASCH, Josep Ma. “L’associacionisme a Baix a Mar”. LaSínia. No. 33 (Torredembarra, July 2001). p. 15.

• For the Admission information and Archival history elements, discus-sions were held with Mr. JoaquimNolla Aguilà (archivist at the AMTOfrom 1997 to 2001),Mr. Eduard Rovira Gual (secretary of theConfrariade Pescadors fromNovember 1999 to the present) andMr. Rafel Figuero-la Eloi (chairman of the Cooperativa la Marítima from 1989 to 2003).

Rules or Conventions Norma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya (NODAC). Barcelona:Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Department of Culture.General Archive Office and Association of Archivists of Catalonia,2006 (in print).

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 06 4.

Level of description Series group.

Title Attributed:Commercial activity: economic management of sections


Date(es) Date of creation: 1941-1989Date of aggregation: 1944-1989

Volume and medium 1,6 m

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The documentation is primarily economic in nature, especially contain-

ing account books, balance sheets and cash books.

System of organisation The organisation of the documentation mirrors that of the Confrariade Pescadors, i.e. divided into two sections: Shop and Fish Market.

NOTES AREANotes • Date of creation:

There is a cash book titled Reserva de Balances that begins in 1941 andcontinues up to 1945.


Sources The unit of description.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 6 4.2

Level of description Series group

Title Attributed: Auction house

Volume and medium 1,4 m.

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Auction house

History of the producer(s) In 1910 the fishermen who were members of theUnión Industrial de Pescaapplied for a loan in order to pay for the machine that facilitated the workof launching and removing their boats from the beach, which replaced thehorses used until that time.In order to pay for the loan, they themselves handled the sale of the fish.The first premises were located on Carrer Indústria (Cal Pinyarret), andthe building located at Carrer Colom no. 26, the headquarters of the Con-fraria and where the fish auctions took place until 2001, was built in 1929.


The building, also called the Pòsit, is popularly known as “el Pes delspescadors”.This section has always been managed by the fishermen ofTorredembarra.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The documentation generated by the FishMarket is economic in nature

and refers directly to the catching and sale of fish.

System of organisation The books used to control the activity of the Fish Market were organ-ised into three major areas: lists of fish caught/sold, fish auctions, andcash books.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation Information about the Pes building, which housed the described activ-

ities, is preserved:∑ • Licence granted toUnión Industrial de Pesca for the construction of

the Pes building. 10 December 1928-14 December 1928 (date of cre-ation). Contains the plan.(CAT AMTO 01 14.4.1 1032/16)

∑ • Project for rehabilitation of the “Pes” building. September 2001.(date of creation). Contains the plans.(CAT AMTO 01 7.3.3.3 AG6/G717/2001/1)

∑ • Entry in the property register of the “Pes” building. 14 March 2000(date of creation).(Torredembarra Property Register. Book 284, tome 098. Property 16740,formerly 1358)


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 6 4.2.2

Level of description SeriesTitle Attributed: Fish auction

Date(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 26 November 1961 – 9 July 1989

Volume and medium 22 booksFormat: 30 × 20 cm

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Account books registering the fish auction activity.


On the first line we read the date (day, month, year, the annual order num-ber of the week and the day of the week); the line immediately beneath thisline indicates the name of the supplier, that is, the fishermen-sellers or theboats.The information is then arranged into columns; in the first the amountof fish to sell is noted,with the unit ofmeasurement being calculated in five-peseta coins per quarter (10 kg); the second column shows the names ofthe buyers (fishmongers and restaurateurs), the thirdmarks the price of thefish in pesetas per kg, the fourth shows the weight of the fish bought in kg,and the fifth shows the amount paid for the transaction. The bottom lineshows the sum total of the sale for each boat or fisherman.A line written in pencil separates each of the suppliers, and one using amarker indicates the date of the following auction. Auctions were helddaily, except on holidays.

System of organisation Chronological order.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREADocument languages and script Spanish.

The heading identifying the date is written with a pen, and as of 15 June1977, the day, month, year and week number are printed with a stamp(in block letters). The rest of the information is handwritten in pencil.


Sources To understand the information contained in the fish auction books, con-sultations were made with Mr. Francesc Bairaguet Montserrat, a retiredfisherman and secretary of theConfraria de Pescadors from 1982 to 1996.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 6 4.2.2 20/1


Title Formal: Ventas 1977-78 (1977-78 Sales)

Data(es) Dates of creation and aggregation: 12 April 1977-10 March 1978

Volume and medium 1 book (198 pages, of which only the odd pages are numbered, at thefront of each page).



Type of fonds: CORPORATE

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMEL 11 3.2


Title Attributed: Lluís Bru mosaics workshop

Date(es) [ca. 1900]-1999 (dates of creation)1904-1999 (dates of aggregations)

Volume and medium approx. 150 m, paper

CONTEXT AREAName(s) of the producer(s) Lluís Bru mosaics workshop

History of the producer(s) Lluís Bru i Salelles founded his mosaic workshop on Carrer Enric Grana-dos in Barcelona in 1904. This workshop made mosaic works, projectsusing stucco and other decorative techniques for distinguished Catalanarchitects and for important owners from all over the country until 1999.Three generations of the same family ran the business: the founder, LluísBru i Salelles (1868-1952), from 1904 to 1952; his son, Josep Bru iMasipó (1901-1973), from 1952 to 1973; and his grandson, Lluís Brui Borrell (1933-1999), from 1973 to 1999.The workshop’s heyday coin-cided with the rise of the Modernist and the Noucentisme movements,during which period shop was commissioned with decorating some ofthe most emblematic buildings of the time.The founder Lluís Bru i Salelles was deeply involved in the shop’s activ-ity and the directions it took.The son and grandson of painters, he workedas a stage designer at Barcelona’s Liceu opera house.His quality as a design-er for the decorative arts put him in touch with architects and artisansof the period, like Lluís Domènech i Montaner, with whom he workedon several projects. In parallel, he worked as a draftsman and designer,designing tiles and banisters for the Pujol i Bausis tile works. His con-tact with Lluís Domènech i Montaner gave a new direction to his career,and he began to create mosaic tiles and founded his own workshop.The shop specialised in fittings, floor tiles, and other decorative elements.The most commonly used mosaic tiles and styles were Roman tiles,ceramic tile, the trencadís and Venetian tiles.In 1911 the workshop won a first-class medal at the Barcelona Interna-tional Art Expo, where he participated with a fireplace decorated witha cross of St.George made with mosaic tiles designed by the draftsmanJosep Triadó, who collaborated with the workshop on several projects.In 1925, the shop displayed a fountain with mosaic tile decoration at


the International Expo of Decorative Arts and Industries in Paris, win-ning the gold medal at the event.The family business suffered the effects of the economic crisis of the1930s, and even discontinued its industrial work during the SpanishCivilWar and in the period immediately following the war, fromDecem-ber 1937 to April 1940, although in practise it continued operatingbehind closed doors.During the 1940s, the workshop kept operating thanks to the recon-struction and restoration of churches and to the new mosaic tile applica-tions for religious buildings, like the Tibidabo church, Sant Josep Oriol,the Carmelite School on Avinguda Diagonal, etc. Since then, however,mosaic tiles no longer had any practical application in civil architecture.The demand for mosaic tile dropped spectacularly starting in the 1950s,but the workshop remained open active thanks to the restoration of workscompleted in earlier periods and to the creative work that continued toconsist primarily of orders from religious circles. In the 1960s,mosaic tileswere used as unique decorative elements for prestigious establishments.Outside these sporadic applications, the shop’smain customer during theseyears was Joan March, who commissioned several major mosaic works,like the March pantheon and the PalauMarch, both in Palma deMallor-ca, among others. In 1965, Josep Bru i Massipó displayed his mosaic tilecreations at the Centre de Lectura in Reus, in which he evoked the classi-cal world and distanced himself from theModernist andNoucentistamosa-ic styles that had been the shop’s hallmark from its inception.A process of re-evaluation or appreciation of mosaic tiles began in the1980s. The Taller de mosaics Lluís Bru was the only workshop left bythen. Since then, Lluís Bru i Borrell has restored different works creat-ed during the Modernist and Noucentista eras which had deterioratedby the passing of time and neglect. He consulted the documental fondscreated by the workshop to restore oldmosaic tile works.Themost salientof these restoration and rehabilitation works include the Casa LleóMorera and the Lactància Municipal, both in Barcelona. His brother,Josep Bru i Borrell (1927), also took part in major restoration projects,like that of the Palau de la Música Catalana and others like the Tibid-abo and the March pantheon.

Archival history El fons s’ha conservat sempre en el propi taller. Un incendi destruípart de la documentació, l’any 1929. Hi ha constància que l'últimpropietari, Lluís Bru i Borrell, va vendre, per necessitats econòmiques,documentació original dels projectes més destacats del modernismecatalà a diferents persones interessades en el període i en la tècnica delmosaic, tot i que caldria aprofundir sobre les circumstàncies i la iden-titat d’aquests compradors. L’any 2000, l’Ajuntament d’Espluguesva adquirir el fons. El mateix any en què l’Ajuntament va comprar elfons, fou traslladat a les dependències de l'arxiu administratiu. L'anysegüent, el 2001, es va convocar la I Beca per a la recerca i docu-mentació del Fons del Taller Lluís Bru. Fruit d’aquesta tasca es va fer


una primera instal·lació de la documentació en tubs i capses de cartró,d’acord amb les grans dimensions d’alguns dels projectes. També esva fer un primer intent de classificació i un inventari i es van cata-logar alguns documents. Recentment s’han restaurat alguns docu-ments de gran format.

Admission information In 1999, the art historian Marta Saliné i Perich thought that the fondsmight be of interest to the Town Council of Esplugues. She had doneresearch on Lluís Bru through consultation of the Pujol i Bausis tileworks fonds at the Esplugues Municipal Archive and of the work-shop fonds still held by the family. As a result of her efforts, the wid-ow of Lluís Bru i Borrell, Esperança Figueras, offered the fonds to theTown Council of Esplugues de Llobregat, which purchased it on 8 Feb-ruary 2000, together with the material fonds found at the workshop,including objects, mosaic pieces, tiles, etc. The legal method used forthe sale was that of a private purchase agreement. The Town Councilpurchased the fonds because of the ties that existed between part ofthe documentation and the fonds of the Pujol i Bausis tile works, whichhad been owned by the Town Council since the 1980s, and in accor-dance with the municipal policy of creating a major centre devotedto the study of the production and uses of ceramic tile work and oth-er art forms applied to construction.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The fonds contains documents relating to the management and opera-

tion of the workshop throughout its entire existence. The management-related documentation includes the shop accounting (books, bills, deliv-ery notes, etc.), correspondence (including customer relations andadvertising) and internal administration (journals and ledgers, workforcesupervision records, etc.), all of which makes it possible to reconstructthe shop’s day-to-day operation and organisation.Most noteworthy, how-ever, is the technical documentation (stencils, tracings, etc.) and the proj-ects, both in terms of tile work applied to construction (tiles, supports,ceramic panels) and, very specially, coverings withmosaic tile. It containsthe projects of some of the most emblematic buildings of the CatalanModernist movement: the Palau de la Música Catalana, the Casa LleóMorera (both in Barcelona), and theCasaNavàs and the Institut PereMata(in the town of Reus), among other examples. It also includes an icono-graphic collection of samples used as support by the workshop, whichincludes newspaper clippings, magazines, advertisements, painted paper,postcards, prints, etc., with more than 2,000 images, in addition to cat-alogues of published plates, comprising more than 400 units.Although the fonds covers most of the 20th century, its most note-worthy aspect is the documentation generated during the first years,when the workshop was one of the biggest producers in the appliedarts of the Modernist and Noucentista movements in Catalonia.


The fonds includes documentation prior to the foundation of theworkshop, dated approximately between 1900 and 1904, from theprofessional activity of Lluís Bru i Salelles as a draughtsman, painterand scene painter and designer for architects like Josep Puig i Cadafalchand Lluís Domènech i Montaner. Some of the works correspond totile work projects for the Pujol i Bausis tile works. The fonds alsoincludes documentation of a personal nature, including some thirtyacademies (drawings of nudes), other types of drawings, and schoolnotebooks of some family members.

System of organisation The fonds has been organised using a classification table that differen-tiates between the documentation produced by the workshop and thefruit of Lluís Bru’s professional activity before founding the shop andthat of a personal nature of several family members. The classificationtable is functional in nature.

A WORKSHOPA1 MANAGEMENT

A1.1 AdministrationA1.2 AccountingA1.3 CorrespondenceA1.4 Advertising

A2 PROJECTSA2.1 Mosaic tilesA2.2 Tile work applied to construction

B LLUÍS BRU’S PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITYB1 GRAN TEATRE DEL LICEU

C PERSONALDOCUMENTATIONOF LLUÍS BRU AND FAMILY

Permanent conservation status for all the documentation.

Additions Although the fonds is closed, accruals resulting from purchases fromother owners who had acquired individual pieces from the third-gener-ation owners of the workshop cannot be ruled out.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions Unrestricted access, with the exception of documentation in poor state

of conservation.

Reproductions conditions Reproduction is only allowed for research and cultural dissemination pur-poses regarding the documentation that is in good state of conservationand suitable condition for reproduction.The reproduction techniques andspecialists in charge of them will be designated at all times by the Archive.The Town Council of Esplugues owns the economic exploitation andintellectual property rights held by the last owner of the fonds.



(Wills and scripts, series) Spanish predominates, with some presence of non-normative Cata-lan.

Some of the documents containing covering projects are at 1:1 scale,which involves exceptional dimensions. To consult this documen-tation, one must give sufficient advance notice in order to prepareit and make room for proper consultation. Some documents havelost backing material on the margins due to the workshop fire in1929.

Output formats There is an inventory and a first catalogue drawn up in 2003 by MartaSaliné Perich, as a result of the 1st scholarship for research and documen-tation ofTaller Lluís Bru fonds granted by theTownCouncil of Espluguesde Llobregat. The inventory is for all the documental series of the fondsand the catalogue is for certain graphic documents of various series, likeprojects for Lluís Bru before the foundation of the workshop and acad-emies drawn during the period of formation and those of the series groupof projects.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION AREARelated documentation The fonds of the Pujol i Bausis tile works contains documentation

related to the fonds of the Lluís Bru mosaic tile workshop because LluísBru i Salelles designed tile work applied to construction for this com-pany.

Bibliography GRAS I CASANOVAS,M.Mercè. Santuari de laMare de Déu del Carmede Barcelona. Barcelona: Carmelites Descalços de Catalunya i Balears,1993. pp. 40-46 and pp. 63-65(Provides information about mosaic tiles in this building, some of whichare by the Lluís Bru workshop).MARCH BARBERÀ, Jordi; BERGUEDÀ, Jordi; ARNAVAT, Albert,Arquitectura Modernista a Reus. Reus: Pragma Edicions, 2003. 203 p.MARCH BARBERÀ, Jordi. L’Institut Pere Mata de Reus. Reus: PragmaEdicions, 2004. 253 p.PERMANYER, Lluís. “Lluís Bru el primermosaista català” In:Establimentsi negocis que han fet història. Barcelona: Campana, 1990. pp. 19-24SALINÉ PERICH, Marta. “El mosaic modernista”. KESSE. No. 23.(Tarragona, December 1997). pp. 20-23SALINÉ PERICH, Marta. “Lluís Bru i Salelles a Badalona”. Carrer delsarbres. No. 12. (Badalona, December 2001). pp. 65-74.SALINÉ PERICH, Marta. Lluís Bru, fragments d'un creador. Els mosaicsmodernistes. Esplugues de Llobregat: Esplugues de LlobregatTownCoun-cil, 2005. 160 p.VIDAL JANSÀ,Mercè (ed.). Esplugues i el Modernisme. Patrimoni i ciu-tat.Esplugues de Llobregat: Esplugues de LlobregatTownCouncil, 2000.99 p.



NOTES AREANotes Title: The company changed its name several times, as shown by the

documentation.The only element that has beenmaintained is the nameof the founder, especially the family surname. The deed of sale of thefonds to theTownCouncil of Esplugues de Llobregat contains the name“Taller Lluís Bru”. In an industrial registration form, the company appearsunder the name “Fábrica demosaicos Luis Bru”. Finally, the name “Tallerde mosaics Lluís Bru” is proposed as it includes the all-important nameof the founder and a description of the company’s productive activity.Date of creation: the initial date of creation corresponds to Lluís Bru iSalelles’s professional documentation from before founding the work-shop, and of various personal documents.

Authorship and date(s) Vicenç Conde Balderas with the collaboration of Marta Saliné i Perich,2005, June-October. Description revised in March of 2006.

Sources The inventory and catalogue were drafted as a result of the first TallerLluís Bru Fonds research and documentation scholarship.

SALINÉ PERICH, Marta. Lluís Bru, fragments d'un creador. Els mosaicsmodernistes. Esplugues de Llobregat: Esplugues de LlobregatTownCoun-cil, 2005. 160 p.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMEL 11 3.2- A

Level of description Series group 1

Title Attributed: Taller (Workshop)

Date(es) 1904-1999 (dates of creation and aggregation)

Volume and medium approx. 145 m, paper

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Contains only technical and management-related documentation from

the workshop.

System of organisation Organised into two series groups: management and projects


DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) Vicenç Conde Balderas with the collaboration of Marta Saliné i Perich,

2005, June-October. Description revised in March of 2006.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference Code CAT AMEL 11 3.2- A2

Level of description Series group 2

Title Attributed: Projects

Volume and medium Approx. 130m, paper. Various techniques on paper are combined: draw-ings in pencil and ink, watercolour and stencil.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREASystem of organisation It is organised according to the realisation of the project in mosaic or

ceramic applied to construction (mainly tiles).

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAOutput formats The catelographic files contain summary information of some item-level

documents of the series group. Projects; the criterium was the descriptionof the documents having physical characteristics which make their con-sultation difficult and which, further, could be the more requested items.Sketches, reduced-scale and 1:1 scale final projects and stencils have beencatalogued (by document form).The catalogue contains the following fields:registration number, systematic signature, topographic signature, docu-ment form, name (title), dimensions in centimetres, medium, chronology(date of the document), location (precise location where the project wasdone), city/town, authorship, collaborators (other references to responsi-bility), inscriptions (legend), correspondence (related documentation), stateof conservation, photographic reference (in case the document has beenphotographed), photograph date, photographer and observations.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and Date Vicenç Conde Balderas with the collaboration of Marta Saliné i Perich,




IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMEL 11 3.2- A2 1


Title Attributed: Mosaic

Volume and medium Approx. 350 projects. Various techniques on paper are combined: draw-ings in pencil and ink, watercolour and stencil.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Includes projects materialised in mosaic tile.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) Vicenç Conde Balderas with the collaboration of Marta Saliné

i Perich, 2005, June-October. Description revised in March of2006.


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMEL 11 3.2 A2.1 PMC


Title Attributed: Palau de la Música Catalana de Barcelona

Date(es) [ca. 1906]/ 1924 (dates of creation and aggregation) The initial projectwas completed between 1906 and 1910. A modification of a previousproject took place in 1924.

Volume and medium 51 documents, mostly on hard copy (wood pulp paper). Most are draw-ings in black ink and pencil, and watercolours of varying dimensions,depending on the form of document. There are 1:1 scale and reduced-scale documents.

CONTEXT AREAArchival history There are records showing that the last owner of the workshop sold

part of the documentation of this project, mainly reduced-scale draw-ings of the columns and of the muses (sic).


CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Project carried out by Lluís Bru involving the coating with mosaic tile

of different elements of the Palau de la Música Catalana in Barcelona(both the façade and the interior). It contains documents for the exe-cution of the project (at 1:1 scale) and other documents more relatedto the conception and design of the project (reduced scale). The mostsalient items are the columns and muses of the stage. The original ideawas by Lluís Domènech i Montaner, who also made some of the small-scale drawings. Drawings by Lluís Bru dating from 1924 relating to thereform of the flooring (specifically, the design of a shield on the floor ofthe side entrance to the Palau, which had been originally done by theItalian mosaic specialist Mario Maragliano Ravone.

Additions Steps may possibly be taken in the future to purchase some of themissing project drawings.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREATo consult some of the documents pertaining to this project, one mustgive sufficient advance notice because some documents are on a 1:1 scaleand it is necessary to make room for proper consultation.




The invoicing copybook for 1906-1908 was used for dating purposes,the back of which contains a weekly book covering (1904-1905), togeth-er with the invoicing copybook for 1908-1913.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMEL 11 3.2 A2.1 PMC 1487


Title Attributed: Calc per al mosaic del cor i l’al·legoria (Tracing for thechoir and allegorical mosaic)

Date(es) [1909-1910] (dates of creation and aggregation)

Volume and medium 1 tracing, drawing in black ink on wood pulp paper measuring 33 x 61cm. Reduced scale.



CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content The tracing was made by Lluís Bru i Salelles from the original drawing

by Lluís Domènech i Montaner for the façade of the Palau de la Músi-ca Catalana. Using this tracing, the mosaic specialist created the 1:1 scaledocuments for applying the mosaic tile covering.



Sources The inventory and catalogue were drafted as a result of the first TallerLluís Bru Fonds research and documentation scholarship.The 1909 budget figures contained in the workshop’s 1909-1910 budg-et book were used for attribution of the initial date, and the entry of aninvoice from 1910 included in the 1908-1913 invoicing copybook wasused to attribute the end date.


Type of fonds: PERSONAL

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 7Level of description FondsTitle Josep Maria Rabasa ReimatDate (es) Date of creation: 1907/1991

Date of aggregation: 1937-1991Volume and medium 1660 photographs: 1190 (paper positives, b&w), 10 (paper positives,

colour), 390 slides (plastic, colour) and 70 rolls of negatives (plastic,b&w)25 postcards18 stamps6 obituary announcements

CONTEXT AREAName of Producer(s) Josep Maria Rabasa ReimatHistory of the Producer(s) JosepMaria Rabasa Reimat was born in Lleida on 1909 and died inTar-

ragona in 2001.He was the eldest of seven brothers. He studied industrial engineeringin Barcelona, but did not complete his studies due to the Civil War. HemarriedMontserratMayral Fuentes and they had two children,Montser-rat and JosepMaria. They lived in Barcelona, where Mr. Rabasa openedan electronics workshop. From the 1950s to the 1970s, the Rabasa-Mayral family spent summer holidays at Torredembarra, where theymoved after retiring. After his death, his widow moved to Tarragona.Josep Ma. Rabasa had two major hobbies: ham radio and photography.The result in relation to the first was summer courses for Torredembarrayouths, and the result of the second is the fonds being described herein.

Archival history The fonds was always under the custody of the producer, and accompa-nied him in his various places of residence: Lleida, Barcelona, Torredem-barra andTarragona. After his death, it was given over to his brother Joan.Thanks to the friendship between the Councillor forTourism,Mr. LluísRoig, and the family, talks began regarding the donation of the fondsto the Torredembarra Municipal Archive.Apparently, part of the fonds was kept by his son (Super 8 film sequencesand some photos), who was intending to put them up for sale.On 24 March 2003, the Governing Commission of the Torredembar-ra Town Council agreed to accept t donation by the Rabasa family ofthe photographic fonds of Mr. Josep Maria Rabasa i Reimat.In June of 2003, the municipal archivist and the aforementioned coun-cillor went to Tarragona to pick up the fonds, which since that year hasbeen under the custody of the AMTO.In July of that year a the fonds was subjected to a first archival pro-cessing consisting of grouping the positive photos by themes, and


where possible by dates, and they were placed in envelopes for theirconservation.

Admission information Agreement between the Torredembarra Town Council and Mr. JoanRabasa, signed on 27 May 2003 in Tarragona.The fonds was entered in the AMTO on 4 June 2003.

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Most of the photos are family photographs. All were shot byMr. Rabasa,

except those of his ancestors.His daughter, who had Down’s syndrome, was the apple of her father’seye, resulting in a large number of photographs where she appears inmultiple family and festive occasions.They are testimony to the day-to-day life and the holidays of a well-to-do family.There are also photos of different cities and various themes related tothe activities of the producer of the fonds.The Rabasa-Mayral family’s summer holiday sojourns at Torredembar-ra originated a series of photos that show the evolution of the town ina period when the coastline underwent major changes (1950s-‘70s).

System of organisation A provisional summary classification was made, which can be modifiedas the archival processing of the fonds progresses.The groupings accord-ing to theme of the image contents are:1. Family

1.1 Ancestors1.2 Descendants

1.2.1 Son1.2.2 Daughter1.2.3 Grandson

1.3 Everyday situations at home1.4 Children’s birthday parties1.5 Religious festivities1.6 Ceremonies and gatherings

1.6.1 Baptisms1.6.2 Communions1.6.3 Weddings

1.7 Excursions and outings1.7.1 In the countryside1.7.2 In cities1.7.3 At the beach

2. Military barracks at Castillejos3. Gatherings of friends (all men)4. Transport (aeroplanes, cars, motorcycle, streetcar, truck)5. Media

5.1 Television: photos of TV programmes5.2 Radio


6. Sports6.1 Skating6.2 Car races

7. Electrical machinery and installations8. Images of Torredembarra

8.1 Castle8.2 El Roquer8.3 Beach, boats, seafront8.4 Fish auction8.5 Fishermen with nets8.6 Night time fishing (on barges)8.7 Els Munts - Cap Gros8.8 Baix a Mar streets

9. Collections9.1 Postcards9.2 Stamps9.3 Obituary announcements9.4 Maths lesson in slides: Course 1. Subject 239.5 Slide show story: The Three Bears

Some poor-quality positives or significantly deteriorated photos, of whichcopies in better condition or the negative exist, were eliminated. Per-manent conservation status for the rest of the documentation.

Additions No additions are expected.

CONDITIONS OF ACCESS AND USE AREAAccess conditions Unrestricted access.

Reproductions conditions The rights of use have been yielded to the Town Council of Torredem-barra, and it was agreed with the owners that any public use must bearthe name of the fonds, its authorship, and its reference code.

Document languages and scriptAnnotations on the backs of some photos and on the sheaths of somenegatives are in Spanish.

A projector is required to correctly view the slides.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) NCV, April 2006.

Sources • The unit of description.• Conversations withMr. Lluís Roig Lloveras (councillor forTourismof the Torredembarra Town Council from 1999 to 2003) and Mr. JoanRabasa Reimat (brother of the producer of the fonds).• Date of creation: the initial year of the interval was taken from oneof the old photographs bearing the date (December 1907) and the nameof the subject on the back.




• Date of aggegation: The initial year of the interval corresponds tothe oldest date found on the back of a picture where the author’s sonand wife are shown (October 1937).

Rules or Conventions • Norma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya (NODAC). Barcelona:Autonomous Government of Catalonia. Department of Culture. Gen-eral Archive Office, 2006 (in print).• In the Title element, block lettering was used for the attribute anditalics for the formal title.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 7 1.


Title Family

Volume and medium Photos:1061 (paper positives, b&w), 375 slides (plastic, colour) and 60 rollsof negatives (plastic, b&w)

DESCRIPTION CONTROL AREAAuthorship and date(s) NCV, April 2006

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 7 1.5


Title Religious festivals

Date(es) Date of creation and aggregation: ca. 1945-1974

Volume and medium 88 photographs: 47 (paper positives, b&w), 1 (paper positive, colour)and approximately 40 negatives (plastic, b&w).


IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 7 1.5 s. 7.2


Title Semana Santa en Lérida (Holy Week in Lérida)

Date(es) Date of creation and aggregation: 1955


Volume and medium 19 photographs: 7 positives (paper, b&w), 12 negatives (plastic, b&w)

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Images of Palm Sunday, processions (“passos” and “armats”) and fami-

ly members.The contents of the positives coincides with that of the negatives.


Sources The title and date were taken from what the author wrote on the enve-lope containing the negatives.

IDENTITY STATEMENT AREAReference code CAT AMTO 7 1.5 s. 7.2/4

Level of description Item-Level description

Title Aperitif of the “armats”

Volume and medium 1 photograph (positive, paper, b&w)

CONTENT AND STRUCTURE AREAScope and content Three young women (one is the author’s sister) and two young men,

dressed as “armats”, sitting about a round marble bar table with glassesand small plates. It’s daytime and they are out on the street, in front ofan establishment with its shutter lowered. In the background, on theright, there is a sign reading “Azulejos, Yesos, Cementos” (Tiles, Gypsum,Cements).Descriptors:– Street festivities– Holy Week processions– “Armats” costumes– Rabasa family– Lleida– Commercial propaganda– Youths– Leisure– Bar


V. Index 269

V. Index

In order to facilitate the location and the consultation of the standards, two indices have been drawnup – one of them analytical to facilitate handling of the Standards by the user, and the other themat-ic, which indicates the subject matter referred to in the standards.

The analytical index provides a breakdown of the contents of the seven descriptive areas and twenty-six elements that make up the Standards, following their same structure. There is an entry for eacharea indicating the elements to which they pertain, and an individual entry for each of the elementsin which the different sections they comprise can be located: allocation, examples, sources, objective,specific rules for levels of description and for document types and general rules, specifying the con-tents of the rules included in the latter two sections.

The thematic index is a compendium of themes or items appearing or dealt with in the Standards.The different entries are associated with the introductory section of the Standards and/or the stan-dard(s) to which they refer.

For reference, both indices have the same structure. Each entry includes the page number referenceand, where necessary, refers to the standard(s) including them, indicating the code (in brackets) fol-lowed by the page number of the standard. If the reference is a range of pages or of standards, the firstand last page and/or first and last standard are provided, separated by a hyphen. If the reference is tomore than one page or standard code that is not successive, they are separated by semi-colons.


ANALYTICAL INDEX

AScope and content, Element, 94-103

Allocation, 94General examples, 100-103Sources, 94Objective, 94Specific rules for levels of description, 98-99file-level and item-level descriptions/ place names, names

of persons and subjects (3.1.E6), 99fonds and sub-fonds levels/ specify competences, func-

tions, activities and scope of the producer (3.1.E1),98

fonds and sub-fonds levels/ information about classifi-cation and documental form (3.1.E2), 98

series levels, file-level and item-level / execution of admin-istrative act (3.1.E5), 99

series levels, file-level and Item-level descriptions/ activ-ity, procedure and administrative function of the unitof description (3.1.E3), 98

series levels, file-level and item-level descriptions/ admin-istrative ruling (3.1.E4), 99

Specific rules for types of documents, 100electronic documentsdatabases/ structure (3.1.F2), 100iconic documents/ audio-visual documents (3.1.F1), 100General Rules, 94-97chronological range and geographic scope of the con-

tents (3.1.D1), 94known or attributed authorship and other references to

responsibility (3.1.D8), 97conservation of a part of the unit of description (3.1.D7),

97more outstanding, frequent and significant documents

(3.1.D5), 96missing documents (3.1.D6), 96

individuals or corporate bodies other than the pro-ducer (3.1.D4), 95primary and secondary themes (3.1.D2), 94

subjective assessment and interpretation/ assign toNotes(3.1.D3), 95

Areas and Elements of DescriptionIdentity statement area, 39-72Reference code, 39-43Date(s), 55-62Level of description, 44-46Title, 47-54Volume and medium, 63-72Conditions of access and use area, 119-144Physical characteristics and technical requirements, 135-

139Access conditions, 119-124Reproductions conditions, 125-128Output formats, 140-144Document languages and script, 129-134

Context area, 73-93Admission information, 90-93Archival history, 84-89History of the producer(s), 78-83Name(s) of the producer(s), 73-77Content and structure area, 94-118Scope and contents, 94-103Accruelss, 115-118Information on evaluation, selection and deletion , 111-

114System of organisation, 104-110Description control area, 170-177Authorship and date(s), 170-172Sources, 173-175Rules or conventions, 176-177Related documentation area, 145-161Bibliography, 158-161Related documentation, 152-157Existence and location of reproductions, 147-151Existence and location of originals, 145-147Note area, 162-169Notes, 162-169

Authorship and date(s), Element, 170-172Allocation, 170Objective, 170General Rules, 170-172other responsibilities for archival treatment/ assign to

Archival history, Notes (7.1.D6), 171authorship/ authorship by individuals, responsibility of

corporate bodies (7.1.D1), 170authorship/ authorship by type of change or modifica-

tion of the description (7.1.D4), 171authorship/ authors by type of responsibility (7.1.D2),

170authorship/ exceptional circumstances relating to the

author (7.1.D5), 171authorship/ delimitation of authorship (7.1.D3), 171initial date/ date of last revision (7.1.D7b), 172date of the description (7.1.D7), 171periods and dates (7.1.D7a), 170indicate the date of the affected part (7.1.D7c), 172

BBibliography, Element, 158-161

Allocation, 158Sources, 158Objective, 158General Rules, 158-160other publications of interest (5.4.D3), 159comments on publications (5.4.D5), 159facsimile editions or published transcriptions (5.4.D2),

159exclusion of general or current publications (5.4.D4),

159sources for description/ publication used only as a source/

assign to Sources (5.4.D10), 160sources for description/ publication also used as a source/

V. Index 271

assign to Sources (5.4.D9), 160indicate the location of unpublished works (5.4.D8),

160Output formats/ assign toOutput formats, Archival his-

tory (5.4.D11), 160order references (5.4.D7), 159publications based on use, study or analysis (5.4.D1),

158bibliographic references/ harmonisation with ISO 690/

assign to Bibliographic ReferenceModels (5.4.D12),160

selection of publications (5.4.D6), 160

CPhysical characteristics and technical requirements, Ele-ment, 135-139

Allocation, 135Sources, 135Objective, 135General Rules, 135-139physical conditions affecting use or handling and repro-

duction/ preventive measures and general conditions(4.4.D1), 135

physical conditions not affecting use/ assign to Volumeand Media (4.4.D2), 136

state of conservation/ partial alterations and deteriora-tion (4.4.D5), 137

state of conservation/ types of alteration or deterioration(4.4.D4), 137

media quality/ quality of the backing or affixing of infor-mation onto the medium (4.4.D3), 136

type and characteristics of material or technical require-ments (4.4.D6), 138

Reference code, Element, 39-43Allocation, 39Sources, 39Objective, 39General Rules, 39-43code of centres not included in SAC (1.1.D6), 42archive code (1.1.D4), 40code of the unit of description (1.1.D5), 40code of the country (1.1.D3), 40elements of the code/ code of the country, of the archive,

of the unit of description (1.1.D1), 39elements of the code/ code of the country, of the archive,

of the unit of description (1.1.D2), 39

Access conditions, Element, 119-124Allocation, 119Sources, 119Objective, 119General Rules, 119-124specify Access conditions (4.1.D1), 119material and technical resources/assign to Physical char-

acteristics and technical requirements (4.1.D3), 123provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions

(4.1.D2), 119

provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/partial access (4.1.D2g), 122

provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/general conditions for access to documentation(4.1.D2b), 120

provisional guidelines for detailing access condi-tions/specific provisions concerning limitations(4.1.D2c), 120

provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/reasons for restriction/ conservation or others(4.1.D2h), 122

provisional guidelines for detailing access conditions/reasons for restriction/ data protection (4.1.D2i), 123

provisional guidelines for detailing access condi-tions/periods of validity/inaccessibility due to dele-tion/assign to Information on evaluation, selectionand deletion (4.1.D2e), 121

provisional guidelines for detailing Access condi-tions/periods of validity/access limitations (4.1.D2d),131

provisional guidelines for detailing Access condi-tions/types of access (4.1.D2a), 119

provisional guidelines for detailing Access condi-tions/types of use (4.1.D2f ), 121

reproduction restrictions/assign to Reproductions con-ditions (4.1.D4), 124

Reproductions conditions, Element, 125-128Allocation, 125Sources, 125Objective, 125General Rules, 125-127other types of legal conditions regarding reproduction

(4.2.D6), 127general conditions applying to the reprography service

(4.2.D3), 125rights of use (4.2.D5), 126specify reproduction conditions/unknown conditions

(4.2.D2), 125specify reproduction conditions/absence of reproduc-

tions conditions (4.2.D1), 125limitations to reproduction/purpose, method of repro-

duction or other (4.2.D7), 127limitations to reproduction/ partial reproduction

(4.2.D8), 127acknowledgement of rights and other regulated obliga-

tions (4.2.D4), 126

AllocationScope and contents, 94Authorship and date(s), 170Bibliography, 158Physical characteristics and technical requirements, 135Reference code, 39Access conditions, 119Reproduction conditions, 125Admission information, 90Date(s), 55Related documentation, 152Existence and location of reproductions, 148


Existence and location of originals, 145Sources, 173Archival history, 84History of the producer(s), 78Additions, 115Information on evaluation, selection and deletion , 111Output formats, 140Document languages and script, 129Level of description, 43Name(s) of the producer(s), 73Notes, 162Rules or Conventions, 176System of organisation, 104Title, 46Volume and medium, 63

DAdmission information, Element, 90-93

Allocation, 90General Examples, 93Sources, 90Objective, 90Specific rules for levels of description, 92admission data for levels (2.4.E1), 92General Rules, 90-92complementary information/ assign to History of the

producer(s), Archival history (2.4.D9), 92juridical formalisation, circumstances and characteris-

tics of admission (2.4.D3), 90confidential or restricted information (2.4.D2), 90admission prior to formalisation (2.4.D6), 91actual or official admissions (2.4.D4), 91divers admissions (2.4.D8), 92origin of unknown admissions (2.4.D5), 91immediate origin (2.4.D1), 90without admission (2.4.D7), 91

Date(s), Element, 55Allocation, 55Sources, 55Objective, 55Specific rules for levels of description, 59date of originals and of copies for file- and item-level

description (1.4.E1), 59dates of location for file- and item-level description

(1.4.E2), 59-60Specific rules for types of documents, 60-62electronic documents/ date of aggegation/ assign to Exis-

tence and location of reproductions (1.4.F2c), 62electronic documents/ creation date/ date of the origi-

nal document/ assign to Sources (1.4.F2a), 61electronic documents/ regeneration date/dates of elec-

tronic resignature (1.4.F2b), 61-62electronic documents/ dates to allocate (1.4.F2), 61iconic documents - photographs/ audio-visual docu-

ments/ date of creation or processing (1.4.F1a), 60iconic documents - photographs/ audio-visual docu-

ments/ date of capture (1.4.F1b), 60iconic documents/ audio-visual documents/ date of infor-

mation content or of image represented (1.4.F1c),60-61

iconic documents/ audio-visual documents/ dates to beallocate (1.4.F1), 60

General Rules, 55-59other types of dates (1.4.D9), 57criteria for choosing the date (1.4.D8), 57date of aggregation (1.4.D4), 55date of creation (1.4.D3), 55-56single date or period/ relevant date/ assign to Additions

(1.4.D1), 55dating years or centuries/ specifing months and days

(1.4.D13), 58attributed dates/ approximate dates/ assign to Sources

(1.4.D17), 59dates of the originals (1.4.D10), 57dates of collections/assign to Archival history (1.4.D7),

57creation and aggregation dates at different levels (1.4.D6),

56dates of information content (1.4.D11), 57-58predominant dates/ absent dates/ assign to Scope and

content (1.4.D16), 58order by date types/ creation dates, aggregation dates

(1.4.D5), 56alphanumerical representation of dates (1.4.D14), 58numerical representation of dates (1.4.D15), 58chronological system/ original version of dating/ assign

to Notes (1.4.D12), 57types of date/ dates of creation or dates of aggregation

(1.4.D2), 55

Related documentation, Element, 152-157Allocation, 152Sources, 152Objective, 152General Rules, 152-157affinity or relationship of producers (5.3.D7), 153historic or institutional circumstances of the relation-

ship/ assign to Archival history, History of the pro-ducer(s) (5.3.D12), 156

description of Related documentation/ reference mod-els and documental quotes (5.3.D2), 152

exclusion of essential and obvious links (5.3.D13), 156multiple original (5.3.D11), 156relationship with originals or reproductions/ assign to

Existence and location of originals, Existence andlocation of reproductions (5.3.D5), 153

relationship with an applicable output format/ assignto Output formats (5.3.D4), 153

objective and specific relationship (5.3.D3), 152relationship due to the complementary nature of the sub-

jectmatter or other content-related elements (5.3.D9),154

relationship through documentary tradition (5.3.D10),155

relationship due to provenance (5.3.D6), 153relations due to provenance or other types of associations

(5.3.D1), 152substitution or succession of producers (5.3.D8), 153

V. Index 273

EGeneral Examples

Scope and contents, 100-103Admission information, 94Archival history, 88-89History of the producer(s), 82-83

Existence and location of reproductions, Element, 148-151

Allocation, 148Sources, 148Objective, 148Specific rules for types of documents, 151electronic documents/ types of reproductions (5.2.F1),

151General Rules, 148-151physical or technical characteristics of reproduction

(5.2.D3), 149circumstances of reproduction/ assign to Archival histo-

ry, Access conditions (5.2.D4), 149location and characteristics of reproductions (5.2.D1),

148Reference models and documental quotes/ assign to

Related documentation (5.2.D10), 151multiple original/ assign to Related documentation

(5.2.D8), 150partial reproductions (5.2.D2), 149privately owned or private-use reproductions (5.2.D7),

150transfers, authenticated copies and others/ assign to Relat-

ed documentation (5.2.D9), 150uses of the reproduction/ other uses (5.2.D6), 150uses of the reproduction/ use for consultation (5.2.D5),

149

Existence and location of originals, Element, 145-147Allocation, 145Sources, 145Objective, 145General Rules, 145-147known location and accessible originals (5.1.D1), 145known location and access restrictions (5.1.D2), 146partial location or access (5.1.D3), 146non-existent or “unlocated” originals (5.1.D4), 146reference to originals/reference models and documen-

tal quotes/ assign to Related documentation (5.1.D7),147

transfers, authenticated copies and others/ assign to Relat-ed documentation (5.1.D6), 147

changes affecting originals/ assign to Archival history,Scope and contents (5.1.D5), 147

FSources

Scope and contents, 94Bibliography, 158

Physical characteristics and technical requirements, 135Reference code, 39Access conditions, 119Reproductions conditions, 125Admission information, 90Date(s), 55Related documentation, 152Existence and location of reproductions, 148Existence and location of originals, 145Archival history, 84History of the producer(s), 78Additions, 115Information on evaluation, selection and deletion , 111Output formats, 140Document languages and script, 129Level of description, 44Name(s) of the producer(s), 73Notes, 162System of organisation, 104Title, 47Volume and medium, 63

Sources, Element, 173-175Allocation, 173Objective, 173General Rules, 173-175sources of the description (7.2.D1), 173sources/ differentiate sources (7.2.D4), 175sources/ sources other than the unit of description/ when

the source is the unit of description (7.2.D2), 173sources/ sources included in other elements (7.2.D5),

175sources/ indicate the sources by elements/ assign to Ref-

erence Models and Bibliographic Quotes (7.2.D3),174

sources/ do not include common and general sources(7.2.D6), 175

HArchival history, Element, 84-89

Allocation, 84General Examples, 87Sources, 84Objective, 84Specific rules for levels of description, 86Archival history for levels of description (2.3.E1), 86file-level and item-level description/ loans for exhibitions

(2.3.E2), 86Specific rules for types of documents, 86-87electronic documents/ history of conservation (2.3.F1),

86electronic documents/ transfers (2.3.F1b), 87electronic documents/ changes of format (2.3.F1a), 86General Rules, 84-85changes of ownership, responsibility, location, custody

(2.3.D1), 84contingencies affecting integrity (2.3.D2), 84unknown Archival history (2.3.D6), 85


organisation and previous archival treatment/ assign toOutput formats and Notes (2.3.D3), 84

re-use of documents (2.3.D5), 86current System of organisation/ juridical form of admis-

sion/ assign to System of organisation and Admissioninformation (2.3.D4), 85

History of the producer(s), Element, 78-83Allocation, 78General Examples, 82-83Sources, 78Objective, 78Specific rules for levels of description, 81related producters/ sub-fonds, series groups and series

levels (2.2.E1), 81General Rules, 78-81chronological and geographic ambit/ juridical status/

occupation, activities, competences, functions/ oth-er denominations of the producer (2.2.D2), 78

confidential or restricted information (2.2.D7), 81origin and evolution of producer/ assign to Bibliogra-

phy or Sources (2.2.D1), 78historic description of families (2.2.D5), 80historical description of individuals (2.2.D4), 79historic descriptions of corporate bodies (2.2.D6), 80synthesis of the history of the producer(s) (2.2.D3), 78

IAdditions, Element, 115-118

Allocation, 115Sources, 115Objective, 115Specific rules for levels of description, 118File-level description level (3.4.E1), 118General Rules, 115-118contingencies and conditional factors for future admis-

sions (3.4.D4), 117previous admissions/assign to Admission information

(3.4.D2), 115anticipated admissions (3.4.D1), 115no further admissions expected (3.4.D5), 117regulated transfers (3.4.D3), 116

Information on evaluation, selection and deletion , Ele-ment, 111-114

Allocation, 111Sources, 111Objective, 111Specific rules for levels of description, 112-114file-level and item-level description levels (3.3.E3), 124fonds and sub-fonds levels (3.3.E1), 112series group and series levels (3.3.E2), 114General Rules, 111performed or scheduled acts (3.3.D1), 111accidental loss/ destruction/ assign to Archival history

(3.3.D2), 111indicate the level being appraised (3.3.D3), 111

Output formats, Element, 140-144Allocation, 140Sources, 140Objective, 140General Rules, 140-144scope of the output format (4.5.D6), 142authorship and responsibilities/ archive and author

(4.5.D10), 143authorship and responsibilities/ corporate bodies and

individuals (4.5.D8), 143authorship and responsibilities/ producer and author

(4.5.D9), 143date of production of the output format (4.5.D7), 142specify the characteristics of the output format/ assign

to Referencemodels andDocumental & bibliograph-ic quotes (4.5.D2), 143

amount of material (4.5.D11), 144current output format/ assign to Archival history

(4.5.D1), 140locations (4.5.D13), 144types ofOutput formats/ otherOutput formats (4.5.D4),

141types of Output formats/ guide/ inventory/ catalogue

(4.5.D3), 140type of media (4.5.D12), 144output format titles (4.5.D5), 142

LlDocument languages and script, Element, 129-134

Allocation, 129Sources, 129Objective, 129General Rules, 129-134highlight unusual languages or dialect variants/ assign to

ISO language name codes (4.3.D3), 130script in alphabets other than Latin/ assign to ISO script

name codes (4.3.D5), 132script/handwriting characteristics/ calligraphic quality

or other graphic aspects (4.3.D4), 131graphic forms not pertaining to the text/ assign to Scope

and content, Notes (4.3.D8a), 134languages/ script/ technique of execution or writing

method/ abbreviations or symbols (4.3.D1), 129presence of various languages (4.3.D2), 130ciphered script system (4.3.D8b), 134script execution technique/ assign to Notes (4.3.D6),

132use of abbreviations and symbols/ abbreviations (4.3.D7),

132use of abbreviations and symbols/ signs, symbols and

other special graphics (4.3.D8), 133

NLevel of description, element, 44-46

Allocation, 44Sources, 44

V. Index 275

Objective, 44Specific rules for types of documents, 46electronic documents (1.2.F1), 46General Rules, 44-46other levels of intermediate or correlative description

(1.2.D3), 44attribute the level of description (1.2.D1), 44hierarchic dependence of the level unit of installation /

assign to System of organisation (1.2.D6), 45the level of unit of installation (1.2.D2), 44position in the hierarchy of the unit of description

(1.2.D4), 45sub-divisions within the same level of description/ assign

to System of organisation, Scope and content(1.2.D5), 45

Name(s) of the producer(s), Element, 73-77Allocation, 73Sources, 73Objective, 73General Rules, 73-77acronyms/ abbreviations (2.1.D6e), 75other producers dependent on the producer of the fonds

(2.1.D7), 76most recent denominations/ other denominations/ assign

to History of the producer(s) (2.1.D6a), 74municipal dependency of bodies/ institutional adminis-

tration (2.1.D6d), 75dependency of bodies/ ambit of territory and compe-

tence (2.1.D6c), 74the Catalan language (2.1.D4), 74avoid adding information (2.1.D5), 74ecclesiastic institutions (2.1.D6g), 75exact and concise naming (2.1.D2), 74stadardise the name of the producer (2.1.D1), 73patrimony/ nobility/ families (2.1.D6h), 75guidelines for names of bodies, persons and families/

assign to Title (2.1.D6), 74contemporary private juridical person (2.1.D6f ), 75individuals (2.1.D6i), 76producer of collections (2.1.D8), 77producer of collections/ producers different from the col-

lector (2.1.D8a), 77translation into Catalan (2.1.D6b), 74choosing official or public name (2.1.D3), 74use of numerals (2.1.D6j), 76

Notes, Element, 162-169Allocation, 162Sources, 162Objective, 162General Rules, 162-169other relevant information (6.1.D2), 162authorship and other responsibilities/ restrictions or oth-

er factors conditioning access/ assign to Access con-ditions, Reproductions conditions (6.1.D15), 168

authorship and other responsibilities generating rights(6.1.D14), 167

authorship and other responsibilities related to the cre-ation of the documents (6.1.D13), 167

authorship and other responsibilities/ responsibilitiesrelated to archival treatment (6.1.D17), 168

authorship and other responsibilities/ responsibilitiesregarding physical or formal aspects not related to thecreation of the documents (6.1.D16), 168

formal or physical characteristics (6.1.D8), 164non-current identification data (6.1.D6), 164rejected identification data/ assign toHistory of the pro-

ducer(s), Scope and contents/ dismissed alternativeor formal titles (6.1.D7), 164

errors or doubts in interpretation(6.1.D9), 165highlight descriptive aspects (6.1.D11), 166information not included in the other elements (6.1.D1),

162information significant in other respects or for other rea-

sons (6.1.D4), 162subsidiary or complementary information (6.1.D3), 162reference models and document quotes/ assign to Relat-

ed documentation (6.1.D18), 169information on publication and dissemination/ assign

to Bibliography (6.1.D10), 166order the information (6.1.D5), 163opinions and interpretations (6.1.D12), 167

OObjective

Scope and contents, 94Authorship and date(s), 170Bibliography, 158Physical characteristics and technical requirements, 135Reference code, 39Access conditions, 119Reproductions conditions, 125Admission information, 90Date(s), 55Related documentation, 152Existence and location of reproductions, 148Existence and location of originals, 145Sources, 173Archival history, 84History of the producer(s), 78Additions, 115Information on evaluation, selection and deletion, 111Output formats, 140Document languages and script, 129Level of description, 43Name(s) of the producer(s), 73Notes, 162Rules or Conventions, 176System of organisation, 104Title, 46Volume and medium, 63

RSpecific rules for levels of description

Scope and contents, 97-99


Admission information, 92Date(s), 59Archival history, 85-86History of the producer(s), 81Additions, 118Information on evaluation, selection and deletion, 111-

114System of organisation, 106-109Title, 52-54Volume and medium, 65-67

Specific rules for types of documentsScope and contents, 99-100Date(s), 60-62Existence and location of reproductions, 151Archival history, 86-87Level of description, 46Title, 54Volume and medium, 67-72

General RulesScope and Contents, 94-97Authorship and date(s), 170-172Bibliography, 158-160Physical characteristics and technical requirements, 135-

139Reference code, 39-43Access conditions, 119-124Reproductions conditions, 125-127Admission information, 90-92Date(s), 55-59Related documentation, 152-157Existence and location of reproductions, 148-151Existence and location of originals, 145-147Sources, 173-175Archival history, 84-85History of the producer(s), 78-81Additions, 115-118Information on evaluation, selection and deletion, 111Output formats, 140-144Document languages and script, 129-134Level of description, 44-46Name(s) of the producer(s), 73-77Notes, 162-169Rules or conventions, 176-177System of organisation, 104-106Title, 48-52Volume and medium, 63-65

Rules or conventions, Element, 176-177Allocation, 176Objective, 176General Rules, 176-177specify rules or conventions (7.3.D1), 176indicate centre-specific rules or conventions (7.3.D1b),

176identify title, author and date (7.3.D1a), 176indicate where applied (7.3.D2), 177

SSystem of organisation, Element, 104-110

Allocation, 104Sources, 104Objective, 104Specific rules for levels of description, 106-109File-level description level (3.2.E8), 109series group level (3.2.E5), 108series level/ physical organisation or installation (3.2.E7),

109fonds and sub-fonds levels/ combination of classifica-

tion systems (3.2.E4), 107fonds and sub-fonds levels/ internal structure (3.2.E1),

106fonds and sub-fonds levels/ classificationmethod or sys-

tem (3.2.E3), 107fonds and sub-fonds levels/ classification type (3.2.E2),

106series levels/ order type (3.2.E6), 108General Rules, 104-106co-existence of different System of organisation (3.2.D5),

105criteria used (3.2.D2), 104in process of organisation (3.2.D4), 105

standardised classification tables (3.2.D3), 104current system organisation / assign to Archival history

and Notes (3.2.D1), 104

TTitle, Element, 47-54

Allocation, 47Sources, 487Objective, 47Specific rules for levels of description, 52-54authorship of item-level descriptions with creative con-

tents (1.3.E7), 54coincidence of denomination of differentiated fonds

(1.3.E2), 52attributed title for fonds and sub-fonds levels (1.3.E1),

52title for collections (1.3.E4), 53title for series (1.3.E5), 53title for file- and item-level descriptions (1.3.E6), 53the same fonds split up in different archive centres

(1.3.E3), 52Specific rules for types of documents, 54electronic documents/ assigned to Scope and content

and Reference code (1.3.F1), 54General Rules, 48-52authorship of the unit of description (1.3.D27), 52characteristics of the attributed title (1.3.D16), 50authority control for persons, families and corporate bod-

ies/ assigned toName(s) of the producer(s) (1.3.D24),52

criteria for the systemisation of the attributed title(1.3.D22), 51

V. Index 277

the level of description does not need to be present inthe attributed title (1.3.D17), 50

indicate title type/ assign to Rules or conventions(1.3.D6), 49

information should not be duplicated in the attributedtitle (1.3.D18), 50

standardisation of toponyms/ assigned to Scope and con-tent (1.3.D25), 52

omissions in the formal title (1.3.D10), 49choosing the formal title (1.3.D7), 49guidelines used to attribute the title/ assigned to Rules

or conventions (1.3.D26), 52give a formal or attributed title (1.3.D1), 48prioritisation the formal title (1.3.D8), 49when a title has to be attributed (1.3.D15), 50summary of the formal title (1.3.D11), 50untitled (1.3.D28), 52appropriate title (1.3.D5), 49attributed title (1.3.D3), 48title attributed in Catalan (1.3.D19), 51attributed title/ keep original language of the documen-

tation (1.3.D20), 51attributed title/ standardisation of names of corporate

bodies and persons (1.3.D21), 51formal title (1.3.D2), 48unique title (1.3.D4), 48rejected formal titles/ assigned toHistory of the produc-

er(s), Scope and content, and Notes (1.3.D14), 50literal transcription of the formal title (1.3.D9), 49choose between various formal titles (1.3.D12), 50choose between various versions of a formal title

(1.3.D13), 50use regulated language for the attributed title (1.3.D23),

51

VVolume and medium, Element, 63

Allocation, 63Sources, 63Objective, 63Specific rules for levels of description, 65-67abbreviations of physical and logical units (1.5.E1b), 65physical characteristics and/or technical specifications

for file- and item-level descriptions/ assign to Phys-ical characteristics and technical requirements(1.5.E4), 67

equivalence between units of measurement (1.5.E1c),65

format for file- and item-level descriptions (1.5.E3), 66format/ regulated vocabulary for types of sizes/table of

format (1.5.E3b), 67format/ sizes in cm or mm/ height-breadth-depth

(1.5.E3a), 66

approximate volume (1.5.E1e), 66volume for fonds, sub-fonds, series groups, series (1.5.E1),

65volume for file- and item-level descriptions/ physical

characteristics and/or technical specifications (1.5.E2),66

total known volume/ volume in custody (1.5.E1d), 66volumes in Arabic numerals and specifying the type of

the unit of measurement (1.5.E1a), 65Specific rules for types of documents, 67-72cartographic documents/ technical specifications/ scale

(1.5.F2), 68audio-visual documents/ technical specifications

(1.5.F4a), 70audio-visual documents/ media/ format/ technical spec-

ifications/ table of media/ table of formats (1.5.F4),69

electronic documents/ data formats/ assign to Physicalcharacteristics and technical requirements (1.5.F6c),71

electronic documents/ physical storage unit/ data for-mat/ size of memory (1.5.F6), 71

electronic documents/ physical storage unit/ assign toReference code (1.5.F6a), 71

electronic documents/ digital images/ technical specifi-cations (1.5.F6d), 72

electronic documents/ memory size (1.5.F6b), 71iconic documents - photographs/ medium/ format/ tech-

nical specifications/ table of media/ table of formats(1.5.F3), 68

iconic documents - photographs/ technical specifica-tions/ table of processes (1.5.F3a), 68

sound documents/ technical specifications (1.5.F5a), 71sound documents/ medium/ format/ technical specifi-

cations/ table of media/ table of formats (1.5.F5), 70text documents/ medium/ format/ physical characteris-

tics (1.5.F1), 67General Rules, 63-65other complementary information (1.5.D8), 64allocate the format (1.5.D4), 63allocate the medium (1.5.D3), 63description of reproductions/ assign to Existence and

location of originals (1.5.D11), 64emphasising the more significant medium (1.5.D9),

64existence of reproductions/ assign to Existence and loca-

tion of reproductions (1.5.D12), 65vocabulary for the identification of media/ table of media

(1.5.D10), 64number of physical or logical units (1.5.D1), 63arrangement of the information (1.5.D5), 63quantity and unit of measure, obligatory (1.5.D6), 64medium and format, optional (1.5.D7), 64the exact volume and suitability for the level of descrip-

tion (1.5.D2), 63


THEMATIC INDEX

AAccess

access conditions (4.1.D2), 119-123partial access (4.1.D2g), 122general conditions (4.1.D2b), 120limitations (4.1.D2c), 120reasons (4.1.D2h – 4.1.D2i), 122-123data protection (4.1.D2i), 123periods of validity (4.1.D2d – 4.1.D2e), 120-121types of access (4.1.D2a), 119-120types of use (4.1.D2f ), 121-122

Active documents, 20

Ambit of application of NODAC, 19-21Archives and fonds it applies to, 19Types of documents to which it must be applied, 19-21

Audio-visual documents, 20scope and content (3.1.F1), 100dates (1.4.F1), 60volume and medium (1.5.F4), 69-70

Authorship and other responsibilities, 38authorship of the archival descriptionauthorship by type of change (7.1.D4), 171authorship by type of responsibility (7.1.D2), 170exceptional circumstances (7.1.D5), 171delimitation of authorship (7.1.D3), 171generating rights (6.1.D14), 167restricting and conditioning access (6.1.D15), 168related to the contents (3.1.D8), 97related to the creation of documents (6.1.D13), 167responsibilities related to archival treatment (6.1.D17),

168responsibilities regarding physical or formal aspects not

related to the creation of the documents (6.1.D16),168

Evaluationperformed or scheduled acts (3.3.D1), 111fonds (3.3.E1), 112series groups (3.3.E2), 112-113series (3.3.E2), 112-113sub-fonds (3.3.E1), 112file-level description (3.3.E3), 114item-level description (3.3.E3), 114

BBibliography of the unit of description

bibliographic references (5.4.D7, 159-160source for the description (5.4.D9 - 5.4.D10), 160publications (5.4.D1 – 5.4.D6), 158-160unpublished works (5.4.D8), 160

CPhysical characteristics

text documents (1.5.F1), 67-68state of conservation (4.4.D4 – 4.4.D5), 137-138affecting use (4.4.D1), 135-136not affecting use (4.4.D2), 136reproductions (5.2.D3), 149technical requirements (4.4.D6), 138-139file-level description (1.5.E4), 67item-level description (1.5.E4), 67Cartographic documents, 20volume and medium (1.5.F2), 68

Classificationcriteria used (3.2.D2), 104in process (3.2.D4), 105fonds/ sub-fondscombination of classification systems (3.2.E4), 108classification method or system (3.2.E3), 107-108classification type (3.2.E2), 107series group (3.2.E5), 108standardised classification tables (3.2.D3), 104-105

Reference code, 39-43

Collection,dates (1.4.D7), 57Name(s) of the producer(s) (2.1.D8), 77title (1.3.E4), 53Physical conditions of the documentsstate of conservation (4.4.D4 – 4.4.D5), 137-138quality of the medium (4.4.D3), 136-137affecting use (4.4.D1), 135-136not affecting use (4.4.D2), 136

Conservationconservation of part of the unit of description (3.1.D7),

97state of conservation (4.4.D4 – 4.4.D5), 137-138

Contentschronological scope (3.1.D1), 94geographic scope (3.1.D1), 94audio-visual documents (3.1.F1), 100electronic documents (3.1.F2), 100iconic documents (3.1.F1), 100most noteworthy documents (3.1.D5), 96fonds (3.1.E1 – 3.1.E2), 98missing documents (3.1.D6), 96-97producers listed by contents (3.1.D4), 95-96series (3.1.E3 – 3.1.E5), 98-99sub-fonds (3.1.E1 – 3.1.E2), 98primary and secondary themes (3.1.D2), 94-95file-level description (3.1.E3 – 3.1.E6), 98-99item-level description (3.1.E3 – 3.1.E6), 98-99

Custodychanges (2.3.D1), 84volume in custody (1.5.E1d), 66

V. Index 279

DDates

indicating dates (1.4.D5 ; 1.4.D13 - 1.4.D15), 56;58collections (1.4.D7), 57criteria for choosing type of date (1.4.D8), 57archival description (7.1.D7), 171-172audio-visual documents (1.4.F1), 60electronic documents (1.4.F2), 61-62iconic documents (1.4.F1), 60chronological system (1.4.D12), 57-58date typesaggegation (1.4.D2 ; 1.4.D4), 55-56other (1.4.D9), 57approximate (1.4.D17), 59attributed (1.4.D17), 59creation (1.4.D2 – 1.4.D3), 55-56of originals (1.4.D10 ; 1.4.E1), 57; 59of copies (1.4.E1), 59of the information content (1.4.D11), 57-58absent (1.4.D16), 58predominant (1.4.D16), 58location (1.4.E2), 59-60file-level description (1.4.E1 – 1.4.E2), 59-60item-level description (1.4.E1 – 1.4.E2), 59-60

Archival descriptionauthorship of the description (7.1.D1 – 7.1.D6), 170-

171authors by type of change (7.1.D4), 171authors by type of responsibility (7.1.D2), 170exceptional circumstances (7.1.D5), 171delimitation of authorship (7.1.D3), 171date(s) of the description (7.1.D7), 171-172objectives, 15principles, 15-18Archival document, 20classification of the documents, 20-21by language used in drafting the document, 20-21audio-visual, 20cartographic, 20iconic, 20sound, 21technical drawing, 20text, 20by producer category, 20private, 20public, 20by document phase, 20active, 20inactive or historic, 20semi-active, 20electronic, 21

Documentation related to the unit of descriptionrelated through provenance (5.3.D1;5.3.D6), 152-153multiple original (5.3.D11), 156relationship with originals or reproductions (5.3.D5),

153relationship with the output format (5.3.D4), 153relationship due to the complementary nature of the sub-

ject matter (5.3.D9), 154-155

relationship of the producers (5.3.D7 – 5.3.D8), 153-154

relationship due to other content elements (5.3.D9),154-155

relationship through documentary tradition (5.3.D10),155-156

relationship due to historical or institutional circums-tances (5.3.D12), 156

EElectronic documents, 21

scope and content (3.1.F2), 100dates (1.4.F2), 61-62archival history (2.3.F1), 87format changes (2.3.F1a), 87history of conservation (2.3.F1), 87transfers (2.3.F1b), 87level of description (1.2.F1), 46types of reproductions (5.2.F1), 151title (1.3.F1), 54volume and medium (1.5.F6), 71-72

Compulsory, recommended and optional elements in archi-val description, 33-34

table of compulsory, recommended and optional ele-ments, 34

Deletionperformed or scheduled acts (3.3.D1), 111destruction and accidental loss (3.3.D2), 111

Document script (4.3.D1 ; 4.3.D4 - 4.3.D8), 129;131-134

Structure of the elements of description in NODAC, 35-37

coding and titling of rules, 36-37drafting of examples, 37setting the rules, 35-36

FFonds, level of description, 23-24

scope and content (3.1.E1 – 3.1.E2), 98coinciding titles of different fonds (1.3.E2), 52archival history (2.3.E1), 86information on evaluation, selection and deletion

(3.3.E1), 112system of organisation (3.2.E1 – 3.2.E4), 106-108attributed title (1.3.E1), 52volume (1.5.E1), 65

Sources of the description (7.2.D1 – 7.2.D6), 173-175sources used (7.2.D1 – 7.2.D2), 173-174indicate the source by element (7.2.D3 – 7.2.D4), 174-

175

Formatallocation (1.5.D4), 63indicate sizes (1.5.E3a), 66-67


arrangement of information (1.5.D5), 63-64audio-visual documents (1.5.F4), 69-70cartographic documents (1.5.F2), 68electronic documents (1.5.F6), 71-72iconic documents (1.5.F3), 68-69sound documents (1.5.F5), 70text documents (1.5.F1), 67regulated vocabulary (1.5.E3b), 67format table (1.5.E3b), 67file-level description (1.5.E3), 66-67item-level description (1.5.E3), 66-67

FSeries group, level of description, 26-27

archival history (2.3.E1), 86information on evaluation, selection and deletion

(3.3.E2), 112-113system of organisation (3.2.E5), 108volume (1.5.E1), 65

IIconic documents, 20

scope and content (3.1.F1), 100dates (1.4.F1), 60volume and medium (1.5.F3), 68-69

Inactive or historic documents, 20

Admissioncircumstances and characteristics (2.4.D3), 90-91assignment of levels of description (2.4.E1), 92dates (2.4.D4), 9official (2.4.D4), 91actual (2.4.D4), 91juridical formalisation (2.4.D3), 90-91future admissions (3.4.D4), 117divers admissions (2.4.D8), 92previous admissions (3.4.D2), 115-116origin (2.4.D1 ; 2.4.D5), 90-91unknown (2.4.D5), 91immediate (2.4.D1), 90pending formalisation (2.4.D6), 91anticipated (3.4.D1), 115without admission (2.4.D7), 91-92no further admissions expected (3.4.D5), 117-118regulated transfers (3.4.D3), 116-117

Output formatsscope (4.5.D6), 142authorship and responsibilities (4.5.D8 – 4.5.D10), 143characteristics (4.5.D2), 140date of production (4.5.D7), 142-143amount of material (4.5.D11), 144locations (4.5.D13), 144medium (4.5.D12), 144type (4.5.D3 – 4.5.D4), 140-141titles (4.5.D5), 142

Integrityevents affecting integrity (2.3.D2), 84-85missing documents (3.1.D6), 96-97

LLanguages, document (4.3.D1 – 4.3.D3), 129-131

NLevels of archival description, 22-31

attribute level of description (1.2.D1 – 1.2.D6), 44-46electronic documents (1.2.F1), 46fonds, 23-24series group, 26-27intermediate levels (1.2.D3), 44-45series, 27-28sub-fonds, 24-26unit of installation, 30-31file-level description, 29item-level description, 29-30

Notestype of information to be included (6.1.D1 – 6.1.D4 ;

6.1.D6 - 6.1.D18), 162-169errors or doubts in interpretation(6.1.D9), 165-166not included in the other elements (6.1.D1), 162significant for other aspects (6.1.D4), 162-163on descriptive aspects (6.1.D11), 166-167on formal or physical characteristics (6.1.D8), 164-165on identification data (6.1.D6), 164non-current (6.1.D6), 164rejected (6.1.D7), 164on authorship (6.1.D13 – 6.1.D17), 167-168on publication and dissemination (6.1.D10), 166on opinions and interpretations (6.1.D12), 167subsidiary or complementary (6.1.D3), 162

OOrganisation

previous system of organisation (2.3.D3), 85current system of organisation (3.2.D1), 84co-existence of different systems (3.2.D5), 105-106criteria (3.2.D2), 104in process of organisation (3.2.D4), 105fonds (3.2.E1 – 3.2.E4), 106-108series group (3.2.E5), 108standardised classification tables (3.2.D3), 104-105series (3.2.E6 – 3.2.E7), 108-109sub-fonds (3.2.E1 – 3.2.E4), 106-108file-level description (3.2.E8), 109-110

Original documentationauthenticated copies (5.1.D6 ; 5.2.D9), 147;150-151multiple original (5.2.D8 ; 5.3.D11),150;156access (5.1.D1 – 5.1.D3), 145-146assignment (5.1.D7), 147location (5.1.D1 – 5.1.D4), 145-147

PConservation

electronic documents (2.3.F1), 86

V. Index 281

Principles of archival description, 15-18of the description of producers and other references to

responsibility, 18of different types of fonds and documents, 17-18principle of description of collections and documents

that comprise collections, 18principle of description in all types of documents, for-

mats and media, 18principle of description regardless of document prove-

nance, 18principle of description in all document ages, 18of description at different levels, 17principle of the indication of relationships between levels,

17principle of hierarchical order of the description, from

general to specific, 17principle of appropriate and specific description at each

level, 17principle of non-repetition of information, 17of reflection on classification, 16-17principle of correspondence between levels of descrip-

tion and classification, 16principle of description at various related levels, 16principle of description following identification of the

unit of description level, 16-17of respect for the fonds, 15-16principle of provenance, 15principle of respect for the original order, 15-16

Private documents, 20

ProducerHistory of the producer(s)chronological and geographic ambit (2.2.D2 ; 3.1.E1),

78; 98origin, evolution and activities (2.2.D1 ; 3.1.E1), 78; 98other denominations (2.2.D2), 78juridical status (2.2.D2), 78families (2.2.D5), 80confidential or restricted information (2.2.D7), 81individuals (2.2.D4), 79-80juridical persons (2.2.D6), 80-81related producers (2.2.E1), 81Name of producer (2.1.D1 – 2.1.D8), 73-77collections (2.1.D8), 77guidelines for names of organisations and familiesacronyms and abbreviations (2.1.D6e), 75territorial ambit or ambit of competence (2.1.D6c),

74-75dependency of bodies (2.1.D6c – 2.1.D6d), 74-75ecclesiastic institutions (2.1.D6g), 75patrimony, nobility and families (2.1.D6h), 75-76contemporary private juridical person (2.1.D6f ), 75individuals (2.1.D6i), 76translation into Catalan (2.1.D6b), 74use of numerals (2.1.D6j), 76various denominations (2.1.D6a), 74dependent producers (2.1.D7), 76-77

Ownershipchanges in ownership (2.3.D1), 84

Publications

other publications of interest (5.4.D3), 159based on the use, study or analysis of the unit of descrip-

tion (5.4.D1), 158-159comments (5.4.D5), 159information on publication and dissemination (6.1.D10),

166selection of (5.4.D6), 160

Public documents, 20

QClassification tables

information about the classification tables (3.1.E2), 98standardised (3.2.D3), 104-105

RBibliographic references

order (5.4.D7), 159-160

Rules or conventions for drafting the descriptionscope of application (7.3.D2), 177identification (7.3.D1), 176centre-specific rules or conventions (7.3.D1b), 176

Reproductionscharacteristics (5.2.D1 ; 5.2.D3), 148-149circumstances (5.2.D4), 149conditions (4.2.D1 – 4.2.D2), 125other legal conditions (4.2.D6), 127rights of use (4.2.D5), 126-127limitations (4.2.D7 – 4.2.D8), 127partial reproduction (4.2.D8), 127physical conditions (4.4.D1), 135-136purpose, method of reproduction or other (4.2.D7), 127acknowledgement of rights (4.2.D4), 126reprographic service (4.2.D3), 125-126electronic documents (5.2.F1), 151location (5.2.D1), 148-149partial (5.2.D2), 149private (5.2.D7), 150uses (5.2.D5 – 5.2.D7), 149-150other uses (5.2.D6), 150consultation (5.2.D5), 149-150private individuals (5.2.D7), 150

Technical requirements (4.4.D6), 138-139characteristics (4.4.D6), 138-139types (4.4.D6), 138-139

Limitationspecific provisions (4.1.D2c), 120confidential or restricted information (2.4.D2), 90reasons (4.1.D2h – 4.1.D2i), 122-123

SSemi-active documents, 20


Series, level of description, 27-28scope and content (3.1.E3 – 3.1.E5), 98-99archival history (2.3.E1), 86information on evaluation, selection and deletion

(3.3.E2), 112-113system of organisation (3.2.E6 – 3.2.E7), 108-109title (1.3.E5), 53volume (1.5.E1), 65-66

Sound documents, 21volume and medium (1.5.F5), 70-71

Sub-fonds, level of description, 24-26scope and content (3.1.E1 – 3.1.E2), 98as a subordinate administrative unit, 25-26as a unit added due to reasons of succession, 26archival history (2.3.E1), 86information on evaluation, selection and deletion

(3.3.E1), 112attributed title (1.3.E1), 52volume and medium (1.5.E1), 65-66

Mediumallocation (1.5.D3), 63arrangement of information (1.5.D5), 63-64audio-visual documents (1.5.F4), 69-70cartographic documents (1.5.F2), 68electronic documents (1.5.F6), 71-72iconic documents (1.5.F3), 68-69sound documents (1.5.F5), 70-71text documents (1.5.F1), 67-68complementary information (1.5.D8), 64output formats (4.5.D12), 144regulated vocabulary (1.5.D10), 64media table (1.5.D10), 64quality of the medium (4.4.D3), 136-137most significant media (1.5.D9), 64

TTechnical specifications

audio-visual documents (1.5.F4), 69-70cartographic documents (1.5.F2), 68iconic documents (1.5.F3), 68-69photographs, table of processes (1.5.F3a), 69sound documents (1.5.F5), 70-71file-level description (1.5.E4), 67item-level description (1.5.E4), 67Technical drawing documents, 20

Text documents, 20volume and medium (1.5.F1), 67-68

Titlesingle (1.3.D1 ; 1.3.D4), 48appropriate (1.3.D5), 49

Attributed title (1.3.D3), 48characteristics (1.3.D16), 50collections (1.3.E4), 53fonds and sub-fonds (1.3.E1), 52language (1.3.D19 – 1.3.D20), 51

standardisation (1.3.D21 – 1.3.D25), 51-52series (1.3.E5), 53file- and item-level descriptions (1.3.E6), 53

Formal title (1.3.D2), 48collections (1.3.E4), 53omissions (1.3.D10), 49rejected (1.3.D14), 50series (1.3.E5), 53transcription (1.3.D9), 49file- and item-level descriptions (1.3.E6), 53various versions of a title (1.3.D13), 50various titles (1.3.D12), 50

Transferregulated (3.4.D3), 116-117

Selectionacts of (3.3.D1), 111

ULocationchanges (2.3.D1), 84

Unit of installation (1.2.D2), 30-31

File-level description, level of description, 29scope and content (3.1.E3 – 3.1.E6), 98-99physical characteristics and/or technical specifications(1.5.E4), 67dates (1.4.E1 – 1.4.E2), 59-60format (1.5.E3), 66-67archival history (2.3.E1 – 2.3.E2), 86-87additions (3.4.E1), 118information on evaluation, selection and deletion (3.3.E3),114system of organisation (3.2.E8), 109title (1.3.E6), 53volume (1.5.E2), 66

Item-level description, level of description, 29-30scope and content (3.1.E3 – 3.1.E6), 98-99authorship of units with creative contents (1.3.E7), 54physical characteristics and/or technical specifications(1.5.E4), 67dates (1.4.E1 – 1.4.E2), 59-60format (1.5.E3), 66-67archival history (2.3.E1 – 2.3.E2), 86-87information on evaluation, selection and deletion (3.3.E3),114title (1.3.E6), 53

volume (1.5.E2), 66

Useaccess conditions according to use (4.1.D2f ), 121-122physical conditions affecting use (4.4.D1), 135-136physical conditions not affecting use (4.4.D2), 136quality of the medium (4.4.D3), 136-137re-use of documents (2.3.D5), 86

V. Index 283

VVolume

allocation (1.5.D1 ; 1.5.E1a - 1.5.E1c), 63; 65equivalences (1.5.E1c), 65-66arrangement of the information (1.5.D5), 63-64fonds (1.5.E1), 65-66series group (1.5.E1), 65-66

complementary information (1.5.D8), 64series (1.5.E1), 65-66sub-fonds (1.5.E1), 65-66file-level description (1.5.E2), 66item-level description (1.5.E2), 66approximate volume (1.5.E1e), 66volume under custody (1.5.E1d), 66total known volume (1.5.E1d), 66

Standards of Archival Description in CataloniaNorma de Descripció Arxivística de Catalunya (NODAC)

Published by the General Archive Office of the Department of Culture and Media of the AutonomousGovernment of Catalonia, 2006.

Barcelona, 2007

Cultura ArxiusCCC

Standards of ArchivalDescription in Catalonia(NODAC)Àngels Bernal Cercós, Anna Magrinyà Rull y Ramon Planes Albets (ed.)Núria Canyelles Vilar, Emília Capell Garriga, Rafel Ginebra Molins,David Lobato Buil, Pere Puig Ustrell y M. Luz Retuerta Jiménez

Arxivísticai gestió documentalEinesNúm. 1